Spreadsheet: cb857a91-04fd-4033-9014-fdb8b81818c6
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | Cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_eur_status | price_eur_net | price_eur_gross_d | price_eur_gross_a | price_gbp | price_chf | term_language1 | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_scsc | pub_date_planned | [NAME] | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_scsc | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-1-4614-7875-1 | Biomedicine | Bae | You Han Bae; [NAME]; [NAME] | Cancer Targeted Drug Delivery | An Elusive Dream |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 823 | Hard cover | Book | X, 823 p. 117 illus., 86 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Biomedicine | [NAME] | Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology | TDCW | SCB21007 | Pharmacology/Toxicology | MMG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A Time Travel Journey Through Cancer Therapies.- Nanotechnology for Cancer Treatment: Possibilities & Limitations.- Vascular Targeting Approaches to Treat Cancer.- Tumor Immunotherapy by Utilizing a Double-Edged Sword Chemokines.- Cancer Biology: Some Causes for a Variety of Different Diseases.- Cancer Stromal Targeting (CAST) Therapy and Tailored Antibody Drug Conjugate Therapy Depending on Nature of Tumor Stroma.- Cancer Cell Respiration: Hypoxia and pH in Solid Tumors.- Tumor Vasculature, EPR Effect, and [NAME]: Connecting the Dots.- Pressure Gradients in Solid Tumors.- The ADAMs: New Therapeutic Targets for Cancer?.- Role of the Extracellular Matrix – Enzyme Activities and Metastasis.- The Role of Non-Cancerous Cells in Cancer: Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma as Model to Understand the Impact of Tumor Microenvironment on Epithelial Carcinogenesis.- Heterogeneity of Cancers and its Implication for Targeted Drug Delivery.- A Study of Cancer Heterogeneity: From Genetic Instability to Epigenetic Diversity in Colorectal Cancer.- Nanotherapeutics in Multidrug Resistance.- Stem Cells and Cancer.- Mechanisms of Metastasis.- Cancer-Specific Ligand/Receptor Interactions.- Targeting Drugs to Cancer: A Tough Journey to the Tumor Cell.- Long Circulation and Tumor Accumulation.- Convective and Diffusive Transport in Drug Delivery.- Intravital Real-Time Confocal Laser Scanning Microscopy for the in Situ Evaluation of Nanocarriers.- The EPR effect in Cancer Therapy.- In Vitro 3-dimensional Cancer Culture Model.- Complex Transport Around Tumor: Need for Realistic In Vitro Tumor Transport Model.- The Missing Components Today and the New Treatments Tomorrow. | This book was conceived from a simple question as to why cancer is so difficult to treat.  Ultimately we want to find ways to cure cancers, but that may be an elusive dream at least with the technologies we have now and expect to have in the near future.  This leads the question of whether it is possible to improve current cancer treatment methods, especially from the perspective of enhancing targeted drug delivery to tumors.  This volume is designed to provide information related to the difficulties in treating cancers through targeted drug delivery, our current understanding of cancer biology, and potential technologies that might be used to achieve enhanced drug delivery to tumors. An ideal drug delivery system for treating cancers would maximize the therapeutic efficacy with minimal side effects in clinical applications.  The seemingly improved anticancer efficacy of the current nanoparticle-based formulations needs to be viewed from the context of very poor success rates for translation to human applications.  The results of in vitro cell culture models and small animal in vivo experiments have not been extrapolated to clinical applications.  Finding the reasons for the lack of successful translation is required if we are to discover approaches to substantially extend the survival time of cancer patients, and hopefully identify cures. Cancer Targeted Drug Delivery: Elusive Dream describes some answers of achieving the so far elusive dream of treating cancers like other chronic diseases with therapies that focus using improved drug delivery systems designed to better align with the unique biological and physiological properties of cancer. | <p>Designed to provide information related to the difficulties in treating cancers </p><p>Discusses cancer treatment through targeted drug delivery</p><p>Provides information on potential technologies that might be used to achieve enhanced drug delivery to tumors</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7782-2 | Biomedicine | Baldi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Genetic Damage in Human Spermatozoa |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 791 | 1 | 2014 | 261 | Hard cover | Book | X, 261 p. 22 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Structure of chromatin in spermatozoa.- Genomic changes in spermatozoa of aging male.- Chromosomal aberrations and aneuploidies.- The sperm epigenome: implications for the embryo.- Paternal reprogramming of genome: transgenerational effects.- Alterations in protamination.- Sperm DNA fragmentation and base oxidation.- Iatrogenic Genetic damage.- Sperm selection: effect on sperm DNA quality.- Effect of antioxidant treatments on sperm genetic damage.- Index. | There are several types of damage that can be found in the male gamete. Genetic damage in spermatozoa can originate during spermatogenesis, or it can originate during transit in both male and female genital tracts. Damage can also be due to ageing, environmental or iatrogenic conditions, as well as to the protocols to cryopreserve and to select spermatozoa in assisted reproduction techniques. The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive resource for all possible DNA damages in sperm, the relation to fertility and infertility, and possible transgenerational heritable effects. | <p>This book will cover all possible DNA damage in sperm</p><p>The book will also discuss its relation to fertility and transgenerational heritable effects </p><p>Chapter structure will include mechanisms of damage, consequences in reproduction, possibility to eliminate damage, and possible transgenerational heritable effects   ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1183-9 | Biomedicine | Barh | Debmalya Barh; [NAME]; Nirmal Kumar Ganguly | Omics for Personalized Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 782 | Hard cover | Book | X, 782 p. 78 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Pharmaco-Geno-Proteo-Metabolomics and Personalized Medicine-An overview.- Personalized genome, current status and the future of harmacogenomic.- Next generation sequencing (NGS): a revolutionary technology in pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine.- Pharmaco-epigenomics.- Personalized nutrition and drug-nutrient [NAME] and Implementing Pharmacogenomics Study.- Omics approaches and applications in Clinical Trials.- Ethical Considerations in Pharmacogenomics.- Computational Pharmacogenomics.- Pharmacogenomics in the era of personal genomics: a quick guide to online resources and tools.- Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine for Cancer.- Pharmacogenomics in acute myeloid leukemia.- Pharmacogenomics of autoimmune diseases.- Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine in Parkinsonism.- Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine in Alzheimer’s disease.- Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine in Mood Disorders.- Pharmacogenetics of opioid and alcohol addiction.- Neurogenetics and Nutrigenomics of Reward Deficiency Syndrome (RDS): Stratification of Addiction Risk and Mesolimbic Nutrigenomic Manipulation of Hypodopaminergic Function.- Pharmacogenomics of analgesics.- Cardiovascular Disease Pharmacogenomics.- Pharmacogenetics of Oral Anticoagulants.- Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine of the antiplatelet drugs.- Pharmacogenomics of pulmonary and respiratory diseases.- Pharmacogenomics of Allergy and asthma.- Pharmacogenomics in Type 2 Diabetes mellitus and metabolic disorders.- Pharmacogenomics and [NAME] microbiota biomarkers in Obesity.- Pharmacogenomics and Personalized Medicine for Infectious Diseases.- Pharmacogenomics of Viral diseases.- Pharmacogenomics of osteoporosis-related bone fractures.- Pharmacogenomics of Gynaecological disorders.- Pharmacogenomics and Personalized medicine in Infertility.- Pharmacogenomics in Ophthalmology.- Personalized medicine in Cell Therapy and Transplantation.- Pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics of Chronic Kidney Disease comorbidities and [NAME] transplantation. | “Omics for Personalized Medicine” will give to its prospective readers the insight of both the current developments and the future potential of personalized medicine. The book brings into light how the pharmacogenomics and omics technologies are bringing a revolution in transforming the medicine and the health care sector for the better. Students of biomedical research and medicine along with medical professionals will benefit tremendously from the book by gaining from the diverse fields of knowledge of new age personalized medicine presented in the highly detailed chapters of the book. The book chapters are divided into two sections for convenient reading with the first section covering the general aspects of pharmaocogenomic technology that includes latest research and development in omics technologies. The first section also highlights the role of omics in modern clinical trials and even discusses the ethical consideration in pharmocogenomics. The second section is focusing on the development of personalized medicine in several areas of human health. The topics covered range from metabolic and neurological disorders to non-communicable as well as infectious diseases, and even explores the role of pharmacogenomics in cell therapy and transplantation technology. Thirty-four chapters of the book cover several aspects of pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine and have taken into consideration the varied interest of the readers from different fields of biomedical research and medicine. Advent of pharmacogenomics is the future of modern medicine, which has resulted from culmination of decades of research and now is showing the way forward. The book is an honest endeavour of researchers from all over the world to disseminate the latest knowledge and knowhow in personalized medicine to the community health researchers in particular and the educated public in general. | <p>Most timely, complete, and up-to-date information is available </p><p>Comprehensively written 34 chapters that cover all aspects of pharmacogenomics and its disease-specific applications</p><p>Targeted for a broad spectrum of readers​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7344-2 | Biomedicine | Bartunek | [NAME]; [NAME] | Translational Approach to Heart Failure |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 503 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 503 p. 124 illus., 89 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Pathophysiology of Heart Failure: Back to Basics.- Heart Failure with Normal Left Ventricular Ejection Fraction – Basic Principles and Clinical Diagnostics.- 17 Cardiorenal Syndrome Revisited.- Doppler Echocardiography in the Clinical Evaluation of Heart Failure: What Clinicians Need to know and Echocardiographers Should Report.- Back to Earth: ‘Common sense’ in the Management of Heart Failure.- Atrial Fibrillation and Heart Failure:  Rate versus Rhythm Control.- Repetitive ICD Shocks and [NAME] VTs in Heart Failure: What to Do?.- Dyssynchronous Heart Failure:  From Bench to Bedside.- 18 Telemonitoring and Sensor Technologies in Chronic Heart Failure.- Functional Mitral Regurgitation: the Surgeons’s Perspective.- Percutaneous Approaches to Treat Functional Mitral Regurgitation: Current State of Affairs and Future Perspectives.- Tailored Approach to Functional Mitral Regurgitation.- Revascularization and  Left Ventricular Reconstruction in a Patient with Ischemic Heart Failure: to STICH or not to STICH?.- Cardiac arrest en Refractory Cardiogenic Shock.- Left Ventricular Assist Devices – From Bridge to Transplant to Destination Therapy.- Novel Device-based Strategies in Treatment of Chronic Heart Failure.- Total Artificial Heart.- Stem Cell Therapy for Ischemic Heart Disease.- Immunosuppressive Management of the Heart Transplant Recipient. | The refined pathophysiologal understanding of the heart failure syndrome together with the surge of new technological advances led to innovative medical and interventional treatment strategies improving the outcome of heart failure patients. However the complex interplay between the clinical presentation and the array of the interventions requires a coordinated multidisciplinary “heart team” approach involving various specialists in the cardiovascular field including clinicians, interventionalists, surgeons and cardiac intensivists. In this book, opinion leaders will review of state-of-the-art management of heart failure with particular emphasis on burning clinical questions and challenges faced by the heart team. New medical and interventional therapies for chronic and acute heart failure are addressed by bridging bench to bedside translation in science and technology into practical clinical application and guidance. | <p>Provides an overview of state-of-the-art management of heart failure</p><p>Focusing on how the techniques move from lab work through clinical trials and approval</p><p>Details latest updates in the pathophysiology and clinical presentation of heart failure </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-32337-9 | Biomedicine | Beran | [NAME] | Legal and Forensic Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1200 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 1200 p. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 499 | 533.93 | 548.9 | 449.5 | 664.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB23000 | Forensic Science | JKVF1 | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Are legal and forensic medicine the same.- the need for qualification.- legal and forensic medicine in clinical practice.- wider application of legal and forensic medicine.- legal and forensic medicine – international perspectives. | This is a comprehensive reference text that examines the current state of Legal Medicine, which encompasses Forensic Medicine, in the 21st century. It examines the scope of both legal and forensic medicine, its application and study and has adopted a wide ranging approach including multinational authorship. It reviews the differences between and similarities of forensic and legal medicine, the need for academic qualification, the applications to many and varied fields including international aid, military medicine, health law and the application of medical knowledge to both criminal law and tort/civil law, sports medicine and law, gender and age related factors from obstetrics through to geriatrics and palliative care as well as cultural differences exploring the Christian/Judeo approach compared with that within Islamic cultures, Buddhism and Hinduism. The book will look at practical applications of legal medicine within various international and intercultural frameworks.  This will be a seminal authoritative text in legal and forensic medicine. It has a multi-author and multinational approach which will cross national boundaries. There is a great interest in the development of health law and legal medicine institutes around the world and this text will come in on the ground floor of this burgeoning discipline and will provide the foundation text for many courses, both undergraduate and postgraduate. It will define the place of legal medicine as a specialized discipline.​ | <p>Comprehensive: unique international perspective on legal and forensic medicine </p><p>Practical approach: applications in varied fields, such as health law, international aid, criminal and civil las, sports medicine and military medicine </p><p>Defines the place of legal medicine as a specialized discipline​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-32338-6 | Biomedicine | Beran | [NAME] | Legal and Forensic Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1200 |  | eReference work | XXIV, 1200 p. eReference. | 1 | final | 499 | 593.81 | 598.8 | 449.5 | 698 | English | Biomedicine | SCB23000 | Forensic Science | JKVF1 | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Are legal and forensic medicine the same.- the need for qualification.- legal and forensic medicine in clinical practice.- wider application of legal and forensic medicine.- legal and forensic medicine – international perspectives. | This is a comprehensive reference text that examines the current state of Legal Medicine, which encompasses Forensic Medicine, in the 21st century. It examines the scope of both legal and forensic medicine, its application and study and has adopted a wide ranging approach including multinational authorship. It reviews the differences between and similarities of forensic and legal medicine, the need for academic qualification, the applications to many and varied fields including international aid, military medicine, health law and the application of medical knowledge to both criminal law and tort/civil law, sports medicine and law, gender and age related factors from obstetrics through to geriatrics and palliative care as well as cultural differences exploring the Christian/Judeo approach compared with that within Islamic cultures, Buddhism and Hinduism. The book will look at practical applications of legal medicine within various international and intercultural frameworks.  This will be a seminal authoritative text in legal and forensic medicine. It has a multi-author and multinational approach which will cross national boundaries. There is a great interest in the development of health law and legal medicine institutes around the world and this text will come in on the ground floor of this burgeoning discipline and will provide the foundation text for many courses, both undergraduate and postgraduate. It will define the place of legal medicine as a specialized discipline.​ | <p>Comprehensive: unique international perspective on legal and forensic medicine </p><p>Practical approach: applications in varied fields, such as health law, international aid, criminal and civil las, sports medicine and military medicine </p><p>Defines the place of legal medicine as a specialized discipline​</p> | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-32339-3 | Biomedicine | Beran | [NAME] | Legal and Forensic Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1200 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XXIV, 1200 p. Print + eReference. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 624 | 667.68 | 686.4 | 562 | 831 | English | Biomedicine | SCB23000 | Forensic Science | JKVF1 | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Are legal and forensic medicine the same.- the need for qualification.- legal and forensic medicine in clinical practice.- wider application of legal and forensic medicine.- legal and forensic medicine – international perspectives. | This is a comprehensive reference text that examines the current state of Legal Medicine, which encompasses Forensic Medicine, in the 21st century. It examines the scope of both legal and forensic medicine, its application and study and has adopted a wide ranging approach including multinational authorship. It reviews the differences between and similarities of forensic and legal medicine, the need for academic qualification, the applications to many and varied fields including international aid, military medicine, health law and the application of medical knowledge to both criminal law and tort/civil law, sports medicine and law, gender and age related factors from obstetrics through to geriatrics and palliative care as well as cultural differences exploring the Christian/Judeo approach compared with that within Islamic cultures, Buddhism and Hinduism. The book will look at practical applications of legal medicine within various international and intercultural frameworks.  This will be a seminal authoritative text in legal and forensic medicine. It has a multi-author and multinational approach which will cross national boundaries. There is a great interest in the development of health law and legal medicine institutes around the world and this text will come in on the ground floor of this burgeoning discipline and will provide the foundation text for many courses, both undergraduate and postgraduate. It will define the place of legal medicine as a specialized discipline.​ | <p>Comprehensive: unique international perspective on legal and forensic medicine </p><p>Practical approach: applications in varied fields, such as health law, international aid, criminal and civil las, sports medicine and military medicine </p><p>Defines the place of legal medicine as a specialized discipline​</p> | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8089-1 | Biomedicine | Berezin | [NAME]; [NAME] | Cell Adhesion Molecules | Implications in Neurological Diseases |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400 p. 125 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 154.95 | 165.8 | 170.44 | 139.5 | 206.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCB13004 | Human Physiology | MFG | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Cell Adhesion Molecules: Implications in Neurological Diseases contains review articles on recent developments in the field of neural cell adhesion molecules (CAMs). The main focus is on the role of cell adhesion molecules in various neurological and neurodegenerative diseases.  This perspective has been essentially overlooked in recently published books on neural CAMs. In addition, the contributors cover many newly identified cell adhesion molecules and some that have not received much attention in recent years. This books fills an important gap in the currently available literature. ​ | <p>Fills a hole in the current research</p><p>Full-color figures illustrate difficult concepts </p><p>Chapters are written by distinguished experts</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7653-5 | Biomedicine | Bonavida | [NAME] | Resistance to Immunotherapeutic Antibodies in Cancer | Strategies to Overcome Resistance | Resistance to Targeted Anti-Cancer Therapeutics | 2 | 1 | 2013 | 342 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 342 p. 29 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction and generation of chimeric and humanized mAbs.- mAbs targeted against cancer cells and antibodies targeted against the tumor microenvironment.- Antibodies directed against different major cancers: Effects when used  alone or in combination with drugs.- Mechanisms of antibodies-mediated responses, in vitro and in vivo.- Molecular Pathways.- Molecular Signatures.- Identification of resistance targets for intervention.- Various chemicals that can sensitize resistant tumor cells.- Other mAbs.- Proteasome inhibitors.- Divalent mAbs.- Antibodies coupled to chemical inhibitors.- Antibodies coupled to cytokines.- Nanoparticles with mAbs.- Index. | ​​​​The traditional approaches to treat various cancers include chemotherapy, radiation and/or hormonal therapy. While these therapies continue to be effective in large part, they are not selective and highly toxic. There have been encouraging results in alternative therapeutic approach called antibody-mediated anti-cancer therapy, which is less toxic, more selective, and can also reverse drug/radiation resistance. Monoclonal antibodies or mAbs can be used to destroy malignant tumor cells and prevent tumor growth by blocking specific cell receptors. mAbs can bind only to cancer cell-specific antigens and induce an immunological response against the target cancer cell. The book covers the common and unique features of mAbs agains various cancer, gives the latest developments on the molecular, biochemical and genetic mechanisms of resistance by various mAbs, as well as discuss novel mAbs to overcome resistance. | <p>​​​​​​​​​​​Summarizes common and unique features of mAbs against various cancers  <br>Explores the latest developments on the molecular, biochemical and genetic mechanisms of resistance by various mAbs  <br>Covers the potential use of the combination treatment of mAbs with other drugs/mAbs to reverse resistance </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-62703-609-2 | Biomedicine | Brambilla | [NAME] | Viral Vector Approaches in Neurobiology and Brain Diseases |  | Neuromethods | 82 | 1 | 2013 | 566 | Hard cover | Book | X, 566 p. 51 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Lentiviral Vectors as Research Tools in Neurobiology: Design and Production.- Recombinant Adenovirus in Neurobiology.- Adeno-Associated Virus-Based Vectors.- Herpes Simplex Virus 1 (HSV-1)-Based Vectors.- Alphavirus-Based Vectors.- Viral Vectors to Study Synaptic Function.- Using Viral Vectors to Study the Memory Trace in Mice.- Development of Cell-Type Specific Viral Vectors to Tease Apart the Neural Circuitry that Contributes to Drug Addiction.- Using Viral-Mediated Gene Transfer to Study Depressive-Like Behavior.- [NAME] for Parkinson’s Disease.- Lentiviral Vectors in Huntington’s Disease Research and Therapy.- Application of Viral Vectors to Motor Neuron Disorders.- In Vivo Gene Silencing by Virally Delivered MicroRNA.- Viral Manipulation of Neural Stem/Precursor Cells.- Viral Vector-Based Techniques for Optogenetic Modulation In Vivo.- Viral Vectors for Optogenetics of Hypothalamic Neuropeptides.- Viral Vectors in Primate Research: Examples from Parkinson's Disease Research. | Aiming toward improvement in the safety, efficiency, and specificity of viral vectors for neurobiological research and clinical applications, Viral Vector Approaches in Neurobiology and Brain Diseases covers key aspects related to the use of viral vectors in neuroscience, with a major emphasis on basic mechanisms of synaptic plasticity, learning, and memory, as well as molecular neuropharmacology and experimental animal models of brain disorders.  The volume begins by delving into features of the viral vectors currently available in neuroscience and their production methods, and it then continues onward to examples of successful applications of viral vector technology to psychiatric and memory research, current applications of viral vector technology in the context of neurological disorders, as well as various cutting-edge applications of viral vector technology to neuroscience, including optogenetics.  Written for the Neuromethods series, the chapters of this book contain the kind of detailed description and implementation advice that promotes successful, repeatable results. Practical and up to date, Viral Vector Approaches in Neurobiology and Brain Diseases will be useful not only to neurobiologists wishing to routinely use viral vectors in the laboratory but also to experienced scientists needing detailed new protocols for a variety of experimental applications. | <p>Covers relevant aspects with a major emphasis on basic mechanisms of synaptic plasticity, learning/memory, molecular neuropharmacology, and experimental animal models </p><p>Focuses on use of practical genetic approaches in current neuroscience research </p><p>Features proven applications and techniques</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP12345 | Springer Protocols
 | 978-1-61779-402-5 | Biomedicine | Byard | [NAME]; [NAME] | Forensic Pathology of Infancy and Childhood |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1000 | Hard cover | Book | 1000 p. | 1 | final | 499 | 533.93 | 548.9 | 449.5 | 664.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB23000 | Forensic Science | JKVF1 | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Biomedicine | Handbook | Humana Press | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | The History of Pediatric Forensic Pathology and the Pediatric Autopsy.- Death Scene Investigation.- The Autopsy.- Fetal, Perinatal and Neonatal Death.- Birth Trauma.- Placental and [NAME] Conditions.- Neonaticide.- Fatal Craniocerebral and Spinal Trauma.- Biomechanics of Head Injury.- Ocular Findings in Inflicted Injury.- Blunt Abdominal and Chest Injuries.- Cutaneous Findings in the Young.- The Pathological Evaluation of Fractures at Autopsy.- Dating of Other Injuries.- Homicide in the Older Child.- Sexual Abuse.- Starvation, Dehydration, Malnutrition, and Fatal Neglect.- Poisoning and Toxicological Issues.- Factitious Illness by Proxy.- Conditions Simulating Inflicted Injury.- Resuscitation-Related Injuries and Artefacts.- Folk Healing Lesions and Injuries.- Neuroimaging in Abuse.- Non-CNS Imaging in Cases of Abuse.- The Role of the Virtopsy.- Expert Testimony.- Suicide.- The Investigation of Possible Asphyxial Deaths in Infancy.- Sports-Related Injuries and Deaths.- Other Types of Accidental Deaths.- Iatrogenic Deaths.- Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS), [NAME] in Infancy (SUDI) and [NAME] in Childhood (SUDC).- Other Causes of Sudden Natural Death in Infancy and Early Childhood.- Cardiac Channelopathies and the Molecular Autopsy.- Other Cardiac Conditions.- Other Natural Deaths in the [NAME] Child.- Obesity.- Metabolic Diseases.- Ancillary Testing  and Special Dissections.- Death Certification.- Pediatric Anthropology and Odontology.- Pediatric Organ and Tissue Donation.- Appendices. | The investigation of sudden or unexplained death of children represents a unique medical and forensic area of study. Children have unique anatomic and functional characteristics that must be recognized and understood by the medical investigator. Further complicating this process is the fact that the anatomic structure, composition and function of various organs and organ systems in the pediatric population change throughout the developmental stages of childhood. The disease processes, reactions to trauma and risk factors for accidental death and homicide change from infancy through adolescence.   Forensic Pathology of Infancy and Childhood provides an authoritative, comprehensive reference text devoted to the medicolegal investigation of sudden unexpected death in children. With contributions from internationally renowned experts, individual chapters focus on specific unique causes and organ systems with detailed accounts of the changes in fatal diseases, risk factors of causes of sudden death, and responses to fatal trauma that occur as a child grows from neonatal stage through infancy, toddlerhood, childhood and adolescence.   This text is an essential reference resource for forensic pathologists, medical examiner offices, pediatric pathologists, pediatric hospitals, anatomic pathologists and those in training as well as those in related legal professions. | <p>Up-to-date text covering all facets of the forensic pathology of infancy and childhood with contributions from international experts</p><p>Covers the variable manifestations of natural conditions resulting in unexpected death from <i>in utero</i> life through to adolescence</p><p>Discusses a wide range of topics including mimickers of child abuse, lesions and injuries from folk medicine practices, metabolic disorders and their evaluation, scene examination, autopsy photography and expert evidence</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-61779-404-9 | Biomedicine | Byard | [NAME]; [NAME] | Forensic Pathology of Infancy and Childhood |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1000 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 1000 p. Print + eReference. In 3 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 624 | 667.68 | 686.4 | 562 | 831 | English | Biomedicine | SCB23000 | Forensic Science | JKVF1 | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Biomedicine | Handbook | Humana Press | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | The History of Pediatric Forensic Pathology and the Pediatric Autopsy.- Death Scene Investigation.- The Autopsy.- Fetal, Perinatal and Neonatal Death.- Birth Trauma.- Placental and [NAME] Conditions.- Neonaticide.- Fatal Craniocerebral and Spinal Trauma.- Biomechanics of Head Injury.- Ocular Findings in Inflicted Injury.- Blunt Abdominal and Chest Injuries.- Cutaneous Findings in the Young.- The Pathological Evaluation of Fractures at Autopsy.- Dating of Other Injuries.- Homicide in the Older Child.- Sexual Abuse.- Starvation, Dehydration, Malnutrition, and Fatal Neglect.- Poisoning and Toxicological Issues.- Factitious Illness by Proxy.- Conditions Simulating Inflicted Injury.- Resuscitation-Related Injuries and Artefacts.- Folk Healing Lesions and Injuries.- Neuroimaging in Abuse.- Non-CNS Imaging in Cases of Abuse.- The Role of the Virtopsy.- Expert Testimony.- Suicide.- The Investigation of Possible Asphyxial Deaths in Infancy.- Sports-Related Injuries and Deaths.- Other Types of Accidental Deaths.- Iatrogenic Deaths.- Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS), [NAME] in Infancy (SUDI) and [NAME] in Childhood (SUDC).- Other Causes of Sudden Natural Death in Infancy and Early Childhood.- Cardiac Channelopathies and the Molecular Autopsy.- Other Cardiac Conditions.- Other Natural Deaths in the [NAME] Child.- Obesity.- Metabolic Diseases.- Ancillary Testing  and Special Dissections.- Death Certification.- Pediatric Anthropology and Odontology.- Pediatric Organ and Tissue Donation.- Appendices. | The investigation of sudden or unexplained death of children represents a unique medical and forensic area of study. Children have unique anatomic and functional characteristics that must be recognized and understood by the medical investigator. Further complicating this process is the fact that the anatomic structure, composition and function of various organs and organ systems in the pediatric population change throughout the developmental stages of childhood. The disease processes, reactions to trauma and risk factors for accidental death and homicide change from infancy through adolescence.   Forensic Pathology of Infancy and Childhood provides an authoritative, comprehensive reference text devoted to the medicolegal investigation of sudden unexpected death in children. With contributions from internationally renowned experts, individual chapters focus on specific unique causes and organ systems with detailed accounts of the changes in fatal diseases, risk factors of causes of sudden death, and responses to fatal trauma that occur as a child grows from neonatal stage through infancy, toddlerhood, childhood and adolescence.   This text is an essential reference resource for forensic pathologists, medical examiner offices, pediatric pathologists, pediatric hospitals, anatomic pathologists and those in training as well as those in related legal professions. | <p>Up-to-date text covering all facets of the forensic pathology of infancy and childhood with contributions from international experts</p><p>Covers the variable manifestations of natural conditions resulting in unexpected death from <i>in utero</i> life through to adolescence</p><p>Discusses a wide range of topics including mimickers of child abuse, lesions and injuries from folk medicine practices, metabolic disorders and their evaluation, scene examination, autopsy photography and expert evidence</p> | Professionals | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-61779-403-2 | Biomedicine | Byard | [NAME]; [NAME] | Forensic Pathology of Infancy and Childhood |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1000 |  | eReference work | 1000 p. eReference. | 1 | final | 499 | 593.81 | 598.8 | 449.5 | 698 | English | Biomedicine | SCB23000 | Forensic Science | JKVF1 | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Biomedicine | Handbook | Humana Press | In production | 2013-10-01 00:00:00 |  |  | The History of Pediatric Forensic Pathology and the Pediatric Autopsy.- Death Scene Investigation.- The Autopsy.- Fetal, Perinatal and Neonatal Death.- Birth Trauma.- Placental and [NAME] Conditions.- Neonaticide.- Fatal Craniocerebral and Spinal Trauma.- Biomechanics of Head Injury.- Ocular Findings in Inflicted Injury.- Blunt Abdominal and Chest Injuries.- Cutaneous Findings in the Young.- The Pathological Evaluation of Fractures at Autopsy.- Dating of Other Injuries.- Homicide in the Older Child.- Sexual Abuse.- Starvation, Dehydration, Malnutrition, and Fatal Neglect.- Poisoning and Toxicological Issues.- Factitious Illness by Proxy.- Conditions Simulating Inflicted Injury.- Resuscitation-Related Injuries and Artefacts.- Folk Healing Lesions and Injuries.- Neuroimaging in Abuse.- Non-CNS Imaging in Cases of Abuse.- The Role of the Virtopsy.- Expert Testimony.- Suicide.- The Investigation of Possible Asphyxial Deaths in Infancy.- Sports-Related Injuries and Deaths.- Other Types of Accidental Deaths.- Iatrogenic Deaths.- Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS), [NAME] in Infancy (SUDI) and [NAME] in Childhood (SUDC).- Other Causes of Sudden Natural Death in Infancy and Early Childhood.- Cardiac Channelopathies and the Molecular Autopsy.- Other Cardiac Conditions.- Other Natural Deaths in the [NAME] Child.- Obesity.- Metabolic Diseases.- Ancillary Testing  and Special Dissections.- Death Certification.- Pediatric Anthropology and Odontology.- Pediatric Organ and Tissue Donation.- Appendices. | The investigation of sudden or unexplained death of children represents a unique medical and forensic area of study. Children have unique anatomic and functional characteristics that must be recognized and understood by the medical investigator. Further complicating this process is the fact that the anatomic structure, composition and function of various organs and organ systems in the pediatric population change throughout the developmental stages of childhood. The disease processes, reactions to trauma and risk factors for accidental death and homicide change from infancy through adolescence.   Forensic Pathology of Infancy and Childhood provides an authoritative, comprehensive reference text devoted to the medicolegal investigation of sudden unexpected death in children. With contributions from internationally renowned experts, individual chapters focus on specific unique causes and organ systems with detailed accounts of the changes in fatal diseases, risk factors of causes of sudden death, and responses to fatal trauma that occur as a child grows from neonatal stage through infancy, toddlerhood, childhood and adolescence.   This text is an essential reference resource for forensic pathologists, medical examiner offices, pediatric pathologists, pediatric hospitals, anatomic pathologists and those in training as well as those in related legal professions. | <p>Up-to-date text covering all facets of the forensic pathology of infancy and childhood with contributions from international experts</p><p>Covers the variable manifestations of natural conditions resulting in unexpected death from <i>in utero</i> life through to adolescence</p><p>Discusses a wide range of topics including mimickers of child abuse, lesions and injuries from folk medicine practices, metabolic disorders and their evaluation, scene examination, autopsy photography and expert evidence</p> | Professionals | E-book | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8068-6 | Biomedicine | Cao | Yihai Cao | Angiogenesis in Adipose Tissue |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 348 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 348 p. 74 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | [NAME] | Lipidology | PSBH | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Angiogenesis in diseases and therapy.- Spatiotemporal relation of adipocytes and vascular cells during development.- Adipose stem cells.- Adipose stromal cells.- Vascular adipose complex.- Blood vessels in white and brown adipose tissue.- Lymphatic system in adipose tissues.- The vascular endothelium of the adipose tissue gives rise to both white and brown fat cells.- Vascular and endothelial regeneration.- Angiogenic factors and adipokines in adipose tissue.- Role of NPY in brown adipose tissue and obesity.- [NAME], adiponectin and other angiogenic adipokines in regulation of adipose angiogenesis.- Regulation of adipose angiogenesis by inflammatory cells.- Immune cells in adipose tissue: key players in metabolic.- Adipose tissue hypoxia in regulation of angiogenesis and obesity.- [NAME] models to study adipose angiogenesis.- Adipose angiogenesis models in mice and [NAME] genetic models in studying adipose angiogenesis.- Adipose tissue facilitates tumor angiogenesis and growth.- Adipose tissue-derived progenitor cells and cancer.- Adipose-derived endothelial precursor cells in supporting.- Engineering of vascularized adipose constructs.- Index. | Angiogenesis has recently played a critical role in regulation of adipose tissue expansion and regression.  Like most other tissues in the body, adipose expansion and regression is accompanied by alteration of blood vessel density and structures. The vascular alteration plays an active role in regulation of adipose tissue size and functions. Targeting blood vessels in the adipose tissue have demonstrated to be a novel approach for possibly treatment of cancer, obesity and other metabolic diseases. This book provides the most updated information on this type research and discusses future opportunities for therapy.. | <p>Examines critical role of angiogenesis in regulation of adipose tissue expansion and regression <br><br>Discusses roles of hematopoietic, endothelial, and mesenchymal cell populations in controlling or promoting cancer progression<br><br>Explores evidence that white adipose tissue may contain relevant amounts of multipotent progenitors</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7641-2 | Biomedicine | Catalano | [NAME] | Essential Elements for a GMP Analytical Chemistry Department |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 195 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 195 p. 54 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | [NAME] | Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology | TDCW |  |  |  | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Organization.- Department Structure.- Project Teams.- Responsibilities.- Interactions.- Operating Guidance’s.- Processes.- Safety.- Technology.- Department.- Statistical Concepts for the Analytical Chemist.- Data distribution.- Significance Testing.- Confidence Intervals.- Outliers in analytical data.- Regression.- Experimental design.- Required sample replicates.- Method performance.- Uncertainty measurement.- Sampling strategies.- Outsourcing.- Process.- Audit Check List.- Documentation.- Sample Submission.- Technical Report.- Reports of analysis.- Records (Training etc.).- Job Descriptions.- Career Tracks.- Motivating Personnel.- Career Path.- Hiring the Best. | Essential Elements for a GMP Analytical Chemistry Department is a systematic approach to understanding the essential elements required for a successful GMP Analytical Department to function as an efficient and effective organization. It describes in detail a department structure which allows for the necessary processes to become available to all its personnel in a way where there is a free flow of information and interaction. The environment and culture created by this approach encourages and rewards the sharing of ideas, skills, and abilities among department personnel. The essential elements such as , SOP’s, regulatory guidance’s/guidelines, project teams, technical and department processes, personnel motivation, outsourcing, and hiring the best is among the many topics that are discussed in detail and how they can be implemented to build an efficient and effective Analytical Department. This book will serve as a valuable asset to the many companies required to perform GMP analytical method development, validation, analyses etc including start-up, virtual, and generic pharmaceutical companies. ​ | <p>Describes a systematic approach to establishing an effective GMP analytical department </p><p>Discusses the development and management of project teams </p><p>Describes an outsourcing process to ensure all activities are properly addressed and none are overlooked​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6885-7 | Biomedicine | Cleophas | [NAME]; [NAME] | Machine Learning in Medicine | Part Two |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 231 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 231 p. 47 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | Biomedicine | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-12 00:00:00 |  | Introduction to Machine Learning Part Two.- Two-stage Least Squares.- Multiple Imputations.- Bhattacharya Analysis.- Quality-of-life (QOL) Assessments with Odds Ratios.- Logistic Regression for Assessing Novel Diagnostic Tests against Control.- [NAME] Endpoints.- Two-dimensional Clustering.- Multidimensional Clustering.- Anomaly Detection.- Association Rule Analysis.- Multidimensional Scaling.- Correspondence Analysis.- Multivariate Analysis of Time Series.- Support Vector Machines.- Bayesian Networks.- Protein and DNA Sequence Mining.- [NAME] Techniques.- Discrete Wavelet Analysis.- Machine Learning and Common Sense.- Statistical Tables.- Index. | Machine learning is concerned with the analysis of large data and multiple variables. However, it is also often more sensitive than traditional statistical methods to analyze small data. The first volume reviewed subjects like optimal scaling, neural networks, factor analysis, partial least squares, discriminant analysis, canonical analysis, and fuzzy modeling. This second volume includes various clustering models, support vector machines, Bayesian networks, discrete wavelet analysis, genetic programming, association rule learning, anomaly detection, correspondence analysis, and other subjects.  Both the theoretical bases and the step by step analyses are described for the benefit of non-mathematical readers. Each chapter can be studied without the need to consult other chapters. Traditional statistical tests are, sometimes, priors to machine learning methods, and they are also, sometimes, used as contrast tests. To those wishing to obtain more knowledge of them, we recommend to additionally study (1) Statistics Applied to Clinical Studies 5th Edition 2012, (2) SPSS for Starters Part One and Two 2012, and (3) Statistical Analysis of Clinical Data on a Pocket Calculator Part One and Two 2012, written by the same authors, and edited by Springer, New York. | <p>Electronic health records of modern health facilities, are increasingly complex and systematic assessment of these records is virtually impossible without special computationally intensive methods </p><p><p>Clinicians and other health professionals are not familiar with these methods, and this book is the first publication that systematically reviews such methods, particularly, for this audience </p><p><p>The book is written as a hand-hold presentation also accessible to non-mathematicians, and as a must-read publication for those new to the methods </p><p><p>The book includes step by step data analyses in SPSS, and can, therefore, also be used as a cookbook-like guide for those starting with the novel methodologies</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8255-0 | Biomedicine | D'Amato | [NAME]; [NAME] | Molecular Genetics of Inflammatory Bowel Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 415 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 415 p. 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: The Foundation of IBD Genetics, Human and Animal Studies.- A Primer on IBD: Phenotypes, Diagnosis, Treatment and Clinical Challenges.- Genetic Epidemiology of Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Early Twin and Family Studies.- Insights from Recent Advances in Animal Models of Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Part Two: The Genetic and Molecular Makeup of Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Complex Disease Genes and their Discovery.- The Genetics of Crohn's Disease.- Genetics of Ulcerative Colitis.- Genetic Overlap between Inflammatory Bowel Disease and Other Diseases.- Molecular Profiling of IBD Subtypes/Response to Therapy.- Epigenetics of Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Part 3: Pathogenetic Pathways in Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Nod1 and Nod2 and the Immune Response to Bacteria.- The IL-23-Th17 Axis in Intestinal Inflammation.- Inflammatory Bowel Disease at the Intersection of Autophagy and Immunity: Insights from Human Genetics.- The Epithelial Barrier.- Host Interactions with [NAME]: From “Entente Cordiale” to “Casus Belli”.- Cytokines in Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Part 4: [NAME] and Future Perspectives.- Towards Personalized Therapy in Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- Index. | Research in Crohn’s disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC), together known as the inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD), has truly seen a revolution in the last 5-10 years. This book examines how these genetic discoveries have led to the identification of biological functions not previously associated with IBD pathophysiology (e.g. autophagy), how multiple genetic risk factors for IBD converge on given biological functions and that together the identified variants in these genes have predisposing and protective roles (e.g. the multiple variants in the receptor for the IL23 cytokine and its signaling cascade), and how having such a large number of known genetic risk factors has changed our understanding not only about the genetic and molecular overlap between CD and UC, but also between these diseases and other chronic inflammatory diseases (e.g. psoriasis,  multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes and many others). | <p>Provides a complete review of existing knowledge of molecular genetics in inflammatory bowel diseases </p><p>Highlights the latest discoveries from molecular and genome-wide association studies </p><p>Gives insight into disease pathogenesis and potential targets for pharmaceutical intervention</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7930-7 | Biomedicine | Emili | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Systems Analysis of Chromatin-Related Protein Complexes in Cancer |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 318 p. 52 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCL15010 | Systems Biology | PSA | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Systematic proteomic analysis of histone demethylating enzymes linked to cancer.- Histone methylating protein complexes in cancer.- Chromatin protein-protein interaction networks linked to cancer.- Structural genomics and drug discovery for chromatin-related protein complexes involved in histone tail recognition.- Transcription factories and global chromatin (enhancer) interactions in cancer.- Long ncRNAs associated with chromatin complexes and their role in cancer.- Familial and somatic mutations of histone modifying enzymes in cancer.- Chromatin regulators arising from RNAi screens of transformed cancer cell lines.- Chromatin complexes in cancer.- Exploring dynamics of chromatin complexes in cancer based on quantitative proteomics.- Regulatory ncRNAs and their targets.- ncRNA regulatory networks in cancer.- Decoding BAF remodelling complexes in cancer.- Mediator/cohesin complex in cancer.- miRNAs targeting chromatin-related protein complexes regulate epigenetic states in cancer.- Polycomb group protein complexes in cancer stem cells.- Genetic interactions between chromatin factors in cancer cell lines.- Chromatin complexes in DNA repair.- Chromatin complexes in chromosome segregation.- Evolution, co-expression and domain architecture of CM complexes linked to cancer​.- Index. | ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Epigenetic modifications underlie all aspects of human physiology, including stem cell renewal, formation of cell types and tissues. They also underlie  environmental impacts on human health, including aging and diseases like cancer. Consequently, cracking the epigenetic 'code' is considered a key challenge in biomedical research.  Chromatin structure and function are modified by protein complexes, causing genes to be turned “on” or “off” and controlling other aspects of DNA function. Yet while there has been explosive growth in the epigenetics field, human chromatin-modifying machines have only recently started to be characterized.   To meet this challenge, our book explores complementary experimental tracks, pursued by expert international research groups, aimed at the physical and functional characterization of the diverse repertoire of chromatin protein machines  - namely, the 'readers, writers and erasers' of epigenomic marks. These studies include the identification of RNA molecules and drugs that interact selectively with components of the chromatin machinery.  What makes this book distinctive is its emphasis on the systematic exploration of chromatin protein complexes in the context of human development and disease networks. | <p>​​Defining high-quality protein-protein interaction networks and the physical and functional characterization of the protein machines underlying the human chromatin interactome </p><p>Identification of RNA molecules associated with various chromatin-modifying machines that direct or regulate the complexes to various target genes </p><p>Exploring the biological significance of chromatin machines in cancer (and the development and differentiation of stem cells)​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39167-5 | Biomedicine | Eyden | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Ultrastructure of Human Tumours | Applications in Diagnosis and Research |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 600 p. 300 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 159.95 | 171.15 | 175.94 | 144 | 229.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCL26000 | Biological Microscopy | PS | Biomedicine | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  | Distribution rights in China: Zhejiang University Press | [NAME], Especially Carcinoma Squamous and [NAME] Differentiation.- [NAME]/Mesenchymal/Spindle Cell Tumours.- Tumours of the [NAME] System.- Haematolymphoid Neoplasia.- Tumours of Complex or Uncertain Differentiation. | The Ultrastructure of Human Tumours: Applications in Diagnosis and Research describes the core features as seen by transmission electron microscopy, defining the different types of cellular differentiation in tumours; this is relevant for tumour nomenclature and diagnosis, which, in turn, are important for tumour pathologists in their collaboration with oncologists for the treatment of cancer patients. The book is divided into 8 chapters. Following an introduction on technique and procedure, there are chapters on epithelial tumours, melanocytic lesions, soft-tissue and related tumours, lymphoma and leukaemia, CNS neoplasms and neuroendocrine and neuronal tumours. Each chapter includes an introductory text that puts the ultrastructural features in the context of classical pathology. The book includes many new findings and interpretations from well-known tumours, as well as ultrastructural information on several newly described tumour entities not dealt with in existing tumour ultrastructure monographs. The book will especially be of value to tumour pathologists who need to solve problem cases with the aid of electron microscopy, but also to cancer research and tissue engineering scientists working to develop anti-cancer and stem-cell-based therapies. However, even those without access to electron microscopy may also benefit from this book, since many of the images provide an ‘explanation’ of the appearances of cells, tissues and tumours familiar to pathologists and scientists from light microscopy. In this respect, it is hoped that this book will stimulate the wider use of electron microscopy in pathology. The book is comprehensively referenced, 680 pages long and lavishly illustrated with 757 figures.Dr. [NAME] is Consultant Clinical Scientist and Dr. [NAME] Consultant Histopathologist in the Department of Histopathology, Christie NHS Foundation Trust, Manchester, UK; Dr. [NAME] is Director of the Department of Electron Microscopy, Institute of Hematology and Blood Diseases Hospital, Tianjin, China; [NAME] is Professor in the Department of Molecular Pathology and Neuropathology, Medical University Łódź, Poland. | <p>A comprehensive volume of electron micrographic images of human tumours </p><p>Set in the context of classical light microscopy-based pathology, and designed to help tumour pathologists achieve greater diagnostic precision</p><p>Ultrastructural images of new, recently described variants of tumours, not documented in previously published ultrastructural pathology monographs </p><p>Insights into tumour cell structure and function<br></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7728-0 | Biomedicine | Freed | [NAME] | Advances in HIV-1 Assembly and Release |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 221 | Hard cover | Book | X, 221 p. 36 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Structural Biology of HIV Assembly.- Cellular Trafficking Mechanisms in the Assembly and Release of HIV.- Packaging of the HIV-1 RNA Genome.- Synthesis of Functional and Variable HIV-1 Envelope Glycoproteins.- HIV-1 Budding.- HIV-1 Maturation.- Cell-to-Cell Transmission of HIV.- Virus Assembly as a Target for Antiretroviral Therapy. | ​Over the past decade, enormous progress has been made in understanding the late events in the HIV replication cycle.  This has been made possible by major advances in cell biology, virology, and structural biology.  The field continues to move forward rapidly, with important new discoveries being reported on a regular basis.  The impact of this progress across a broad spectrum of biomedical research has been substantial.  The increase in basic knowledge in the areas of HIV assembly, release, and maturation has been accompanied by new possibilities for therapeutic intervention.The work includes topics relating to basic molecular biology, cell biology, and structural biology of HIV assembly, coupled with more applied ideas of how this basic information can inform the field of antiretroviral research.  The book covers all major topics pertaining to the late stages of HIV replication, with leaders in each area recruited to contribute chapters in their areas of expertise . The topics will be sufficiently focused to allow authors the opportunity to cover the latest developments in detail.​ | <p>Contains full-color illustrations</p><p>Incorporates tremendous advances in understanding of HIV-1 replication at the molecular level</p><p>Showcases a number of central topics related to HIV-1 assembly​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-10768-9 | Biomedicine | Galizia | [NAME]; Pierre-Marie Lledo | Neurosciences - From Molecule to Behavior: a university textbook |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 692 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 692 p. 417 illus., 396 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 56.07 | 59.99 | 61.68 | 50.99 | 75 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCL25066 | Neurobiology | PSAN | Biomedicine | Undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | From Neurophysiology to Neuroscience: New echnologies and New Concepts in the Twentieth Century.- Evolution of Nervous Systems and Brains.- Ontogeny of the Vertebrate Nervous System.- Diseases.- Neurophilosophy.- Cellular and Molecular Basis of Neural Function.- Electrical Activity in Neurons.- The Synapse.- Biology and Function of Glial Cells.- The Autonomic Nervous System.- Neuropeptides and Peptide Hormones.- The Biological Function of Sensory Systems.- Olfaction.-  Taste.- Thermosensation.- Mechanosensation.- Auditory Systems.- Vision.- Electroreception.- The Magnetic Senses.- Pain and Nociception.- Muscles and Motility.- Motor Control.- The Neural Bases of Emotions.- Experience-Dependent Plasticity in the Central Nervous System.- Cellular Correlates of Learning and Memory.- [NAME], Memory, and Cognition: Animal Perspectives.- Primate Social Intelligence.- Computational Neuroscience:Capturing the Essence. | Neurosciences – a comprehensive approach  This textbook covers neuroscience from cellular and molecular mechanisms to behavior and cognitive processing. We also address  evolution of the nervous system, computational neuroscience, the history of neuroscience as a discipline and neurophilosophy – to name but a few. The book provides the newest state-of-the-art knowledge about neuroscience from across the animal kingdom, with particular emphasis on model species commonly used in neuroscience labs across the world: mouse, zebra fish, fruit fly, honeybee, and nematode worm. We aim at university students of neuroscience, psychology, biological sciences, and medical sciences, but also computer scientists, philosophers, or anybody interested in understanding how brains work. | <p>A current compendium of neurosciences Experts from all over Europe</p><p>Modular design</p><p>Covers the entire field of neurosciences from a zoological perspective</p><p>Newest state-of-the-art knowledge about neuroscience </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-37823-2 | Biomedicine | Geyer | [NAME]; [NAME] | Microstructural Parcellation of the Human Cerebral Cortex | From Brodmann's Post-Mortem Map to in Vivo Mapping with High-Field Magnetic Resonance Imaging |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 260 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 260 p. 94 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCB13004 | Human Physiology | MFG | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]: The cytoarchitectonic map of [NAME]: Arealisation and circuit specialization.- [NAME]: The cytoarchitectonic map of Constantin von Economo and [NAME]: The myeloarchitectonic studies on the human cerebral cortex of the Vogt - Vogt school, and their significance for the interpretation of functional neuroimaging [NAME]: Estimating the location of Brodmann Areas from cortical folding patterns using histology and ex vivo MRI.- [NAME], [NAME]: Database-driven identification of functional modules in the cerebral cortex.- [NAME]: Where matters: New approaches to brain analysis.- [NAME]: MRI methods for in-vivo cortical parcellation.- [NAME], [NAME]: Visualizing myeloarchitecture in vivo with magnetic resonance imaging in common marmosets (Callithrix jacchus).- [NAME]: High-field magnetic resonance mapping of the border between primary motor (area 4) and somatosensory (area 3a) cortex in ex-vivo and in-vivo human brains. | Unraveling the functional properties of structural elements in the brain is one of the fundamental goals of neuroscientific research. In the cerebral cortex this is no mean feat, since cortical areas are defined microstructurally in post-mortem brains but functionally in living brains with electrophysiological or neuroimaging techniques – and cortical areas vary in their topographical properties across individual brains. Being able to map both microstructure and function in the same brains noninvasively in vivo would represent a huge leap forward. In recent years, high-field magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) technologies with spatial resolution below 0.5 mm have set the stage for this by detecting structural differences within the human cerebral cortex, beyond the Stria of [NAME]. This provides the basis for an in vivo microanatomical brain map, with the enormous potential to make direct correlations between microstructure and function in living human brains.This book starts with Brodmann’s post-mortem map published in the early 20th century, moves on to the almost forgotten microstructural maps of von Economo and [NAME] and the Vogt-Vogt school, sheds some light on more recent approaches that aim at mapping cortical areas noninvasively in living human brains, and culminates with the concept of “in vivo [NAME] mapping” using high-field MRI, which was introduced in the early 21st century. | <p>Explains why cortical areas and their boundaries are “classically” defined by their cyto- and myeloarchitectonic pattern in post-mortem brains </p><p>Illustrates how state-of-the-art high-field magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) technologies can generate in living brains individual-specific maps of cortical microstructure that are based on differential grey matter myelination between areas </p><p>Shows that the ultimate research goal is direct structure-function correlation in the same subjects, which can now be achieved by matching MRI-based microstructural and functional maps in the same living brains</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-7091-1418-6 | Biomedicine | Giese | Matthias Giese | Molecular Vaccines | From Prophylaxis to Therapy - Volume 1 |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 430 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 430 p. 87 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | MJCM | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Molecular vaccines - from prophylaxis to therapy.- [NAME] immunology.- Vaccines for infectious diseases.- Cancer vaccines. | This book gives a comprehensive overview to all aspects of global molecular vaccine research. It introduces concepts of vaccine immunology and molecular vaccine development for viral, bacterial, parasitic and fungal infections. Furthermore, the broad field of research and development in molecular cancer vaccines is discussed in detail. This book is a must have for scientists and clinicians interested in new developments in molecular vaccine research and application in infections and cancer. | <p>Provides detailed insight to basic vaccine immunology</p><p>Discusses different aspects of cancer vaccines</p><p>Explains how to use molecular vaccines in infectious diseases</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-00977-3 | Biomedicine | Giese | Matthias Giese | Molecular Vaccines | From Prophylaxis to Therapy - Volume 2 |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 474 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 474 p. 92 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | MJCM | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Non-infectious and non-cancer vaccines.- Adjuvants and nanotechnology.- In silico and delivery systems.- Patenting, manufacturing, registration.​ | This title discusses all aspects of non-infectious and non-cancer– so called NINC – vaccines. Hypertension, diabetes and allergy vaccine development are referred to as well as the use of adjuvants and nanotechnology in vaccine development. The way of novel vaccines from bench to preclinical to clinical studies and launch to the market under [NAME] (European Medicines Agency) and FDA (Food and Drug Administration) guidelines are described in-depth. The book is therefore of interest for researchers and clinicians engaged in vaccine development and molecular vaccine application. | <p>Reviews aspects of NINC vaccine development</p><p>Illustrates the complete process of vaccine development from bench to preclinical and clinical studies and launch to the market</p><p>Enriches understanding of the use of nanotechnology in vaccine development</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7779-2 | Biomedicine | Gophna | [NAME] | Lateral [NAME] in Evolution |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 443 | Hard cover | Book | I, 443 p. 48 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCL23039 | Microbial Genetics and Genomics | PSG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: LGT-Driven Metabolic Innovations and Adaptations.- Lateral [NAME] and the Synthesis of Thymidine.- Lateral [NAME] and the Evolution of Photosynthesis in Eukaryotes.- On the Eco-evolutionary Relationships of Fresh and Salt Water Bacteria and the Role of [NAME] in their Adaptation.- Mobilized Integrons: Team Players In The Spread of Antibiotic Resistance Genes.- Plasmids of the bovine Rumen.- Part II: The Integration of New Genes into Existing Networks.- Lateral [NAME] and Cellular Networks.- The Complexity Hypothesis and Other Connectivity Barriers to Lateral Gene Transfer.- How Codon Usage Shapes [NAME] and Vice Versa.- Part III: Inter-domain [NAME] Transfer.- Lateral [NAME] in Animals.- [NAME] and the Chimeric Nature of Eukaryotic Genomes.- Gene transfer from Eukaryotes to Legionella.- Application of a new [NAME] to Reevaluate Evidence of Interdomain Horizontal [NAME] in the Genome of Thermotoga Maritime.- Part IV: LGT, Speciation and the Tree/Web of Life.- Gradual Speciation and its Implications for the Tree of Life.- [NAME] to Maintaining the Tree of Life.- Speciation in the Shadow of Recombination and Lateral Gene Transfer.- Index. | Although the phenomenon of lateral gene transfer has been known since the 1940's, it was the genomics era that has really revealed the extent and many facets of this evolutionary/genetic phenomenon. Even in the early 2000s with but a handful of genomes available it became clear that the nature of microorganisms is full of genetic exchange between lineages that are sometimes far apart. The years following this saw an explosion of genomic data, which shook the 'tree of life' and also raised doubts about the most appropriate species concepts for prokaryotes. This book attempts to represent the many-fold contributions of LGT to the evolution of micro and, to an extent, macro-organisms by focusing on the areas where the Editor felt it had the largest impact: metabolic innovations and adaptations and speciation. | <p>Focuses on the spectrum of adaptive innovations generated by Lateral [NAME] in evolution </p><p>Looks at the genomic, metabolic and ecological levels </p><p>Examines the integration of new genes into existing networks</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7036-2 | Biomedicine | Hayat | [NAME] | Tumors of the Central Nervous System, Volume 11 | Pineal, Pituitary, and Spinal Tumors | Tumors of the Central Nervous System | 11 | 1 | 2014 | 364 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 364 p. 56 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface. I Imaging.- An introduction to brain tumor imaging.-Molecular imaging of brain tumors.- Use of 11c-4dst-pet for imaging of human brain tumors. II Glioma and glioblastoma.- Diffusion tensor magnetic resonance imaging-based tractography for glioma surgery.- Angiocentric glioma, pilomyxoid astrocytoma, and [NAME]: new entities in the world health organization classification.- Diffuse intrinsic pontine gliomas in children: treatment (an Update).- Gliomatosis cerebri: implications of genetic findings.- Impact of bevacizumab chemotherapy on glioblastomas.- Glioblastoma microvesicles transport rna and proteins [NAME] tumor growth.- [NAME] in the pathophysiology of glioblastoma.- Surgical management of incidental low-grade gliomas. III Stereotactic radiosurgery.- Stereotactic radiosurgery for the treatment of brain [NAME] control of low-volume brain metastases using stereotactic [NAME] seeding after stereotactic brain biopsy.- Intracranial stereotactic radiosurgery in high risk patients with metastases from radioresistant primary tumors.- Brain metastases: treatment with stereotactic iodine-125 [NAME] radiosurgery for skull base meningiomas. IV Spinal cord tumors.- Pediatric spinal cord tumors.- Radiosurgery for intramedullary spinal cord tumors.- Novalis spinal radiosurgery.- Etiology and outcomes of pediatric spinal cord tumors. V Meningioma.- Selection of elderly meningioma patients for surgery using a Clinical-radiological grading system as a predictor of outcome.- Cranial meningioma in neurofibromatosis type 2 patients: role of mutations.- Classification of meningioma using immunogenic antigens.- Treatment of benign meningiomas using radiosurgery.- Necrotic rhabdoid meningiomas: histopathological diagnosis. [NAME]. 27 Multiple schwannomas: diagnosis and treatment.- Treatment of patients with vestibular schwanommas using gamma knife [NAME] in the craniocervical region: complete surgical removal.- Cranial base surgery of hypoglossal schwannomas. Index. | Like the ten preceding volumes in the series Tumors of the Central Nervous System, this book is distinguished for its comprehensive approach, its distinguished roster of some 93 contributors representing 8 different countries and its embrace of leading-edge technology and methods.  Volume 11: Pineal, Pituitary, and Spinal Tumors concentrates on the diagnosis, prognosis and therapy of four types of tumors, namely Glioblastoma, Meningioma, Schwannoma and Spinal Tumors. The book offers an in-depth survey of a range of new technologies and their applications to tumor diagnosis, treatment and therapy assessment.   The contributors explain in thorough detail a range of current and newly developed imaging methods, including molecular imaging and PET scan. Also covered is molecular profiling of brain tumors to select therapy in clinical trials of brain tumors. Discussion includes a review of such surgical treatments as resection and the application of non-invasive stereotactic radiosurgery for treating high-risk patients with brain metastasis. Additional discussion is devoted to tumor seeding. | <p>Focuses on Glioblastoma, Meningioma, [NAME] and Spinal Tumors </p><p>Examines the use of molecular criteria and targeted medicine to achieve accurate diagnosis and correct prognosis </p><p>Expert contributors include oncologists, neurosurgeons, physicians, research scientists and pathologists</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-6786-7 | Biomedicine | Henderson | [NAME] | Moonlighting Cell Stress Proteins in Microbial Infections |  | Heat Shock Proteins | 7 | 1 | 2013 | 398 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 398 p. 55 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCL14040 | Protein Science | PSBC | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Bacterial Cell Stress Responses.- A Brief Introduction to Eukaryotic Cell Stress Proteins.- New Thoughts on Protein Moonlighting.- Chaperonin 10 a Pro- and Anti-inflammatory Host Modulator.- Helicobacter pylori peptidyl prolyl cis, trans isomerase: a modulator of the host immune response.- Macrophage Infectivity Promoter: An FK506-Binding Peptidylprolyl Isomerase with Collagen-Binding and Transmigrating Activity.- Evolution of Bacterial Chaperonin 60 Paralogues and Moonlighting Activity.- Mycobacterium tuberculosis Chaperonins as Novel Virulence Factors.- Legionella pneumophila Chaperonin 60: A Multifunctional Virulence Protein.- Chaperonin 60.1 of the Chlamydiae (cHSP60) as a Major Virulence Determinant.- Symbiotic Bacterial Chaperonin 60 and Plant Virus Transmission.- Histoplasma capsulatum Chaperonin 60: A Novel Adhesin and [NAME] Candidate.- The role of stress-induced activation of HSP70 in dendritic cells, CD4+ T cell memory and adjuvanticity.- Candida albicans Ssa: A Hsp70 Homologue and [NAME] Factor.- Hsp90 plays a role in host-bacterial interactions: Insight gained from Acanthamoeba castellanii.- Role of Peptidyl-Prolyl cis/trans Isomerases in Cellular Uptake of Bacterial Protein Toxins.- Listeria monocytogenes and Host Hsp60 - an Invasive Pairing.- Cell Surface Stress Proteins and the Receptor for Lipopolysaccharide.- Grp78 (BiP) a Cell Surface Receptor for Viruses.- BiP (Grp78): a Target for Escherichia coli Subtilase Cytotoxin.- [NAME] with Host Cell Stress Proteins.- Endoplasmic reticulum stress-associated Gp96 chaperone is a host receptor for Adherent-Invasive E. coli.- Escherichia coli K1 Meningitis and Heat Shock Protein, Gp96.- Bacterial Cell Stress Protein Clp: A Novel Antibiotic Target.- Host Neuroendocrine Stress Hormones Driving Bacterial Behaviour and Virulence. | Microbial infection is increasingly seen as a problem as we begin to run out of antibiotics. Understanding how microbes cause disease is essential. In recent years it has begun to emerge that bacteria, fungi, protozoa and viruses can use their cell stress proteins to cause infection. This volume brings together the world's leading experts in the study of the microbial and human cell stress proteins that are involved in enabling microorganisms to infect humans and cause serious disease. | <p>This is a unique book focusing on a topic of growing importance</p><p>The book brings together all the worlds leading experts in this field</p><p>The book provides a unified view of the role of cell stress proteins in human infections</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38663-3 | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Johannes-[NAME] | Pharmacotherapy of Pulmonary Hypertension |  | Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology | 218 | 1 | 2014 | 560 | Hard cover | Book | X, 560 p. 66 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | 330.63 | 339.9 | 278.5 | 411.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB21007 | Pharmacology/Toxicology | MMG | [NAME] | Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology | TDCW | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part [NAME] hypertension: conceptual bases of the disease. Pulmonary hypertension: definition, classification, and epidemiology. Pulmonary hypertension: pathophysiology and signalling pathways. Pulmonary hypertension: pathology. Pulmonary hypertension: biomarkers. [NAME] hypertension: animal models.- Part II. Pulmonary hypertension: established therapies. General supportive care. Calcium channel blockers. Prostacyclins. Endothelin receptor antagonists. Phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitors.- Part III. [NAME] hypertension: novel pathways and emerging therapies     Soluble guanylate cyclase stimulators. Therapeutics targeting dysregulated redox equilibrium and endothelial dysfunction (NOXs, sGC activators, GSNOR). Rho-kinase inhibitors. Serotonin transporters and serotonin receptors. PDGF inhibitors. Novel anti-proliferative strategies beyond imatinib. Immunosuppressive agents. [NAME] peptides. Inhibitors of cGMP/cAMP metabolism (MRP4, MRP5, PDE1). Old targets re-visited. Stem cells and cell based therapy.- Part IV. Conclusions and Outlook. [NAME] hypertension: evidence-based management in the modern era and future directions. |  | <p>Written by leading experts in the field of pulmonary hypertension</p><p>Broadens your understanding of current, evidence-based pharmacological treatments of various forms of pulmonary hypertension</p><p>Comprehensive review of most recent developments in this field including new signaling pathways</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-4-431-54495-1 | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Cortical Development | Neural Diversity and Neocortical Organization |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 272 | Hard cover | Book | X, 272 p. 67 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCL18000 | Developmental Biology | PSC | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book reviews recent progress in cortical development research, focusing on the mechanisms of neural stem cell regulation, neuronal diversity and connectivity formation, and neocortical organization. Development of the cerebral cortex, the center for higher brain functions such as cognition, memory, and decision making, is one of the major targets of current research. The cerebral cortex is divided into many areas, including motor, sensory, and visual cortices, each of which consists of six layers containing a variety of neurons with different activities and connections. As this book explains, such diversity in neuronal types and connections is generated at various levels. First, neural stem cells change their competency over time, giving sequential rise to distinct types of neurons and glial cells: initially deep layer neurons, then superficial layer neurons, and lastly astrocytes. The activities and connections of neurons are further modulated via interactions with other brain regions, such as the thalamocortical circuit, and via input from the environment. This book on cortical development is essential reading for students, postdocs, and neurobiologists. | <p>Comprises state-of-the-art reviews on neural stem cell regulation and proneural gene functions</p><p><p>Provides details of the mechanisms of neuronal diversity and connectivity formation</p><p>Identifies new genes controlling synapse formation and higher brain functions</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39332-7 | Biomedicine | Klimpel | [NAME]; Heinz Mehlhorn | Bats (Chiroptera) as Vectors of Diseases and Parasites | Facts and Myths | Parasitology Research Monographs | 5 | 1 | 2013 | 175 | Hard cover | Book | X, 175 p. 38 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | [NAME] | Parasitology | MMFP | SCB16003 | Medical Microbiology | MMFM | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book gathers contributions by 16 international authors on the phenomenon “bats,” shedding some light on their morphology, the feeding behaviors (insects, fruits, blood) of different groups, their potential and confirmed transmissions of agents of diseases, their endo- and ectoparasites, as well as countless myths surrounding their lifestyle (e.g. vampirism, chupacabras, batman [NAME] have been known in different cultures for several thousand centuries, however their nocturnal activities have made them mysterious and led to many legends and myths, while proven facts remained scarce. Even today, our knowledge of bats remains limited compared to other groups in the animal kingdom. Also, their famous ability to avoid collisions with obstacles during their nightly flights with the help of a sophisticated and unique system using ultrasound waves (which are transmitted and received) is as poorly studied as birds finding their way from continent to continent. In recent times, where globalization transports millions of people and goods from one end of the earth to the other, there are increased risks posed by agents of diseases, as a result of which bats have received increasing attention as potential vectors. These suppositions are based on their proven transmission of viruses such as rabies.In dedicated chapters, the book addresses the following topics:• The world of bats• The astonishing morphology of bats• Bats as potential reservoir hosts for vector-borne [NAME] – ectoparasites• Glimpses into how bats fly• Blood-licking bats• Vampirism in medicine and culture• [NAME] and “goat [NAME] on candiruAs such, this book provides a broad range of information for all non-experts interested in biological topics, but also for people working in this field, as well as physicians and veterinarians who are confronted with clinical cases, and for teachers and students interested in expanding their knowledge of biology and of past and present cultures. | <p>Covers the morphology and biology of bats and the potential vectorship of agents of diseases and parasites</p><p></p><p>Special attention is given at the numerous myths that had been told or are still told on these unique organisms</p><p></p><p>Presents some of the most interesting and most important findings in bat research</p><p></p><p></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7659-7 | Biomedicine | Kolonin | [NAME] | Adipose Tissue and Cancer |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 228 | Hard cover | Book | X, 228 p. 15 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | [NAME] | Lipidology | PSBH | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface: Obesity, Adipose Tissue and Cancer Progression.- Metabolic Perturbations Associated with Adipose Tissue Dysfunction and the Obesity-Cancer Link.- Increased Adiposity and Colorectal Cancer.- Adiposity and Diabetes in Breast and Prostate Cancer.- Increased Adipocity and Endometrial Cancer Risk.- Adipokines: Soluble Factors from Adipose Tissue Implicated in Cancer.- Animal Models to Study the Interplay between Cancer and Obesity.- Unraveling the local influence of tumor-surrounding adipose tissue on tumor progression: cellular and molecular actors involved.- Trafficking of Cells from Adipose Tissue to Tumor Microenvironment.- The Impact of Obesity Intervention on Cancer: Clinical Perspectives.- Index. | Recent studies have shown that cells from adipose tissue are capable of trafficking to tumors, thus enabling paracrine action of adipokines from within the tumor microenvironment. Increased tumor vascularization, immune system suppression and direct effects on malignant cell survival and proliferation have been investigated as mechanisms regulated by adipokines. The goal of this book is to discuss data pointing to the role of adipose tissue in cancer and to dissect individual mechanisms through which adipose tissue excess or restriction could influence cancer progression. | <p>Explores relationship between obesity and cancer</p><p>Examines direct effect of adipose tissue on cancer </p><p>Discusses role of endocrine signaling by adipose tissue-derived molecules in cancer promotion</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8099-0 | Biomedicine | Kristensson | Krister Kristensson; Marina Bentivoglio; [NAME]; [NAME] | Neuroscience of Neglected Diseases and Conditions |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400 p. 125 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 179.95 | 192.55 | 197.94 | 159.5 | 236 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | A number of diseases and conditions that occur primarily in remote rural or poor urban areas of low-income countries have traditionally been neglected by the neuroscience research community.  These diseases and conditions affect the nervous system directly (sometimes with lethal consequences) and/or are associated with severe neurological sequels such as epilepsy, cognitive deficits, and sleep disruption.  Several diseases also have the effect of promoting poverty by leaving sufferers unable to lead economically productive lives due to cognitive and behavioral disturbances or severe stigmatization. The pathogenesis of neural dysfunction in the diseases addressed in this book and their sequels remains unclear.  The goal of Neuroscience of Neglected Diseases and Conditions is to make available much needed information about how these diseases affect the human nervous system as well as to promote interest in further research.  A secondary hope is that further research into neglected diseases and conditions will uncover information that sheds light on more general topics of interest to the neuroscience research community.​ | <p>Covers diseases that affect the severely impoverished</p><p>Provides information on how these diseases affect the human nervous systems </p><p>Details areas of interest that are usually neglected by the neuroscience community</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8038-9 | Biomedicine | [NAME] | Rakesh Kumar | Nuclear Signaling Pathways and Targeting Transcription in Cancer |  | Cancer Drug Discovery and Development |  | 1 | 2014 | 792 | Hard cover | Book | X, 792 p. 56 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCB21007 | Pharmacology/Toxicology | MMG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Steroid Receptor Coactivators (SRCs) as Integrators of Multiple Signaling Pathways in Cancer Progression.- Role of Alteration/Deficiency in Activation (ADA) Complex in the Cell Cycle, [NAME] and Cancer.- RUNX2 Transcriptional Regulation in Development and Disease.- Epigenetic Mechanisms of Cancer Metastasis.- Regulatory Effects of Arsenic on Cellular Signaling Pathways: Biological Effects and Therapeutic Implications.- Nuclear Factors Linking Cancer and Inflammation.- Regulation of the Jak/STATs Pathways by Histone Deacetylases.- Receptor [NAME] in the Nucleus: Nuclear Functions and Therapeutic Implications in Cancers.- Nucleolar Signaling Determines Cell Fate – The RP-Mdm2-p53 Axis Fine-Tunes Cellular Homeostasis.- Transcriptional Regulation of Lipogenesis as a Therapeutic Target for Cancer Treatment.- Selective Inhibition of Acetyl-Lysine Effector Domains of the Bromodomain Family in Oncology.- Domain Specific Targeting of Cancer.- The Potential of Targeting Splicing for Cancer Therapy.- Exploiting Cell Cycle Pathways in Cancer Therapy: New (and Old) Targets and Potential Strategies.- Histone Demethylases in Prostate Cancer.- Therapeutic Significance of Chromatin Remodeling Complexes in Cancer.- Index. | At the moment, there is no dedicated book to summarize the roles, the significance, and potential therapeutic targeting of transcriptional factors from the perspective of signaling cascade, and thus, directly impacting the functionality of transcriptional factors in cancer. In addition, this book will offer a comprehensive basic and clinical science behind the functions of representative core transcriptional factors. These chapters will serve as a treasure for all those who have an interest in the basis, progression, and targeting of human cancer. Each chapter will be intended to provide comprehensive, up-to-date information by the leaders about the physiologic and pathologic roles of TFs in specific representative organ systems of prime importance. The book will consist of chapters that will give biomedical students, under and graduate students, basic sciences and clinical cancer fellows, residents and researchers, and oncology educators will get a thorough summary of the overall subject. The readers will be able to understand the important current information and views on specific TFs and its role in cancer in areas outside their own expertise or experience. A special emphasis will be also placed on the 'classic' papers as well as perspectives on future directions for the field. | <p>First book to summarize the roles, the significance, and potential therapeutic targeting of transcriptional factors from the perspective of signaling cascade</p><p>Is a comprehensive look at basic and clinical science behind the functions of representative core transcriptional factors</p><p>Chapters are written by the leaders in their fields</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7290-2 | Biomedicine | LeGrice | [NAME]; [NAME] | Human Immunodeficiency Virus Reverse Transcriptase |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 361 | Hard cover | Book | X, 361 p. 73 illus., 46 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | SCH33096 | Infectious Diseases | MJCJ | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The Reverse Transcriptase (RT) of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1 (HIV-1) arguably ranks amongst one of the most extensively studied retroviral enzymes. Heterologous expression and purification of HIV-1 RT in the early eighties, approval of the first nucleoside analogue RT inhibitor (NRTI) in 1987, discovery of resistance to RT inhibitors, approval of the first non-nucleoside analogue RT inhibitor (NNRTI) in 1996 and the various crystal structures of RT with and without bound substrate(s) and/or inhibitors represent only a few of the important milestones that describe the a bench-to-bedside success in the continuing effort to combat HIV-1 infection and its consequences. Nucleoside and nonnucleoside RT inhibitors remain important components in frequently used drug regimens to treat the infection. RT inhibitors also play important roles in recently validated strategies to prevent transmission of the virus.  The relevance of HIV-1 RT as a drug target has simultaneously triggered interest in basic research studies aimed at providing a more detailed understanding of interactions between proteins, nucleic acids, and small molecule ligands in general terms. In light of the ever-growing knowledge on structure and function of HIV-1 RT, this enzyme serves as a valuable “model system” in efforts to develop novel experimental tools and to explain biochemical processes.  This monograph is designed to provide an overview of important aspects in past and current HIV-1 RT research, with focus on mechanistic aspects and translation of knowledge into drug discovery and development. The first section includes chapters with emphasis placed on the coordination of the RT-associated DNA polymerase and ribonuclease H (RNase H) activities. The second covers mechanisms of action and future perspectives associated with NRTIs and NNRTIs, while the third section includes chapters focusing on novel strategies to target the RT enzyme. Chapters of the final part are intended to discuss mechanisms involved in HIV variability and the development of drug resistance. We hope that these contributions will stimulate interest, and encourage research aimed at the development of novel RT inhibitors. The lack of bona fide RNase H inhibitors with potent antiviral activity provides an example for challenges and opportunities in the field. | First comprehensive volume in nearly 20 years Editors have more than 30 years of experience Book will also address the future of Reverse Transcriptase | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8288-8 | Biomedicine | Liebermann | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] Stress Sensor Genes |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 793 | 1 | 2013 | 120 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 120 p. 19 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12030 | [NAME] | MFN | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Gadd45 in stress signaling, cell cycle control and apoptosis.- Gadd45 in Modulation of Solid Tumors and Leukemia.- Gadd45 Proteins: Key players of repair-mediated DNA demethylation.- Gadd45 proteins in Immunity.- Gadd45 in the liver — Signal transduction and transcriptional mechanisms.- The Role of the Gadd45 Family in the Nervous System: A focus on Neurodevelopment, Neuronal Injury, and Cognitive Neuroepigenetics.- Gadd45 stress sensors in preeclampsia.- Index. | Emerging evidence indicates that the [NAME] family of genes play a unique and critical role as sensors of stress, including genotoxic, physiological and oncogenic stress.   The stress response Gadd45 family of genes (Gadd45a, Gadd45b & Gadd45g), discovered by Dr. [NAME] and other researchers, encode for small (18 kd) nuclear/cytoplasmic proteins).  These genes are rapidly induced by a wide variety of endogenous and exogenous stress stimuli. In spite of marked similarities, Gadd45 genes are regulated differently & exhibit functional diversity.  Gadd45 are implicated in cell cycle arrest, DNA demethylation & repair, apoptosis, cell survival, genomic stability, inflammation, & in response to physiological and oncogenic stress.   Functions of Gadd45 genes are mediated by protein-protein interactions that modulate structure/function of other cellular proteins implicated in cell cycle regulation and the response of cells to stress; these interactions vary depending upon the biological setting including cell type, developmental stage and stress/stimulus.  Protein partners include cdc2/cyclinB1, p21, the p38/JNK stress induced kinase pathways, and PCNA/histones. The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive picture of the unique global role Gadd45 genes play as stress sensors & the molecular pathways involved. | <p>Provides a comprehensive picture of the unique global role Gadd45 genes play as stress sensors and the molecular pathways involved</p><p>The functions of Gadd45 proteins are mediated by protein-protein interactions that modulate structure/function of other cellular proteins implicated in cell cycle regulation</p><p>Gadd45 proteins are implicated in cell cycle arrest, DNA demethylation &amp; repair, apoptosis, cell survival, genomic stability, inflammation, &amp; in response to physiological and oncogenic stress</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8050-1 | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | Advances in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 792 | 1 | 2014 | 440 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 440 p. 25 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL |  |  |  | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- B-cell receptor and antigens in CLL.- The CLL cell microenvironment.- Acquired genomic copy number aberrations in CLL.- Recurrent gene mutations in CLL.- TP53 aberrations in CLL.- [NAME] expression and epigenetic deregulation.- Apoptosis deregulation in CLL.- Richter’s Syndrome.- Molecular biomarkers in chronic lymphocytic leukemia.- Critical Signal Transduction Pathways in CLL.- Immunotherapies in CLL.- Novel therapeutic agents in CLL.- Inherited susceptibility to CLL.- miR deregulations in CLL.- Index. | Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) is the most common leukemia in the Western world. CLL has a highly varied clinical course.  While advances in CLL therapy are noted, many patients still succumb to this illness. Like most progress in medicine, solid advances in the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of CLL are rooted in an in-depth understanding of the basic and translational biology of CLL.  In this book, CLL experts have contributed state-of-the-art summaries of various important aspects of CLL biology and have discussed the translational implication of such findings.  This book, which is directed at physicians and researchers alike, aims to educate broadly and deeply.  Intentionally, the many aspects and nuances of CLL clinical care that can only really be appreciated through direct patient care are not covered here, but instead, the book presents basic aspects of CLL that underlie many of the contemporary decisions that are made in CLL research and clinical settings.  We hope that this book will critically inform the community and stimulate interest in CLL, which will ultimately translate into better CLL research, prognostication and therapy, with the end goal of providing a better outlook for patients afflicted with this common leukemia. | <p>​Provides a comprehensive review on chronic lymphocytic leukemia </p><p>Features paramount research in the field </p><p>Focuses on crucial aspects of CLL pathogenesis</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6951-9 | Biomedicine | Mamou | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in Soft Tissues |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 481 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 481 p. 172 illus., 104 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | State of the art methods for estimating the backscatter coefficients.- Quantitative Ultrasound History and Successes.- Statistics of Scatterer Property Estimates.- Attenuation Compensation and Estimation.- Quantitative Ultrasound and Cell Death.- Modeling of Ultrasound Backscattering by Aggregating Red Blood Cells.- Backscatter Quantification for the Detection of Metastatic Regions in Human Lymph Nodes.- Quantitative Ultrasound for Tissue-type Imaging of the Prostate: Implications for Planning and Guiding Biopsies and Focal Treatments.- Therapy Monitoring and Assessment Using Quantitative Ultrasound.- Review of Envelope Statistics Models for Quantitative Ultrasound Imaging and Tissue Characterization.- The Quantitative Ultrasound Diagnosis of Liver Fibrosis Using Statistical Analysis of the Echo Envelope.- Recent Applications of Acoustic Microscopy for Quantitative Measurement of Acoustic Properties of Soft Tissues.- Acoustic Microscopy of Cells.- Methods for Forward and Inverse Scattering in Ultrasound Tomography.- Clinical Results with Ultrasound Computed Tomography of the Breast. | Due to parallel advances in signal processing and computer hardware in the last 15 years, quantitative ultrasound techniques have reached maturity, allowing for the construction of quantitative maps or images of soft tissues. This book will focus on 5 modern research topics related to quantitative ultrasound of soft tissues: - Spectral-based methods for tissue characterization, tissue typing, cancer detection, etc.; - Envelope statistics analysis as a means of quantifying and imaging tissue properties; - Ultrasound elastography for quantifying elastic properties of tissues (several clinical ultrasound scanners now display elastography images); - Scanning acoustic microscopy for forming images of mechanical properties of soft tissues with micron resolution (desktop size scanners are now available); and - Ultrasound computer tomography for breast cancer imaging (new ultrasound tomography systems have been developed and are currently under evaluation clinically). | <p>Comprehensive state of the art review of quantitative ultrasound methods in tissues </p><p>Novel review of ultrasonic backscatter estimation</p><p>Large set of clinical applications of quantitative ultrasound</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-0348-0663-3 | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Tamoxifen | Pioneering Medicine in Breast Cancer | Milestones in Drug Therapy |  | 1 | 2013 | 199 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 199 p. 54 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCB21007 | Pharmacology/Toxicology | MMG | Biomedicine | Monograph | [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Discovery and Pharmacology of Nonsteroidal Estrogens and Antiestrogens.- Tamoxifen Goes Forward Alone.- Metabolites of Tamoxifen as the Basis of Drug Development.- Adjuvant Therapy – The Breakthrough.- The Wisconsin Story in the 1980’s: Discovery of Target Site Specific Estrogen Action.- Carcinogenesis and Tamoxifen.- Chemoprevention: [NAME] waiting for the ball.- Tamoxifen and [NAME] head to head: The STAR TRIAL.- Acquired resistance to Tamoxifen: back to the beginning.- The legacy of Tamoxifen.- [NAME]: Four decades of discovery in breast cancer research and treatment – an interview with [NAME] by Marc Poirot.- Selected Awards that Recognize the Contribution of Tamoxifen and [NAME] to Medicine. | Tamoxifen is a pioneering medicine for the treatment and prevention of breast cancer. It is the first drug targeted therapy in cancer to be successful. Tamoxifen targets the tumor estrogen receptor. The therapy is known to have saved the lives of millions of women over the past 40 years.This monograph, written by [NAME] - known as the “father of tamoxifen” - and his Tamoxifen Team at the Georgetown University Washington DC, illustrates the journey of this milestone in medicine. It includes a personal interview with [NAME] about his four decades of discovery in breast cancer research and treatment. [NAME] was there for the birth of tamoxifen as he is credited for reinventing a “failed morning after contraceptive” to become the “gold standard” for the treatment of breast cancer. He contributed to every aspect of tamoxifen application in therapeutics and all aspects of tamoxifen’s pharmacology. He discovered the selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) and explored the new biology of estrogen-induced apoptosis. | <p>The story of Tamoxifen written first-hand by the "father of tamoxifen"</p><p>A personal journey through four decades of discovery that changed women’s health</p><p>Including an interview with the pioneer of the therapy</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-20717-4 | Biomedicine | Modrow | [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Truyen; [NAME] | Molecular Virology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 800 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 800 p. 211 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 1 | final | 499 | 533.93 | 548.9 | 449.5 | 715.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-15 00:00:00 |  |  | A General part.- Historical overview.- Viruses: definition, structure, classification.- Virus proliferation and replication.- Pathogenesis.- Cell damage.- Transformation and carcinogenesis.- Immunology.- Cytokines, chemokines and interferons.- Chemotherapy.- Vaccines.- Epidemiology.- Virus evolution.- Laboratory methods for detection virus infections.- B Special part.- Viruses with single-stranded, positive-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded, non-segmented, negative-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded, segmented, negative-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with double-stranded, segmented RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded RNA genomes and double stranded DNA as intermediate products.- Viruses with a double-stranded DNA genome.- Viruses with a single-stranded DNA genome.- Prions. | The book gives a comprehensive overview on the knowledge of virus infection relevant for humans and animals. For each virus family the molecular details of the virus particle and the viral replication cycle are described. In the case of virus types with relevance for human and/or animal health the data on molecular biology, genetics and virus-cell interaction are combined with those concerning, pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinics, prevention and therapy. | <p>Comprehensive overview on the knowledge of virus infection relevant for humans and animals </p><p>Molecular details of virus particle and viral replication cycle for each virus family are described </p><p>Data on molecular biology, genetics and virus-cell interaction are combined with those concerning pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinics, prevention and therapy</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-20718-1 | Biomedicine | Modrow | [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Truyen; [NAME] | Molecular Virology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 800 |  | eReference work | XX, 800 p. 211 illus., 50 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 499 | 593.81 | 598.8 | 449.5 | 752 | English | Biomedicine | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-15 00:00:00 |  |  | A General part.- Historical overview.- Viruses: definition, structure, classification.- Virus proliferation and replication.- Pathogenesis.- Cell damage.- Transformation and carcinogenesis.- Immunology.- Cytokines, chemokines and interferons.- Chemotherapy.- Vaccines.- Epidemiology.- Virus evolution.- Laboratory methods for detection virus infections.- B Special part.- Viruses with single-stranded, positive-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded, non-segmented, negative-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded, segmented, negative-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with double-stranded, segmented RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded RNA genomes and double stranded DNA as intermediate products.- Viruses with a double-stranded DNA genome.- Viruses with a single-stranded DNA genome.- Prions. | The book gives a comprehensive overview on the knowledge of virus infection relevant for humans and animals. For each virus family the molecular details of the virus particle and the viral replication cycle are described. In the case of virus types with relevance for human and/or animal health the data on molecular biology, genetics and virus-cell interaction are combined with those concerning, pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinics, prevention and therapy. | <p>Comprehensive overview on the knowledge of virus infection relevant for humans and animals </p><p>Molecular details of virus particle and viral replication cycle for each virus family are described </p><p>Data on molecular biology, genetics and virus-cell interaction are combined with those concerning pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinics, prevention and therapy</p> | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-20719-8 | Biomedicine | Modrow | [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Truyen; [NAME] | Molecular Virology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 800 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XX, 800 p. 211 illus., 50 illus. in color. Print + eReference. | 1 | final | 624 | 667.68 | 686.4 | 562 | 895 | English | Biomedicine | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | Biomedicine | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-15 00:00:00 |  |  | A General part.- Historical overview.- Viruses: definition, structure, classification.- Virus proliferation and replication.- Pathogenesis.- Cell damage.- Transformation and carcinogenesis.- Immunology.- Cytokines, chemokines and interferons.- Chemotherapy.- Vaccines.- Epidemiology.- Virus evolution.- Laboratory methods for detection virus infections.- B Special part.- Viruses with single-stranded, positive-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded, non-segmented, negative-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded, segmented, negative-sense RNA genomes.- Viruses with double-stranded, segmented RNA genomes.- Viruses with single-stranded RNA genomes and double stranded DNA as intermediate products.- Viruses with a double-stranded DNA genome.- Viruses with a single-stranded DNA genome.- Prions. | The book gives a comprehensive overview on the knowledge of virus infection relevant for humans and animals. For each virus family the molecular details of the virus particle and the viral replication cycle are described. In the case of virus types with relevance for human and/or animal health the data on molecular biology, genetics and virus-cell interaction are combined with those concerning, pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinics, prevention and therapy. | <p>Comprehensive overview on the knowledge of virus infection relevant for humans and animals </p><p>Molecular details of virus particle and viral replication cycle for each virus family are described </p><p>Data on molecular biology, genetics and virus-cell interaction are combined with those concerning pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinics, prevention and therapy</p> | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7308-4 | Biomedicine | Morgan | [NAME]; [NAME] | Genetic Variants in Alzheimer's Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 254 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 254 p. 54 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Genetics of Alzheimer’s disease: Introduction and Perspective for the Future.- Apolipoprotein E .- Clusterin.- PICALM.- Complement Component (3b/4b) Receptor 1(CR1).- Bridging Integrator 1 (BIN1).- ATP-binding cassette, sub-family A (ABC1), member 7 (ABCA7).- Membrane-spanning 4-domains subfamily A, MS4A cluster.- Sialic acid binding immunoglobulin-like [NAME] (CD33).- Erythropoietin-producing human hepatocellular carcinoma (EphA1).- CD2-associated protein (CD2AP).- Other Genes Implicated in Alzheimer’s Disease.- The Future Role of Biomarkers in Alzheimer’s Disease Diagnostics.- Index. | Alzheimer’s Disease is the most common form of dementia. The disease is characterised by the loss of synapses and neurons in the cerebral cortex and certain subcortical regions. In the last three years, the genetics of Alzheimer’s Disease has made significant advances; in fact, one could argue more than in the previous two decades.  This has resulted in the identification of nine new genes and perhaps more importantly the realization that new pathways could be involved in the pathogenesis of Alzheimer’s.  These new pathways are now legitimate targets for therapeutic intervention, which can possibly lead to treatment or a possible cure.  The aim of this book is to put all of the recent genetic data on these new genes into context.  Different genetic variants will be discussed, as well as biomarkers and future possibilities. ​ | <p>The aim of this book is to put all of the recent genetic data on these new genes into context</p><p>New genetics of Alzheimer’s disease</p><p>Different genetic variants are discussed, as well as biomarkers and future possibilities   ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8077-8 | Biomedicine | Naumova, Ph.D. | [NAME], Ph.D.; Celia M.T. Greenwood, Ph.D. | Epigenetics and [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 470 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 470 p. 43 illus., 6 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCL18000 | Developmental Biology | PSC | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Epigenetic phenomena in the germ line and early embryonic development and their effects on the inheritance of genetic traits.- Epigenetic reprogramming in the mammalian germ [NAME] of tissue-specific epigenetic states during development.- X-chromosome Inactivation.- Cis- and trans-effects underlying polar overdominance at the callipyge locus.- Transgenerational epigenetic effects and complex inheritance patterns.- Autosomal monoallelic expression.- Part II: Epigenetic variation in health and disease.- Recurrent CNVs in the etiology of epigenetic neurodevelopmental disorders.- Impact of the early-life environment on the epigenome and behavioral development.- Interaction between genetics and epigenetics in cancer.- Part III: Impact of epigenetics on complex trait genetics and analysis.- Epigenetic variation, phenotypic heritability, and evolution.- Statistical Approaches for Detecting Transgenerational Genetic Effects in Humans.- Transmission ratio distortion: a neglected phenomenon with many consequences in genetic analysis and population genetics.- Epigenome Wide Association Studies: Potential insights into human disease.- Analytical Considerations for Epigenome-wide Association Scans of Complex Traits.- Index. | This book will provide an overview of basic epigenetic phenomena; interaction between epigenetic and genetic factors; and the influence of epigenetic factors on inheritance. Epigenetic states may contribute to the penetrance of genetic polymorphisms or mutations and thereby modify inheritance patterns. This may result in non‐Mendelian inheritance of genetic traits such as observed in common human disease. The relationship between epigenetics and genetics, however, has not been comprehensively summarized yet. The topic is being more and more appreciated lately due to considerable advances in genomic and epigenomic approaches to study the origins of human disease.   The editors will focus not only on describing epigenetic characteristics, mechanisms and results, but also on how considerations of epigenetics can alter interpretation and analysis of risks for complex traits. This book will be a resource for those who have been working in human genetics or analysis of human genetic data and are studying the impact of epigenetics on inheritance. An overview will be given of the impacts of inter‐individual variation in epigenetic states from major changes (errors in genomic imprinting) that cause congenital developmental defects to subtle changes and their impact on complex traits. The editors will discuss the relationship between epigenetic changes and genetic changes in human disease. Several chapters will also focus on statistical analysis of epigenetics effects, either in human disease genetic studies, or in population genetics. ​ | <p>Focuses on the relationship between epigenetic changes and genetic changes in human disease ​ </p><p>A resource for those working in human genetics to learn of the impact epigenetics has on inheritance    </p><p>Presents detailed and distinct views on the interplay between complex traits and epigenetics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-62703-516-3 | Biomedicine | Nguyen | [NAME] | Multidisciplinary Tools for Investigating Synaptic Plasticity |  | Neuromethods | 81 | 1 | 2013 | 274 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 274 p. 55 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCB13004 | Human Physiology | MFG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Conditional Gene Targeting: A Refined Method for Genetic Studies in Neurosciences.- [NAME] In Vivo Expression of Recombinant CREB to Study Gene Function in Neuronal Plasticity and Behavior.- Exploring Mechanisms of Synaptic Plasticity Using Exogenous Expression of Proteins at the Sensory-to-Motor Neuron Synapse of Aplysia.- Translational Regulation of Synaptic Plasticity.- Glutamate Receptors and Synaptic Physiology in Developing Neural Circuits.- [NAME] of Dendrites in Dentate [NAME] Neurons.- Electrophysiological and Biochemical Studies of AMPA Receptor Phosphorylation and Synaptic Plasticity in Hippocampal [NAME] and Behavioral Approaches to the Analysis of Synaptic Tagging and Capture.- [NAME] and Rapid Calcium Imaging in Processes of Hippocampal Astrocytes.- Electrophysiological Methods for Investigating Inhibitory Synaptic Plasticity.- Converging Methodologies in a Mammalian ‘Simple System’ Focused on the Biology of Memory: Conditioned Odor Preference in the Neonate Rat.- The Sagittally-Sectioned Rat Hindbrain Preparation: Improved Access to the Brainstem Respiratory Network. | Investigations involving incisive mechanistic dissection of various types of synaptic plasticity have revealed that it plays key roles in neural development, sensory information processing, cortical remapping following brain injury, perception, and behavioral learning and memory. Disruptions of synaptic plasticity may underlie neurological and behavioral disorders such as Alzheimer disease, Fragile-X syndrome,  autism, and drug addiction. Multidisciplinary Tools for Investigating Synaptic Plasticity, therefore, assembles expert contributions that highlight techniques and strategies used in probing the cellular and molecular mechanisms of synaptic plasticity in the nervous systems of vertebrate and invertebrate species. Divided into three sections, this meticulous volume describes biochemical and genetic strategies for studying synaptic plasticity, behavior, neural development, and synaptogenesis, and also includes cellular electrophysiological and optical methods for interrogating a diverse array of mechanistic issues. As part of the Neuromethods series, this book contains the kind of detail and key implementation advice that maximizes successful results. Authoritative and invaluable, Multidisciplinary Tools for Investigating Synaptic Plasticity serves as an ideal primer for introducing researchers to specific techniques that will enhance their success at addressing novel questions in synaptic plasticity at the lab bench. | <p>Includes clear, reproducible techniques that are proven in the field </p><p>Presents research on synaptic mechanisms of brain function as well as clinically-relevant strategies for preventing and alleviating neurological and psychiatric disorders</p><p>Features tips and key implementation advice from experts</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP12345 | Springer Protocols
 | 978-1-4614-7968-0 | Biomedicine | Ntambi, Ph.D. | [NAME], Ph.D. | Stearoyl-CoA Desaturase Genes in Lipid Metabolism |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 408 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 408 p. 42 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | SCD genes of fatty acid synthesis.- SCD genes in heart metabolism.- SCD genes in liver metabolism.- SCD genes in harderian and perpetual glands.- SCD genes In lipogenesis.- SCD genes lipoproteins.- SCD genes in WAT.- SCD genes in muscle.- SCD genes in the brain.- SCD genes in inflammation.- SCD genes in ER Stress.- SCD genes in skin.- SCD genes in insulin signaling.- SCD genes in thermogenesis.- SCD genes in diabetes.- SCD genes atherosclerosis.- SCD genes in [NAME] differentiation.- SCD genes and epigenetics.- SCD genes in fatty liver disease.- SCD genes in Colitis.- SCD genes in leptin signaling. | Obesity and diabetes develop as a complex result of genetic, metabolic and environmental factors and are characterized by increased lipogenesis and lipid accumulation in many tissues. Stearoyl-CoA desaturase (SCD) genes are a critical regulator of lipogenesis and catalyzes the synthesis of monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFA), mainly oleoyl- (18:1n9) and palmitoleoyl-CoA (16:1n7). These MUFAs are the major fatty acid substrates for the synthesis of triglycerides, cholesterol esters, wax esters and membrane phospholipids. There are 4 SCD isoforms (SCD1-4) in mice and two (hSCD1 and [NAME]) expressed in humans.   At first glance, stearoyl-CoA desaturase enzyme would be considered a housekeeping enzyme because it synthesizes oleate a well-known fatty acid that is abundant in many dietary sources. However numerous studies have shown that SCD is a very highly regulated enzyme that features in so many physiological processes ranging from fat differentiation, carbohydrate and fat metabolism, inflammation and cancer. The editor’s studies using stearoyl-CoA desaturase knockout (SCD1-/-) mice and studies of other investigators using pharmacological approaches to reduce SCD1 expression in mouse tissues have all established that the expression of SCD1 gene isoform represents a key step in partitioning of lipids between storage and oxidation. High SCD expression favors fat storage leading to obesity while reduced SCD expression favors fat burning and leanness. Although these studies clearly illustrated that SCD1 expression is involved in the development of obesity and insulin resistance, questions remain in the elucidation of the mechanisms involved and role of SCD1.   This book includes chapters by leading researchers on SCD Genes in the brain, heart, muscle, liver metabolism, Colitis, and more. ​ | <p>First book to focus on SCD Genes in Lipid Metabolism </p><p>This book includes chapters by leading researchers on SCD Genes in the brain, heart, muscle, liver, metabolism, Colitis, and more​</p><p>Gives an overview of the growth of research on the role of the stearoyl-CoA desaturase (SCD) genes in metabolism in different species</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-01007-6 | Biomedicine | Oresic | [NAME]; [NAME] | A Systems Biology Approach to Study Metabolic Syndrome |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 350 p. 47 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The metabolic syndrome and its complex pathophysiology.-  Systems biology in human health and disease.-  The liver in metabolic syndrome.-  Role of adipose tissue in the pathogenesis and treatment of metabolic syndrome.-  The beta cell in metabolic syndrome.-  The skeletal muscle in metabolic syndrome.-  The central nervous system in metabolic syndrome.-  Lipid metabolism in metabolic syndrome.-  Gut microbiota in metabolic syndrome.-  Proteomics in the systems-level study of the metabolic syndrome.-  Metabolomics in the systems-level study of the metabolic syndrome.- Fluxomics.-  In vitro colon model to study metabolic syndrome.-  Genome-scale modeling of tissue and cancer metabolism.-  Modeling of lipid membranes and lipoproteins.-  Computational statistics approaches to study metabolic syndrome.-  Towards modeling of metabolic syndrome: Tissue crosstalk in lipid spillover. | The aim of this book is to provide the target audience, specifically students of Medicine, Biology, Systems Biology and Bioinformatics, as well as experienced researchers in research fields relevant to metabolic syndrome (MetS) with an overview of the challenges and opportunities in systems biology and how it can be used to tackle MetS. In particular, the aims are: (1) to provide an introduction to the key biological processes involved in the pathophysiology of MetS; (2) through the use of specific examples, provide an introduction to the latest technologies that use a systems biology approach to study MetS; and (3) to give an overview of the mathematical modeling approaches for studying MetS. The clearly written chapters by leading experts in the field provides detailed descriptions crucial for the unique position of this book and its focus on the application of systems biology to tackle specific pathophysiologically relevant aspects of MetS and provides a valuable practical guide to this research community. | <p>A comprehensive account of using Systems Biology to study Metabolic Syndrome (MetS)</p><p>The applications of selected technologies and models to tackle specific pathophysiologically relevant aspects of metabolic syndrome</p><p>An introduction to key biological processes involved in the pathophysiology of MetS</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7263-6 | Biomedicine | Palomo | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Staging [NAME] | Implications for Etiopathogenesis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 433 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 433 p. 71 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCB13004 | Human Physiology | MFG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Clinical Staging in the Pathophysiology of Psychotic and Affective Disorders: Facilitation of Prognosis and Treatment.- Staging Perspectives in Neurodevelopmental Aspects of Neuropsychiatry: Agents, Phases and Ages at Expression.- Epigenetics and Biomarkers in the Staging of Neuropsychiatric Disorders.- Staging Neurodegenerative Disorders: Structural, Regional, Biomarker, and Functional Progressions. | Book chapters are authored by participants in the International Meeting on Staging Neuropsychiatric Disorders: Implications for Etiopathogenesis and Treatment, held in Mojácar (Almería) Spain from 14-18 October 2009. Chapters are organized into four sections on themes encompassed by [NAME]: Clinical Staging in the Pathophysiology of Psychotic and [NAME], Staging Perspectives in Neurodevelopmental Aspects of Neuropsychiatry, Epigenetics and Biomarkers in the Staging of [NAME], and Staging Neurodegenerative Disorders. This volume should serve as a resource for physicians and neuroscientists alike, highlighting the importance of staging neuropsychiatric disorders and the underlying mechanistic dysfunction, for prevention and treatment strategies at different stages of disease progression.   Earlier volumes in the series, published by the Fundación Cerebro y [NAME] in Madrid, Spain: Depressive, Anxiety and Drug Abuse Disorders Eds: T. Palomo and [NAME], [NAME] and Age Related Cognitive Disorders Eds.: T. Palomo, [NAME] and [NAME] Disease States Eds.: [NAME], T. Palomo and [NAME] Interactive Monoaminergic Disorders Eds.: T. Palomo, [NAME] and [NAME] Neurodegenerative Brain Disorders Eds.: T. Palomo, [NAME] and [NAME] in Brain Disease States Eds.: [NAME], T. Palomo, [NAME] and [NAME] in Brain Disease States Eds.: T. Palomo, [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] of [NAME].: T. Palomo, [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]: Symptoms not Disorders Eds.: T. Palomo, [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] | <p>​Contributors are all participants at a prestigious conference on neuropsychiatric disorders </p><p>This book is a resource for physicians and neuroscientists alike </p><p>Highlights different prevention and treatment strategies at different stages of disease progression​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 1
 | 978-94-007-6811-6 | Biomedicine | Patole | [NAME] | Nutrition for the Preterm Neonate | A Clinical Perspective |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 450 p. 20 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Developmental physiology of the [NAME] and feed intolerance.- Enteral nutrition.- Parenteral nutrition.- Catch up growth / Developmental origin of adult diseases.- Monitoring growth and development.- Breast milk, breast feeding, and donor milk banks.- Nutrition in specific conditions. | Survival of extremely premature neonates has improved significantly following the advances in neonatal intensive care. Extrauterine growth restriction is a serious issue in this population. Nutritional exposures during critical period of life influence the individual’s risk of disease throughout life. Nutritional deficit and poor growth are associated with long term neurodevelopmental impairment, short stature and metabolic disorders in extremely preterm neonates. Optimising nutrition in the early postnatal life of the preterm neonate is therefore a priority. However this is easier said than done considering the frequency of feed intolerance, fear of necrotising enterocolitis, and the hesitancy in adopting an aggressive approach to parenteral nutrition in this population. Some of the finest researchers in the field have come together to provide the clinical perspective on the A to Z of nutrition in the preterm neonate in simple and clear fashion in this book. | <p>This is a comprehensive book for understanding A to Z of nutrition for the preterm infant </p><p>It is the first book that provides clinical perspective with up-to-date evidence in all areas of preterm nutrition </p><p>There is no other book that combines applied science and clinical aspects of preterm nutrition in such comprehensive manner</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6802-4 | Biomedicine | Prokop | [NAME]; [NAME] | Systems Biology Volume 1 | Integrative Biology and Simulation Tools |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 553 | Hard cover | Book | XXXI, 553 p. 105 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCL23039 | Microbial Genetics and Genomics | PSG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Functional genomics, proteomics, metabolomics and bioinformatics for systems biology.- Comparing biological networks: a survey on graph classifying techniques.- Emergent properties of gene regulatory networks – models and data.- Regulatory crosstalk analysis of biochemical networks in the nucleus accumbens.- Properties of biological networks.- Network analysis for systems biology.- Computational approaches for reconstruction of time-varying biological networks from Omics data.- Probabilistic graphical modeling in systems biology: a framework for integrative approaches.- Innovations of the rule-based modeling approach.- Reproducibility of model-based results in systems biology.- Parameter identifiability and redundancy, with applications to a general class of stochastic carcinogenesis models.- Semantic systems biology: formal knowledge representation in systems biology for model construction, retrieval, validation and [NAME] infrastructures for data and knowledge management in systems biology.- Computational tools and resources for integrative modeling in systems biology.- Agent-based modeling approaches to multi-scale systems biology: An example agent-based model of acute pulmonary inflammation.- Reconstructing cellular signaling and regulatory networks - an integrative approach for systems-level drug discovery.- A survey of current integrative network algorithms for systems biology.- Direct Computer Mapping based modeling of a multiscale process, involving p53/miR-34a signaling. | Growth in the pharmaceutical market has slowed down – almost to a standstill. One reason is that governments and other payers are cutting costs in a faltering world economy. But a more fundamental problem is the failure of major companies to discover, develop and market new drugs. Major drugs losing patent protection or being withdrawn from the market are simply not being replaced by new therapies – the pharmaceutical market model is no longer functioning effectively and most pharmaceutical companies are failing to produce the innovation needed for success. This multi-authored new book looks at a vital strategy which can bring innovation to a market in need of new ideas and new products: Systems Biology (SB). Modeling is a significant task of systems biology. SB aims to develop and use efficient algorithms, data structures, visualization and communication tools to orchestrate the integration of large quantities of biological data with the goal of computer modeling. It involves the use of computer simulations of biological systems, such as the networks of metabolites comprise signal transduction pathways and gene regulatory networks to both analyze and visualize the complex connections of these cellular processes. SB involves a series of operational protocols used for performing research, namely a cycle composed of theoretical, analytic or computational modeling to propose specific testable hypotheses about a biological system, experimental validation, and then using the newly acquired quantitative description of cells or cell processes to refine the computational model or theory. | <p>This multi-authored volume presents a unique update in the field of pharmaceutical drugs</p><p>The book presents a unique coverage of computational problems and tools related to this field</p><p>The selected authors are all experts in their field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7650-4 | Biomedicine | Pöhlmann | [NAME]; [NAME] | Viral Entry into Host Cells |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 790 | 1 | 2013 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 200 p. 38 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-08-19 00:00:00 |  |  | Attachment Factors.- Picornavirus Entry.- Reovirus Receptors, Cell Entry, and Proapoptotic Signaling.- Entry of Influenza Virus.- Filovirus Entry.- Paramyxovirus Entry.- Cellular entry of retroviruses.- Class II Fusion Proteins.- Entry of Rhabdoviruses into Animal Cells.- Entry of Herpesviruses into Cells: The Enigma Variations. | For a virus to invade a host cell it needs to penetrate the physical barrier imposed by the plasma membrane. Viruses have evolved specialized surface proteins to meet this challenge. These proteins facilitate delivery of the viral genetic information into the host cell by either fusing the viral envelope with a host cell membrane or by forming membrane pores. Membrane fusion and pore formation critically depend on the engagement of host cell receptors and receptor choice is a key determinant of viral tropism. The multi-faceted interplay between viral and cellular factors during virus entry is a fascinating field of study, which can provide important insight into viral pathogenesis and define new targets for intervention. This book provides a comprehensive overview of this exciting field of research. | <p>Provides a comprehensive overview of interplay between viral and cellular factors during virus entry </p><p>Reviews key processes underlying host cell entry of viruses </p><p>Discusses cellular entry of reoviruses</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6865-9 | Biomedicine | Reichle | Albrecht Reichle | Evolution-adjusted Tumor Pathophysiology: | The Novel Language of Tumor Biology |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 452 | Hard cover | Book | X, 452 p. 95 illus., 87 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.-I Introduction.-Communication ─ evolution ─ pathophysiology: An endogenous conjunction ─Instead of an introduction.-II Combined modularized therapies for metastatic tumors: Pointing to central problems of communication among ‘systems participators’ in tumors.- Applied systems biology for the control of metastatic cancer: Therapeutic top-down strategy for targeting the tumors’ normativity.- Targeting the proangiogenic network in angiosarcomas: Biomodulatory therapy.- Long-term results of combined modularized, immune-modulatory, angiostatic, and antiinflammatory therapy in systemically pre-treated multi-systems Langerhans cell histiocytosis.- Redirecting and modulating rationalizations of tumor-immanent normative functions in castration-resistant prostate [NAME] engineering: Biomodulation, either endogenously initiated or by implementation of non-normative boundary conditions.- Non-hierarchically organized operations in malignancies: Stromal dysfunction induces hematopoetic malignancies.- Biomodulatory therapy approaches in renal clear cell carcinoma: A perspective.- Proteome analysis identified the PPARc ligand 15d-PGJ2 as a novel drug inhibiting melanoma progression and interfering with tumor-stroma interaction.IV   The tumors’ normativity: Reconstructing and operationalizing starting  points for an evolution theory.- The philosophical quest of a cancer cell: Redefining existentialism.- The tumor’s normativity: Normative structures, action norms and decision maxims as therapeutic targets for tumor therapy.- Criticizable claims for the validity of communication acts in biological systems: Therapeutic implications in cancer.-V Evolution theory.- Evolution theory: Its practical relevance for understanding tumor development and specifying tumor therapy.- Modularity, subjectivity, intersubjectivity and normativity: Clinically applicable operative benchmarks.- Turning upside down the mode of science to emphasize and harness the impact of environmental communicative events. VI   From genome- or organ-centric to rationalization-centric systematization of tumors.- Purposive-rational tumor therapy: Exploiting the tumor’s ‘living world’ for diversifying, specifying and personalizing tumor therapy.- Including rationalizations of tumor-associated normative notions in pathophysiologic considerations: Communication-theoretical implications.-VII  Reconstruction of tumor-immanent normative functions, structures and decision maxims (hubs).- Bridging a diagnostic and therapeutic gap: Selecting, assessing and categorizing tumor-associated normative notions.- Personalizing tumor pathophysiology by diagnosing developmental problems in tumors with imaging techniques.- Biologic memory: Induction by metronomically administered combined modularized therapy.- VIII The tool of rationalizations constituting tumor-associated normative notions: The non-genomic counterpart of the tumor genome and therefore, an important therapeutic target for diversifying palliative care.- Diversifying and specifying palliative care for patients with metastatic cancer by therapeutic implementation of non-normative boundary conditions.- Targeting a hallmark of cancer: Simultaneous inflammation and tumor control for palliative care in metastatic cancer.-IX  Novel clinical and pharmaceutical technology for bioengineering tumor response.- Combined modularized tumor therapy ─ tumor biology ─ and prognostic factors: Bioengineering tumor response.-X Objectifying the systems objects’ subjectivity in biological systems: A novel reification of the scientific picture about the ‘objective’ world.- The systems objects’ subjectivity as scientific object. Index. | Combined modularized therapies for metastatic cancer are pointing to central problems of communication among ‘systems participators’. A communication theory explains 'social engineering', endogenously induced or by implementing non-normative boundary conditions. Evolution-adjusted tumor pathophysiology is borne by an evolution theory, which contrasts narrative evolution histories. The tool of rationalizations constituting the tumor's normativity (inflammation, immune response etc.) represents the non-genomic counterpart of the tumor genome and should be additionally assessed during tumor staging. Evolution-adjusted tumor pathophysiology allows implementing applied systems biology, a novel clinical and pharmaceutical technology for bioengineering tumor response and personalizing tumor therapy. Combined modularized therapy, evolution-adjusted tumor pathophysiology, and ‘universal’ biomarkers concertedly address genetically based tumor heterogeneity. | <p>Applied systems biology </p><p>Personalizing tumor therapy with novel methodological approaches </p><p>Drafting the non-genomic counterpart of the genome: Rationalizations constituting tumor-associated normative notions (angiogenesis, inflammation, immune response etc.) </p><p>Reconstructing and operationalizing starting points for an evolution theory </p><p>Evolution-adjusted tumor pathophysiology as novel clinical and pharmaceutical technology for bioengineering tumor response</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7459-3 | Biomedicine | Selvarajoo | [NAME] | Immuno Systems Biology | A macroscopic approach for immune cell signaling | Systems Biology | 3 | 1 | 2013 | 178 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 178 p. 68 illus., 60 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCL15010 | Systems Biology | PSA | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Systems biology of population cell response.- Perturbation-response approach for biological network analysis.- Basics of the mammalian immune system.- Inferring novel features of the TLR4 pathways.- Signaling Flux Redistribution.- Investigating the TLR3 signaling dynamics.- Understanding TNFR1 signaling dynamics.- TRAIL signaling in cancer.- Stochasticity and variability: insights from single cell dynamics.- Investigating single cell stochasticity in TRAIL signaling.- The distinction between single cell and population dynamics.- Finding chaos in biology.- Concluding remarks.- Index. | Immuno Systems Biology aims to study the immune system in the more integrated manner on how cells and molecules participate at different system levels to the immune function. Through this book [NAME] introduces to physicists, chemists, computer scientists, biologists and immunologists the idea of an integrated approach to the understanding of mammalian immune system. Geared towards a researcher with limited immunological and computational analytical experience, the book provides a broad overview to the subject and some instruction in basic computational, theoretical and experimental approaches. The book links complex immunological processes with computational analysis and emphasizes the importance of immunology to the mammalian system. | <p>Immuno systems biology specifically aims to study the host immune system in a more integrated manner</p><p>Focuses on the dynamical analyses of mammalian innate immune response to bacterial and viral perturbations using computational models based on simple physical rules</p><p>Deals with interpreting population level immune cell signaling response in wildtype and mutant cells</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8231-4 | Biomedicine | Singh | Amit Singh; Madhuri Kango-Singh | Molecular Genetics of Axial Patterning, Growth and Disease in Drosophila Eye |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 476 | Hard cover | Book | I, 476 p. 68 illus., 63 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | SCL25050 | Animal Models | PSVL | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Early eye development: Specification and Determination.- Molecular genetic mechanisms of axial patterning: Mechanistic insights into generation of axes in the developing eye.- Catching the Next Wave: Patterning of the Drosophila Eye by the Morphogenetic Furrow.- Cell Morphogenesis.- Cell Polarity in Drosophila Retina.- Negative regulation for neural patterning in the Drosophila eye.- Cell Adhesion during Drosophila eye development.- Modulation of Developmental Signaling by the Proteostasis Network.- Drosophila eye as a model to study regulation of growth control: The discovery of size control pathways.- Contribution of the Drosophila eye to unraveling the basis of neurodegeneration.- Genetic regulation of early eye development in non-dipteran insects.- Development and evolution of the Drosophila Bolwig’s organ: a compound eye relict.- Index. | Undoubtedly, Drosophila melanogaster, fruit fly, has proved to be one of the most popular invertebrate model organisms, and the work horse for modern day biologists. Drosophila, a highly versatile model with a genetic legacy of more than a century, provides powerful genetic, cellular, biochemical and molecular biology tools to address many questions extending from basic biology to human diseases.  One of the most important questions in biology focuses on how does a multi-cellular organism develop from a single-celled embryo. The discovery of the genes responsible for pattern formation has helped refine this question, and led to other questions, such as the role of various genetics and cell biological pathways in regulating the crucial process of pattern formation and growth during organogenesis.  Drosophila eye model has been extensively used to study molecular genetic mechanisms involved in patterning and growth. Since the genetic machinery involved in the Drosophila eye is similar to humans, it has been used to model human diseases and homology to eyes in other taxa. This book will discuss molecular genetic mechanisms of pattern formation, mutations in axial patterning, Genetic regulation of growth in Drosophila eye, and more. There have been no titles in the past ten years covering this topic, thus an update is urgently needed.​ | <p>Most updated title in the past ten years to cover this topic </p><p>Reviews all molecular genetic aspects of axial patterning in the drosophila eye </p><p>Reviews the research and relates it to how it can transform our understanding of human diseases like cancer​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7148-2 | Biomedicine | Staibano | [NAME] | Prostate Cancer: Shifting from Morphology to Biology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 324 | Hard cover | Book | X, 324 p. 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCB12008 | Human Genetics | MFN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword. Preface. List of contributors. I Clues to morphological diagnosis and prognosis evaluation.-Update on diagnostic criteria, on biopsy and surgical specimen: pre-invasive lesions, from epithelial cell hyperplasia to carcinoma in situ invasive carcinoma. First-line immunophenotyping of prostate diseases.- II Molecular pathology.- Molecular determinants of cancer-related inflammation.- Apoptosis and autophagy.- Androgen receptor and steroidogenesis pathways.- Neuroendocrine differentiation – role of somatostatin receptors (SSTRs) for diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy.- Metastatic dissemination.- Resistance to castration - resistance to drugs.- Crossroads of signaling pathways. III Genetic and Epigenetic Events in prostate cancer.- Gene polymorphisms.- Expression signature.- Mapping prostate cancer [NAME] mechanisms: histone acetylation, DNA methylation, miRNA, chromatin modifiers. IV A modern approach to therapy of prostate cancer: targeting the deadly subset.-Molecular markers for patient selection and stratification: personalized prognostic predictive models.- Targeting tumor angiogenesis.- Efficacy of signal transduction inhibition in advanced prostate cancer.- Therapeutic targeting of the bone pre-metastatic niche.- Counteracting hypoxia in radio-resistant metastatic lesions.- “Synthetic lethality”: molecular co-targeting to restore the DNA.- Repair mechanisms in prostate cancer cells concluding remarks. Index. | The aim of this book will be to contribute to the education of a new generation of experts in urology, molecular biology, pathology and oncology, offering them sufficient knowledge in basic and translational research to be fluency in the web of interacting networks playing a role in prostate cancer development, progression, metastasis and drug-resistance.The volume will cover the latest innovative researches in prostate cancer, with particular emphasis to the state-of-the-art analysis technologies that are essential for the accurate identification of molecular targets for disease diagnosis, molecular mechanisms of tumorigenesis, markers for susceptibility, molecular-based prognostic prevision, characterization of biomarkers of drug efficacy and drug resistance, validation of new therapeutics and diagnostics. Current advancements on the intersecting data concerning transcriptomes, proteomes, the molecular techniques referred as 'omes', will be reported and discussed. | <p>Each chapter will prevede different levels of reading: brief introduction, main test and conclusions </p><p>Detailed schemes of molecular pathways at the end of each chapter (where appropriate) </p><p>The "dynamic" schemes of molecular pathways are available on the extra.springer.com website </p><p>The most important references cited in each chapter will be marked in the reference section</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-88-470-5312-0 | Biomedicine | Tridente | [NAME] | Adverse Events of Biomedicines |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 60 illus. | 0 | approx. | 139.95 | 149.75 | 153.94 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer Milan | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Biomedicines: Definition, Classification, Monoclonal Antibodies, Soluble Receptor Analogues, Cytokines Chemokines, Growth Factors, Anti-receptor drugs.- 2. Adverse Events: Definition, Classification,Typology.- 3. Adverse Events to Biomedicines: by System Organ Classification/Class of drugs, Systemic acute syndromes (CRS, TLS, CLS), Data Sheets: significance and use.- 4. AEs and Immunogenicity of Biologicals.- 5. AEs in pre- and post-licensing observations, The post-marketing mix: REMS, Trials and SAERS. Data comparing importance and difficulties.-6. AEs in off-label treatments.- 7. Attempting an etiolgical picture of  AEs to Biomedicines.- 8. Efficacy vs AEs induction.- 9. Lessons for safer future Biomedicines.- 10. Appendix (Data Sheets). | This monograph collects and evaluates data on adverse events (AEs) due to biomedicines, a new class of drugs in use for human therapy. It is a practical guideline to a new area demanding the attention of clinicians, immunologists, oncologists, allergologists, public health professionals, and drug companies. Definition, classification, and major features of each drug are related to typologies of AEs observed during pre- and post-licensing trials and studies, as well as to spontaneous reporting. The type and frequency of each AE are filed in downloadable data sheets according to the system organ classification (SOC-WHO ART) to allow easy consultation and comparative evaluation. Further aspects examined include drug efficacy in relation to AE induction, etiopathogenesis and drug immunogenicity, systemic acute syndromes, and AEs in off-label treatments. It is hoped that this book will contribute in improving the safety of current and future biomedicines. ​ | Synthetic and unique publication on adverse events of a new and fast-growing class of medicines   Multidisciplinary interest (biomedical, public health, biologics producers for human therapy)   Downloadable database enclosed for rapid multi-entry search and consultation​ | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7939-0 | Biomedicine | Van Bockstaele | [NAME] | Endocannabinoid Regulation of Monoamines in Psychiatric and Neurological Disorders |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 537 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 537 p. 26 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Endocannabinoids and monoamines: modulating the modulators.- Endocannabinoid-mediated synaptic plasticity.- Current cannabinoid receptor nomenclature and pharmacological principles.- Cue-elicited craving for cannabis activates the reward neurocircuitry associated with the neuropathology of addiction.- Cannabinoid modulation of dopaminergic circuits in neurodegenerative and neuropsychiatric disorders.- Pathophysiology of mood disorders and mechanisms of action of antidepressants and mood stabilizers.- Anatomical, biochemical and behavioral evidence for cannabinoid modulation of noradrenergic circuits: role of norepinephrine in cannabinoid-induced aversion.- Gender Disparity of Depression: The Role of Endocannabinoids and Noradrenergic Function.- Endocannabinoids, Monoamines and Stress.- Chronic effects of cannabinoid drugs on monoaminergic systems and the role of endocannabinoids and cannabinoid receptors in human brain disorders.- Endocannabinoid Signaling and the Regulation of the Serotonin System.- Modulation of serotonin firing activity through CB1 agonists and FAAH inhibitors.- Involvement of serotonergic system in cannabinoid analgesia.- Cannabinoids, monoamines, COMT and schizophrenia: pathobiological mechanisms in psychosis. | The past decade has seen tremendous growth in the study of cannabinoid receptor signaling in brain.  The impact and consequences of cannabinoid modulation of monoaminergic (dopamine, norepinephrine, and serotonin) circuits is becoming more clear.  Scientists have shown significant interaction between these two systems in a variety of psychiatric and neurological disorders such as affective disorders, multiple sclerosis, and pain or pain disorders.  The overarching goal of Endocannabinoid Regulation of Monoamines in Psychiatric and Neurological Disorders is to provide current information on advances in the field of endocannabinoid signaling and potential therapeutic applications with a particular emphasis on monoaminergic circuits.  ​ | <p>​Content written by the leading experts in the field</p><p>Presents potential therapeutic applications</p><p>Most up-to-date information available</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-01049-6 | Biomedicine | Wakabayashi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Interdisciplinary Concepts in Cardiovascular Health | Volume II: Secondary Risk Factors |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 160 p. 22 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | SCH33118 | Metabolic Diseases | MFGM | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Hypertension and vascular dysfunction.- Obesity and diabetes.- Hyper- and dyslipoproteinemias.- Hyperuricemia.- Proteomics towards biomarkers discovery and risk assessment.​ | This book provides an introduction to the principles of both cardiovascular epidemiology and molecular pathophysiology; as a unique aspect, it also outlines and discusses the molecular concepts underlying epidemiological observations. This second volume is focused on all aspects concerning “secondary risk factors” in terms of diseases associated with enhanced risk for cardiovascular events. The book promotes the use of interdisciplinary approaches in the field of preventive medicine based on recent advances in molecular and cellular pathophysiology. The book offers a valuable resource work for researchers in basic biomedical fields and clinical scientists alike, as well as guidelines for novel avenues of research in both basic pathophysiology and cardiovascular therapy and prevention | <p>Provides comprehensive and well-organized ​overview of a highly interdisciplinary field</p><p>Covers a wide range of biomedical research areas</p><p>Clearly arranged to create an easy to use knowledge base</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-01073-1 | Biomedicine | Wakabayashi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Interdisciplinary Concepts in Cardiovascular Health | Volume III: Cardiovascular Events |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 210 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 210 p. 33 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB1700X | Molecular Medicine | MBGR | SCH27010 | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | MBN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Ischemic heart disease.- Stroke.- Heart Failure.- Cardiac arrhytmias.- Pulmonary hypertension.- Peripheral artery disease.- Venous Thromboembolism.- Abdominar aortic [NAME] | This book provides an introduction to the principles of both cardiovascular epidemiology and molecular pathophysiology; as a unique aspect, it also outlines and discusses the molecular concepts underlying epidemiological observations. This third volume is focused on the most common “cardiovascular events” to provide an overview on pathogenesis and clinical aspects. The book promotes the use of interdisciplinary approaches in the field of preventive medicine based on recent advances in molecular and cellular pathophysiology. The book offers a valuable resource work for researchers in basic biomedical fields and clinical scientists alike, as well as guidelines for novel avenues of research in both basic pathophysiology and cardiovascular therapy and prevention. | <p>Provides comprehensive and well-organized ​overview of a highly interdisciplinary field</p><p>Covers a wide range of biomedical research areas</p><p>Clearly arranged to create an easy to use knowledge base ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7293-3 | Biomedicine | Wick | W David Wick; [NAME] | War in the Body | The Evolutionary Arms Race Between HIV and the Human Immune System and the Implications for Vaccines |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 297 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 297 p. 51 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 249 | 266.43 | 273.9 | 224.5 | 331.5 | English | Biomedicine | SCB22003 | Virology | MMFM | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Biomedicine | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​The HIV Infection model.- The CTL Model.- Simulating an HIV Infection In Vivo.- The Escape Formula.- Early and Late Escapes.- Understanding Escape.- More Topics about [NAME] from Immune Control.- HIV's Cloaking Device: The Fascinating Story of Nef.- Retroviral Sex and Escape.- The Ne Business, Again, and a Proposed Experiment.- Can a T-cell Vaccine Block Escape?.- The STEP Trial and the Future of T-cell Vaccines.- Short Tutorial on Dynamical Models.- Deterministic Modeling: A Cautionary Example.- The Infection Model Defined.- The CTL Model Defined.- On Simulation Techniques.- Derivation of the Escape Formula.- Statistics of the Mutant Lineage in Classical Genetics.- Extinction Probabilities with Extra_Poisson Variation.- [NAME] the Boundaries.- Co-existence or Replacement?.- The Nef-Deletion Threshold Formulas.- Modeling Retroviral Sex. | ​​​​In the relatively few decades since the introduction of HIV into the human population, variants of the virus have diverged to such an extent that, were the discussion about something other than viruses, said variants could easily be classified as different species. This book will consider these evolutionary variations, as well as the different and, at times, opposing theories attempting to explain them. It will compare and contrast the ways in which the immune system and drugs affect the virus's evolution, and the implications of these for vaccine development.    The issue will be explored and explained through 'ecological genetics,' which postulates that all living organisms have, besides rivals, enemies. This is divergent from the more traditional school of 'population genetics,' which emphasizes that evolution occurs among rival species (or variants thereof) that compete for niches or resources in a fixed, unreactive environment. Both models will be formulated using mathematical models, which will be included in the book. Finally, it will consider the possibilities for designing a vaccine that blocks HIV from escaping the immune system. | <p>​ ​Explores the rapid and profound evolution of the HIV virus</p><p>Considers the divergent viewpoints on why and how the virus evolves</p><p>Addresses the ramifications of this evolution on the immune system, as well as vaccines</p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7644-3 | Biomedicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Next Generation Sequencing in Cancer Research | Volume 1: Decoding the Cancer Genome |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 398 | Hard cover | Book | X, 398 p. 73 illus., 59 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | SCL15001 | Bioinformatics | PSD | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: next generation sequencing technology and cancer research.- The majority of total nuclear-encoded non-ribosomal RNA in a human cell is ‘dark matter’ unannotated RNA.- Total RNA-seq of breast cancer in hypoxia.- Altered antisense-to-sense transcript ratios in breast cancer.- Identification of piRNAs in Hela cells by massive parallel sequencing.- Discovery of new microRNAs by small RNAome deep sequencing in childhood acute lymphoblastic [NAME] Mutations as a Cause of Amelogenesis Imperfecta and [NAME] Syndrome.- Whole-exome sequencing in CIC and IDH1/2 contributing to human oligodendroglioma.- Genetic and structural variation in the gastric cancer kinome revealed through targeted deep sequencing.- Tumour evolution inferred by single-cell sequencing.- Characterization of the single-cell transcriptional landscape by highly [NAME] Tracing the derivation of embryonic stem cells from the inner cell mass by single-cell RNASeq [NAME] genome DNA methylation analysis based on high throughput sequencing technology.- Comparative methylome analysis of benign and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors.- High-resolution genome-wide mapping of HIF-binding sites by ChIP-seq.- MicroRNA transfection and AGO-bound CLIP-seq data sets reveal distinct determinants of miRNA action.- Genome-wide identification of polycomb-associated RNAs by RIP-seq.- Single-molecule sequencing: sequence methods to enable accurate quantisation.- [NAME] labeling of RNA uncovers principles of RNA production and degradation dynamics in mammalian cells.- Reprogramming transcription by distinct classes of enhancers functionally defined by eRNA.- The genome information process for cancer research: the challenge and perspective.- Index. | ​​​​This volume provides an interdisciplinary perspective of applying Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) technology to cancer research. It aims to systematically introduce the concept of NGS, a variety of NGS platforms and their practical implications in cancer biology.This unique and comprehensive text will integrate the unprecedented NGS technology into various cancer research projects as opposed to most books which offer a detailed description of the technology. This volume will present true experimental results with concrete data processing pipelines, discuss the bottleneck of each platform for real project in cancer research. In additional, single cancer cell sequencing as the proof of concept will be introduced in this book, along with cutting-edge information provided will help the intended audience to develop a comprehensive understanding of the NGS technology and practical whole genome sequencing data analysis and rapidly translate into their own research, specifically in the field of cancer biology. | ​​Applies the Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) technology to practical and real cancer research projects​ <br><br>Each chapter will briefly cover the outline for bioinformatic analysis <br><br>The primary audience are researchers and scientists in cancer biology, molecular biology, and other related areas in biomedical research | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7952-9 | Biomedicine | Yamamura | [NAME]; [NAME] | Multiple Sclerosis Immunology | A Foundation for Current and Future Treatments |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 670 | Hard cover | Book | I, 670 p. 47 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | SCB12030 | [NAME] | MFN | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Th17 cells in autoimmune inflammation and demyelination in the central nervous system.- Regulatory T cells in MS.- T-bet: A critical regulator of encephalitogenic T Cells.- Antigen-presenting cells in the Central Nervous System.- The role of B cells in multiple sclerosis.- Diet, [NAME] and multiple sclerosis: current research and future perspectives.- GM-CSF in autoimmune inflammation of the central nervous system.- The role of Toll-like receptors in multiple sclerosis and experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis.- Macrophages and microglia in experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis and multiple sclerosis.- Genetics of multiple sclerosis.- Gene expression profiling and pathway analysis for identification of molecular targets in MS.- Systems biology for the study of multiple sclerosis.- Checkpoints in the development of pathogenic and regulatory T cells in Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis—a basis for current future interventions in MS.- Modeling MS in non-human primates.- A novel concept of treatment in MS: targeting both oligodendrocyte death and inflammatory processes by inhibiting poly (ADP-Ribose) polymerase.- Association of MS with other autoimmune diseases.- Current and future treatments of Multiple Sclerosis.- Targeting CD52 for the treatment of Multiple Sclerosis.- Haematopoietic stem cells for the treatment of [NAME] stem cells for the treatment of Multiple Sclerosis. | The availability of powerful genome-wide association study technology, during the last five years, has shown that most of the “new” MS susceptibility loci are immune-response genes. It is clear that there is much novelty in the field of MS immunology, which has served as an impetus to invest in new therapies. Notably, most if not all of these are immunotherapies. Even the equally exciting field of cell-based therapies and neuro-regeneration may well rely on cells or growth factors that are no less immunomodulators than restorative of [NAME] and neural cell function.  Multiple Sclerosis Immunology  looks at MS immunology as the basis for the present and—even more—the future of treatments for this complex autoimmune condition. Both editors are immunologists, as well as clinical neurologists, and appreciate the importance of a sustained dialogue between basic and clinical scientists to ensure that “translation” is real and not just virtual. | <p>Will complement existing works and be comprehensive </p><p>Will include testimony of an immunobiologist who is also a patient </p><p>Editors are both immunologists and clinicians, so will offer a complete perspective</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-4-431-54441-8 | Biomedicine | Yoshimoto | [NAME]; Tomohiro Yoshimoto | Cytokine Frontiers | Regulation of Immune Responses in Health and Disease |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | X, 380 p. 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Biomedicine | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | SCL14120 | Cytokines and Growth Factors | PSF | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ | This book guides the reader through the latest research on the cytokine network, covering signaling pathways, control of the immune response, and potential therapeutics. Different cytokines stimulate diverse responses in various phases of inflammation and immunity, including the innate immune response, the generation of effector T cells, and the development of antibodies by the humoral immune system. It is now clear that the pathophysiology of many infectious, autoimmune, allergic, and malignant diseases can be largely explained by which cytokines are induced and subsequently regulate the cellular responses. In clinical medicine, cytokines are involved in a wide spectrum of diseases. This book describes in three parts the properties and roles of 15 key cytokines under physiological and pathological conditions. Part I presents nine cytokines associated with inflammatory disorders, pro-inflammatory cytokines, and the recently identified new helper T (Th) subset: Th17 cells. Part II gives details of three cytokines associated with allergic disorders, including Th2 responses and recently identified types of innate cells. Part III describes three cytokines that are associated with immunological tolerance and anti-inflammation, including regulatory T (Treg) cells, IL-10-producing [NAME] (Tr1) cells, and inducible IL-35-producing Treg (iTr35) cells. Cytokines are considered to be important as therapeutic targets for specific agonists or antagonists in numerous immune and inflammatory diseases. The ultimate goal of this book is to facilitate the development of therapeutic treatments for such diseases which has been limited by an insufficient understanding of the biology of cytokines and the complicated network that they create. |  | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7776-1 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Olive Oil | Analysis and Properties |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 676 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 676 p. 176 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Chemistry | SCC15001 | Food Science | TDCT | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Food Science / Chemistry | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Growing Olives for Oil.- Technical Aspects.- Lipid metabolism in olive: biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and aroma components.- Genetics and Molecular Biology of Olives.- Chromatographic Methodologies: Compounds for Olive Oil Traceability Issues.- Chromatographic Methodologies: Compounds For Olive Oil Color Issues.- Chromatographic Methodologies: Compounds for Olive Oil Odor Issues.- Analytical methodologies: Phenolic compounds related to olive oil taste issues.- Infrared, Raman and fluorescence spectroscopies: Methodologies and applications.- Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Methodologies and Applications.- Olive Oil Characterization and Traceability.- Olive Oil Oxidation.- Sensory quality: Methodologies and Applications.- Olive oil consumer research: Methods and key learnings.- Olive Oil Authentication.- Role of Lipids in Human Nutrition.- Olive Oil as a Functional Food: Nutritional and Health Benefits.- Olive Oil Refining Process.- Tables of olive oil chemical data. | The Handbook of Olive Oil presents an up-to-date view of all aspects of olive oil. It is written from an inter-disciplinary point of view and will be of use in research and development as well as in routine laboratory and process operations. This second edition includes new chapters devoted to genetic studies and agronomic aspects of new orchards and cultivars, which, in combination with the most recent biochemical studies and technological developments, explain the unique chemical composition of olive oil. The analytical aspects of the first edition are now described in six new chapters focused on the chemical compounds responsible for olive oil traceability and sensory perceptions (odor, color, and taste) utilizing chromatographic, spectroscopic, and in-tandem techniques. Nutritional and sensory aspects are the basis for the current success of virgin olive oil among consumers, and this new edition re-analyzes in two new chapters the role of lipids, in general, and olive oil, in particular, in nutrition and health. In addition, the methodologies developed for determining sensory quality, olive oil oxidation, and deep-frying are extensively described and discussed. The role of consumers in olive oil studies of marketing and acceptability is covered in a new chapter.This second edition has not ignored the fact that the popularity of olive oil has made it a preferred target for fraudsters. Deliberate mislabeling or mixtures containing less expensive edible oils are topics described in depth in two chapters devoted to traceability and adulteration. There is also a new chapter focused on the olive refining process, which is a relevant activity in the olive oil world, and another chapter displaying tables of chemical and sensory information from olive oils produced all over the world.The book is written at two levels: the main level is structured as a tutorial on the practical aspects of olive oil. A second, more methodological level, is intended for specialists in the different sciences that contribute to olive oil studies (biochemistry, chemistry, physics, statistics etc).This edition also details changes that are needed in different disciplines in order to overcome current problems and challenges. | <p>New edition reanalyzes the role of lipids and olive oil, in particular, in nutrition and health</p><p>Discusses traceability and adulteration </p><p>Intended as a tutorial on the practical aspects of olive oil</p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-7449-4 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME] | Handbook of Food Factory Design |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 594 | Hard cover | Book | X, 594 p. 124 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Chemistry | SCC15001 | Food Science | TDCT | SCK19020 | Industrial Design | AK | Food Science / Chemistry | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I. Process Considerations.- Process Specifications.- Food Processing Equipment.- Hygienic Design of Food-Processing Equipment.- Movement of Materials.- Productivity Issues: Industrial and Operations Management.- Safety and Health.- Protecting the Environment.- Control and Monitoring of Food Manufacturing Processes.- Use of Computers in the Design of Food-Manufacturing Facilities.- Part II. Factory Infrastructure.- Site Considerations.- Design Principles.- Construction: Techniques and Finishes.- Part III. Utilities and Services.- Steam Systems.- Refrigeration Systems.- Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.- Utilities and Their Conservation.- Effluent Treatment.- Part IV. Project Engineering Management.- Role of the Project Engineer in the Design Stage.- Role of the Project Engineer in the Construction Stage. | Food manufacturing has evolved over the centuries from kitchen industries to modern, sophisticated production operations. A typical food factory includes the food processing and packaging lines, the buildings and exterior landscaping, and the utility-supply and waste-treatment facilities. As a single individual is unlikely to possess all the necessary skills required to facilitate the design, the task will undoubtedly be undertaken by an interdisciplinary team employing a holistic approach based on a knowledge of the natural and biological sciences, most engineering disciplines, and relevant legislation. In addition, every successful project requires a competent project manager to ensure that all tasks are completed on time and within budget. This Handbook attempts to compress comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of these areas into a single volume. It is hoped that it will prove to be of value across the food-manufacturing community. The multi-disciplinary nature of the subject matter should facilitate more informed communication between individual specialists on the team. It should also provide useful background information on food factory design for a wider range of professionals with a more peripheral interest in the subject: for example, process plant suppliers, contractors, HSE specialists, retailers, consultants, and financial institutions. Finally, it is hoped that it will also prove to be a valuable reference for students and instructors in the areas of food technology, chemical engineering, and mechanical engineering, in particular. | <p>A 'how-to' of food factory design </p><p>Multi-disciplinary content aimed at wide range of professionals </p><p>Reference guide for both students and instructors</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-39015-9 | Chemistry | Beller | Matthias Beller; [NAME] | Transition Metal Catalyzed Carbonylation Reactions | Carbonylative Activation of C-X Bonds |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 220 p. 298 illus. | 0 | final | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 173 | English | Chemistry | SCC19007 | Organic Chemistry | PNN | SCC29000 | Catalysis | PNRD | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Hydroxy, Alkoxy and Aminocarbonylation of C-X bonds.- Reductive carbonylations.- Carbonylative coupling reactions with organometallic reagents.- Carbonylative Sonogashira reactions.- Carbonylative C-H activations.- Carbonylative Heck reactions.- Oxidative carbonylation reactions.- Reaction of C-NO2 with CO.- Applications in total synthesis.- A discussion between carbonylation, noncarbonylation and decarbonylation.- Outlook. | Transition Metal Catalyzed Carbonylation Reactions is a comprehensive monograph focusing on carbon monoxide usage. This book provides students and researchers in organic synthesis with a detailed discussion of carbonylation from the basics through to applications. The authors have structured the book around the types of reactions, based on the different nucleophiles involved. Scientists working in carbonylation or with carbon monoxide, as well as teachers of organic synthesis can use this book to become familiar with this important area of organic chemistry. | <p>Discusses the past, present and future of carbonylation reactions </p><p>Separates clearly the reactions through the differences in nucleophiles </p><p>Provides a useful resource for teachers of organic synthesis</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-39291-7 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Containment Technology | Progress in the Pharmaceutical and Food Processing Industry |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 120 | Hard cover | Book | 120 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC27000 | Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering | TDC | SCT22008 | Industrial and Production Engineering | TGP | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction / Definition.- Isolators for Personnel- and Environmental Protection.- Product Protection Isolators.- Safe Change Filter Systems for Isolators in the Pharmaceutical Industry.- Access Devices.- Aseptic Transfer Systems into and out of Barrier Isolators and RABS.- Cleaning.- Decontamination of Aseptically Operated Isolators.- Monitoring of the Process Environment.- System Validation.- Technological Outlook.- Glossary. | This book covers all aspects of containment technology in depth and the latest developments in this exciting field are introduced. This book is a key publication to planning engineers, production managers and those interested in getting a picture of the different applications of the isolator technology. References on literature, laws, norms and guidelines will support the reader to become acquainted with the containment technology. | <p>Provides support material such as norms and guidelines</p><p>A complete reference for industrial engineers interested in isolator technology </p><p>Content provides information useful for technology transfer</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-94-007-6862-8 | Chemistry | Ceulemans | Arnout [NAME] | Group Theory Applied to Chemistry |  | Theoretical Chemistry and Computational Modelling |  | 1 | 2013 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 220 p. 48 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC25007 | Theoretical and Computational Chemistry | PNRP | SCP25056 | Crystallography | [NAME] | Chemistry | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Operations.- Function spaces and matrices.- Groups.- Representations.- What has quantum chemistry got to do with it?.- Interactions.- Spherical symmetry and spins. | Chemists are used to the operational definition of symmetry, which crystallographers introduced long before the advent of quantum mechanics. The ball-and-stick models of molecules naturally exhibit the symmetrical properties of macroscopic objects. However, the practitioner of quantum chemistry and molecular modeling is not concerned with balls and sticks, but with subatomic particles: nuclei and electrons. This textbook introduces the subtle metaphors which relate our macroscopic understanding of symmetry to the molecular world. It gradually explains how bodily rotations and reflections, which leave all inter-particle distances unaltered, affect the study of molecular phenomena that depend only on these internal distances. It helps readers to acquire the skills to make use of the mathematical tools of group theory for whatever chemical problems they are confronted with in the course of their own research. | <p>Takes a mathematical approach to understanding group theory </p><p>Includes exercises </p><p>Goes back to basics </p><p>Takes a didactic approach </p><p>Written for advanced undergraduates and Masters students</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-81-322-1153-2 | Chemistry | Chakraborty | Akshoy Kumar Chakraborty | Phase Transformation of Kaolinite Clay |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 463 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 463 p. 113 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC16008 | Inorganic Chemistry | PNK | SCZ18000 | Ceramics, [NAME], Composites, Natural Methods | TDCQ | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Thermal Evolution of Kaolinite.- Thermal Methods.- Extraction Techniques.- X-Ray Methods.- Electron Microscopy Study.- I.R. Study.- XRF Study.- Radial Electron Density Distribution (RED).- Density & Surface Area Measurement.- Crystallization Studies of Preheated Metakaolinite.- Thermodynamic Approach.- MAS NMR.- QXRD Studies of Phases Formed.- Scanning Electron Microscopic (SEM) Study.- Hot Pressing (RHP) Study.- NAOH Leaching Study.- Various Ways of Characterization of Alkali Leached Residue.- [NAME] Phase.- Spinel Phase.- Mullite Phase.- Reasons for First and Second Exothermic Peaks.- Cristobalite Phase.- Topotaxy in K-MK-AL/SI Spinel-Mullite Reaction Series.- Dehydroxylation Mechanism.- Final Conclusion on the Thermal Effects of Kaolinite.- Bibliography. | The book depicts comprehensive studies on thermal decomposition of Kaolinite by different physico-chemical methods carried out by various scientists in last 100 years and results of the studies conducted by author in past 33 years. It also provides a critical analysis of different views on Kaolinite–Mullite reaction series, characterization of controversial spinel phase in Kaolinite–Mullite reaction series and explanation of DTA events of Kaolinite. The book helps both researchers and students to realise the new mechanism of transformation of Kaolinite to Mullite. The new reaction processes discussed in the book also help ceramic experts to synthesize Mullite grains in commercial way for production of Mullite porcelain and Mullite refractory. | <p>Provides comprehensive studies on thermal decomposition of Kaolinite </p><p>A critical review on previous studies of Kaolinite–Mullite reaction series </p><p>Diagnosis of the remaining unsolved problems of Kaolinite–Mullite reaction series </p><p>Discusses future approaches for further investigational research</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-7683-2 | Chemistry | Del Nobile | Matteo Alessandro Del Nobile; [NAME] | Packaging for Food Preservation |  | Food Engineering Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 210 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 210 p. 42 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC15001 | Food Science | TDCT | SCC12029 | Biochemical Engineering | TC | Food Science / Chemistry | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] life modeling of packaged food.- Direct Models for Shelf Life Prediction.- Influence of mass transport properties of films on the shelf life of packaged food.- Mechanistic models for shelf life prediction.- Section II. Low Environmental Impact Active Packaging.- Different approaches to manufacture active films.- Bio-based packaging materials for controlled release of active compounds.- Section III. New Strategies to Prolong Food Shelf Life.- Packaging Protection for Liquid Foods.- Minimally processed food: packaging for quality preservation.- Innovations in Fresh Dairy Products Packaging.- Packaging for Preservation of Meat- and Fish-Based Products. | The book will be focused on the three most important aspects of food packaging: Modeling, Materials and Packaging Strategies. The modeling section will provide a complete overview of mass transport phenomena in polymers intended for food packaging applications. The materials section will cover the most interesting problem-solving solutions in the field of food packaging, i.e., low environmental impact active films with antimicrobial activity. Lastly, the packaging section will provide an overview of the most recent approaches used to prolong the shelf life of several food products. | <p>Discusses new strategies to prolong food shelf life</p><p>Reviews the development of active packaging</p><p>Analyzes the mass transport properties of food packaging</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-38110-2 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME] | Hydroxamic Acids | A Unique Family of Chemicals with Multiple Biological Activities |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 399 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 399 p. 366 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC28000 | Medicinal Chemistry | PSB | SCC19007 | Organic Chemistry | PNN | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chemistry of Hydroxamic Acids.- Theoretical Studies on Hydroxamic Acids.- Hydroxamic Acids as Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors.- Structure-Activity Relationships of Hydroxamic Acids as Matrix Metalloproteinase Inhibitors.- Hydroxamic Acid Derivatives as Anticancer Agents.- Hydroxamic Acids as Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors.- Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationship Studies on Hydroxamic Acids Acting as Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors.- Hydroxamic Acids as Carbonucleotide Reductase Inhibitors.- Hydroxamic Acids as Inhibitors of Urease in the Treatment of Helicobacter pylori Infections.- Therapeutic Potential of Hydroxamic Acids for Microbial Diseases.- Hydroxamic Acids as Chelating Mineral Collectors. | [NAME] Hydroxamics Acids is the first book to compile invited articles written by international experts on the class of compounds hydroxamic acids. Found to possess a wide spectrum of biological activities, the hydroxamic acids are of interest to theoretical and experimental chemists who can study and make use of them in drug design and development. Chapters in this book provide a diverse and comprehensive coverage of this compound class and consequently this publication is a valuable resource for researchers in chemical, pharmaceutical and biological sciences. | <p>The first comprehensive compilation of studies on the compound class hydroxamic acids </p><p>Provides a wider scope to those working with hydroxamic acids </p><p>Suitable for researchers in the chemical, pharmaceutical and biological sciences</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-37901-7 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Acid-Base Diagrams |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 133 | Hard cover | Book | X, 133 p. 104 illus., 78 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Chemistry | SCC11006 | Analytical Chemistry | PNF | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | Chemistry | Undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The math behind the pH-logci diagrams.- Constructing pH-logci diagrams.- The application of pH-logci diagrams for graphical estimation of the pH of solutions and for the derivation of simplified equations.- The use of pH-logci diagrams for the construction of titration diagrams.- Titration errors. | Understanding acid-base equilibria made easy for students in chemistry, biochemistry, biology, environmental and earth sciences. Solving chemical problems, be it in education or in real life, often requires the understanding of the acid-base equilibria behind them. Based on many years of teaching experience, [NAME] and Fritz Scholz present a powerful tool to meet such challenges. They provide a simple guide to the fundamentals and applications of acid-base diagrams, avoiding complex mathematics. This textbook is richly illustrated and has full color throughout. It offers learning features such as boxed results and a collection of formulae. | <p>The first textbook focusing on fundamentals and application of acid-base diagrams</p><p>In-depth yet simple presentation</p><p>Full-color diagrams throughout</p><p>Learning features such as boxed results and a collection of formulae</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-7387-9 | Chemistry | Korotcenkov | [NAME] | Handbook of Gas Sensor Materials | Properties, Advantages and Shortcomings for Applications Volume 2: New Trends and Technologies | Integrated Analytical Systems |  | 1 | 2013 | 441 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 441 p. 247 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC00004 | Chemistry/Food Science, general | PN |  |  |  | Chemistry | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-06 00:00:00 |  |  | Conventional gas sensor materials.- Auxiliry materials.- Materials for specific gas sensors.- Nanostructered gas sensing materials.- Other trends in design of gas sensor materials.- Nanocomposites.- Stability of gas sensing materials and related processes.- Structure and surface modifications of gas sensing materials. | The two volumes of Handbook of Gas Sensor Materials provide a detailed and comprehensive account of materials for gas sensors, including the properties and relative advantages of various materials. Since these sensors can be applied for the automation of myriad industrial processes, as well as for everyday monitoring of such activities as public safety, engine performance, medical therapeutics, and in many other situations, this handbook is of great value. Gas sensor designers will find a treasure trove of material in these two books. | <p>Real encyclopedia-handbook</p><p>Contains various tables with information necessary for gas sensor design</p><p>Provides understanding of fundamentals of sensor functioning</p><p>Provides information about applications in various types of gas sensors</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | [PHONE]-69-7 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Sustainability of Biofuel Production from Oil [NAME] |  | Green Energy and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 315 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 315 p. 68 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC12029 | Biochemical Engineering | TC | SCU31001 | Waste Management/Waste Technology | RNH | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer Singapore | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Biofuels and Sustainable Development.- Introduction to Sustainability of Biofuels Towards Sustainable Development .- Biofuels: Production Technologies, Global Profile and  Market Potentials.- Part 2: Biofuels Production from Oil Palm Biomass and Sustainable Development.- Oil Palm Biomass as Feedstock for Biofuel Production.- Production of Palm Biofuels Towards Sustainable Development.- Part 3: Sustainability Assessment of Biofuel Production from Oil Palm Biomass.- Environmental Sustainability Assessment of Biofuels Production From Oil Palm Biomass.- Economic Sustainability Assessment of Biofuels Production from Oil Palm Biomass.- Thermodynamic Sustainability Assessment of Biofuels Production from Oil Palm Biomass.- Social and Policy Issues Affecting the Sustainability of Palm Biofuels Production. | This book evaluates and discusses the main sustainability challenges encountered in the production of biofuel and bio-products from oil palm biomass. It starts off with the emphasis on oil palm production, oil palm products recovery and oil palm wastes utilization. The simultaneous production of these bio-products for sustainable development is discussed. This is followed by the key factors defining the sustainability of biofuel and bio-product production from oil palm biomass. The environmental issues including ecological, life cycle assessment and environmental impact assessment of oil palm plantation, milling and refining for the production of biofuels and bio-products are presented. [NAME]-economic and thermodynamic analysis of the production processes are also evaluated using various sustainability assessment tools such as exergy. Lastly, methods of improving biofuel production systems for sustainable development are highlighted. | <p>Elaborates the thermodynamic feasibility which describes the quality and quantity of energy and materials used in the production of biofuels </p><p>Describes the sustainability assessment of all the production processes involved in biofuel production from oil palm biomass beginning from feedstock cultivation to waste management <br><br>Addresses sustainable utilization of oil palm wastes as a means of adding economic, environmental and social values to the oil palm biomass</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-3-642-37998-7 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME] | Disruption of Protein-Protein Interfaces | In Search of New Inhibitors |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 161 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 161 p. 55 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC19007 | Organic Chemistry | PNN |  |  |  | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Drug discovery by targeting protein-protein interactions.- Protein-Protein Interaction Inhibitors: case studies on small molecules and natural compounds.- Disrupting Protein-Protein Interfaces using GRID Molecular Interaction Fields.- NMR as a tool to target protein-protein [NAME] interactions in the solid state The troubles of crystallizing of protein- protein [NAME] observables and enzyme kinetics in the investigation of PPI modulation by small molecules Detection, mechanistic insight, functional consequences. | 'Disruption of Protein-Protein Interfaces' reviews the latest developments and future perspectives in drug discovery at protein-protein interfaces. The authors detail experimental and computational tools to tackle the subject and highlight the contribution of the Italian research community to the field. Evidence shows that blocking or modulating protein-protein interactions might lead to the development of useful new drugs. Consequently, in recent years great effort has been dedicated to unveiling the molecular details of protein-protein interfaces by structural techniques e.g. X-ray diffraction, NMR spectroscopy. This book, written and edited by leaders in the field, provides examples from the literature of successes and failures to develop drug-like molecules effective in interacting at protein-protein interfaces. | <p>Provides an overview of the present state and future perspectives of drug discovery at protein-protein interfaces</p><p>Gives details of both computational and experimental tools used in the field</p><p>Gives positive examples of drug-like molecules effective in interacting at protein-protein interfaces</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-8267-3 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME] | Electrostatic and Stereoelectronic Effects in Carbohydrate Chemistry |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | 180 p. 60 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 86.5 | 127.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC19030 | Carbohydrate Chemistry | PSBF | SCC19007 | Organic Chemistry | PNN | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer US | Planned | 2013-08-21 00:00:00 |  |  | Electrostatic interactions.- Anomeric effect and related stereoelectronic effects.- Oxocarbenium ion.- Conformation and chemistry of oxocarbenium ion.- Armed-disarmed concept in the synthesis of glycosidic [NAME] effects in nucleosides and [NAME]. | The book ideals with polar effects in carbohydrates and how these effects control the stereochemistry of carbohydrate reactions. This is important for understanding the mechanisms of certain carbohydrate reactions, including also some enzymatic reactions such as glycosidases, a very important group of enzymes in living matter. It is also very useful for a synthetic carbohydrate chemist who would like to synthesize stereoselectively certain classes of carbohydrates. | Novel discussion of Electrostatic Effects in Carbohydrate Chemistry <br><br>Novel discussion of Stereoelectronic Effects in Carbohydrate Chemistry <br><br>Extremely detailed references | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4419-7688-8 | Chemistry | Moy | [NAME]; [NAME] | Total Diet Studies |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 796 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 796 p. 73 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC15001 | Food Science | TDCT | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Food Science / Chemistry | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1. Conducting Total Diet Studies.-Total diet studies: What they are and why they are important.-The origin of total diet studies.-Risk analysis paradigm and total diet studies.-Overview of dietary exposure.-Scope, planning and practicalities of a total diet study.-Preparing a food list for a total diet study.-Selecting chemicals for a total diet study.-Preparing a procedures manual for a total diet study.-Food sampling and preparation in a total diet study.-Analyzing food samples: Organic chemicals.-Analyzing food samples: Inorganic chemicals.-Analyzing food samples: Radionuclides.-Quality control and assurance issues relating to sampling and analysis in a total diet study.-Commercial analytical laboratories: Tendering, selecting, contracting and managing performance.-Managing Concentration Data: Validation, security and interpretation.-Reporting and modelling of results below the limit of detection.-Dietary exposure assessment in a total diet study.-Addressing uncertainty and variability in total diet studies.-Communicating results in a total diet study.-Part 2. Experiences in Total Diet Studies.-The Australian experience in total diet studies.-Total diet study in Cameroon: A sub-Sahara African perspective.-Canadian total diet study experiences.-The Chinese experience in total diet studies.-The first total diet study in Hong Kong, China.-Experiences in total diet studies in the Czech Republic.-The present and future use of total diet studies by the European Food Safety Authority.-The first total diet study in Fiji.-The French total diet studies.-Total diet studies in the Indian context.-Experiences in total diet studies in Indonesia.-Total diet studies in Japan, [NAME] diet studies in the Republic of Korea.-Dietary exposure to heavy metals and radionuclides in Lebanon.-The Malaysian experience in a total diet study.-New Zealand's experience in total diet studies.-Experiences in total diet studies in Spain.-Total diet study in the Basque Country, Spain.-Total diet studies in Catalonia, Spain.-Total diet studies in Sweden: Monitoring dietary exposure to persistent organic pollutants by a marketbasket approach.-Total diet studies: United Kingdom’s experience.-United States Food and Drug Administration’s total diet study program.-Part 3. Special Topics in Total Diet Studies.-GEMS/Food and total diet studies.-GEMS/Food Consumption Cluster Diets.-Food mapping in a total diet study.-Automated programs for calculating dietary exposure.-OPAL: A program to manage date on chemicals in food and the diet.-Involving and influencing key stakeholders and interest groups on a total diet study.-Linking nutrition surveys with total diet studies.-Emerging chemical contaminants in total diet studies in China.-Using total diet studies to assess acrylamide exposure.-Polybrominated [NAME] ethers in food in Australia: An additional use of the Australian Total Diet Study.-Risk assessment and management interface: Example of methylmercury in fish.-The German approach to estimating dietary exposures using food monitoring data.-Total diet studies for infants: Example of persistent organic pollutants in human milk. | Total Diet Studies introduces the TDS concept to a wider audience and presents the various steps in the planning and implementation of a TDS. It illustrates how TDSs are being used to protect public health from chemicals in the food supply in many developed and developing countries. The book also examines some of the applications of TDSs to specific chemicals, including contaminants and nutrients.The goal of a total diet study is to provide basic information on the levels and trends of exposure to chemicals in foods as consumed by the population. In other words, foods are processed and prepared as typical for a country before they are analyzed in order to better represent actual dietary intakes. Total diet studies have been used to assess the safe use of agricultural chemicals (e.g., pesticides, antibiotics), food additives (e.g., preservatives, sweetening agents), environmental contaminants (e.g., lead, mercury, arsenic, cadmium, PCBs, dioxins), processing contaminants (e.g., acrylamide, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, chloropropanols), and natural contaminants (e.g., aflatoxin, patulin, other mycotoxins) by determining whether dietary exposure to these chemicals is within acceptable limits. Total diet studies can also be applied to certain nutrients where the goal is to assure intakes are not only below safe upper limits, but also above levels deemed necessary to maintain good health. International and national organizations, such as the World Health Organization, the European Food Safety Agency, and the US Food and Drug Administration recognize the TDS approach as one of the most cost-effective means of protecting consumers from chemicals in food, for providing essential information for managing food safety, including food standards, and for setting priorities for further investment and study.About the EditorsGerald G. Moy: Formerly a scientist with the World Health Organization, Dr. [NAME] was responsible for the exposure assessment of chemical hazards and coordinated total diet studies at the international level through a network of WHO Collaborating Centers.  Although retired, he remains active as a food safety adviser to the World Food Program, the Chinese National Food Safety Risk Assessment Center, the WHO Interdepartmental Mass Gatherings Group and the International Union of Food Science and Technology. [NAME]: A senior scientist with the Institute of Environmental Science & Research Ltd (ESR), Dr. [NAME] has been the scientific project leader of the last five New Zealand Total Diet Surveys. He is a leading international Total Diet Study expert and has been technical adviser to the World Health Organization on TDSs, and to other countries on numerous occasions, including international consultancies. | <p>A reference in food safety courses in food science departments</p><p>Insights in how to monitor chemicals in the food supply to protect public health</p>Introduces the concept of total diet studies (TDS) to a wider audience. | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-211-99698-0 | Chemistry | Rambidi | [NAME] | [NAME] | Origins and Promises |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 100 illus. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.95 | 117 | 186.5 | English | Chemistry | [NAME] | Nanochemistry | TBN | SCZ13000 | Biomaterials | TGM | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-08-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Nanotechnology: Origin and Development.- Computer technology and Nanotechnology.-Molecular Element Base of Computational Devices.- Molecular Element BaNanotechnology: Origin and Development.- Computer technology and Nanotechnology.- Molecular Element Base of Computational Devices.-Molecular Element Base of Computational Devices.- Chemical Diffusion-Reaction Media and Artificial Intelligence.- Diffusion-Reaction Processor: Possibilities and Limitations.- Self-Organization as A General Principle of information Processing in Distributed Dynamic Systems.- New Ideas....New Opportunities?- What Next?se of Computational Devices.- Chemical Diffusion-Reaction Media and Artificial Intelligence.- Diffusion-Reaction Processor: Possibilities and Limitations.- Self-Organization as A General Principle of information Processing in Distributed Dynamic Systems.- New Ideas....New Opportunities?- What Next?. | The question whether molecular primitives can prove to be real alternatives to contemporary semiconductor means or effective supplements extending greatly possibilities of information technologies is addressed. Molecular primitives and circuitry for information processing devices are also discussed. Investigations in molecular based computing devices were initiated in the early 1970s in the hopes for an increase in the integration level and processing speed. Real progress proved unfeasible into the 1980´s. However, recently, important and promising results were achieved. The elaboration of operational 160-kilobit molecular electronic memory patterned 1011 bits per square centimeter in the end of 90´s were the first timid steps of information processing further development. Subsequent advances beyond these developments are presented and discussed. This work provides useful knowledge to anyone working in molecular based information processing. | <p>Compact and concise overview of the field of Molecular Computers</p><p>Potential and limits of the field are presented to the reader</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | [PHONE]-75-8 | Chemistry | Rimdusit | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Alloys and Composites of Polybenzoxazines | Properties and Applications | Engineering Materials |  | 1 | 2013 | 213 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 213 p. 114 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC22008 | Polymer Sciences | PNNP | SCZ18000 | Ceramics, [NAME], Composites, Natural Methods | TDCQ | Materials Science / Chemistry | Monograph | Springer Singapore | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Commercial Benzoxazine Resins.- Polybenzoxazine Alloys.- Highly Filled Systems of Polybenzoxazine.- High Thermal Conductivity of BN-Filled Polybenzoxazine.- Natural Fiber Polybenzoxazine Composites.- Polybenzoxazine Composites for Ballistic Armor Applications.- Electrical Conductivity of Filled Polybenzoxazine. | This book provides an introduction to the unique and fascinating properties of alloys and composites from novel commercialized thermosetting resins based on polybenzoxazines. Their outstanding properties such as processability, thermal, mechanical, electrical properties as well as ballistic impact properties of polybenzoxazine alloys and composites make them attractive for various applications in electronic packaging encapsulation, light weight ballistic armour composites and bipolar plate in fuel cells. | First book that focuses on the alloys and composites of polybenzoxazines and its engineering applications<br><br>Highlights the outstanding properties of polybenzoxazines alloys and composites<br><br>Defines the key areas of applications for polybenzoxazines alloys and composites<br> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-37465-4 | Chemistry | Schädel | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Chemistry of Superheavy Elements |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 554 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 554 p. 217 illus., 48 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Chemistry | [NAME] | Nuclear Chemistry | PNRL | [NAME] | Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons | PHM | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Synthesis of Super heavy Elements.- Nuclear Structure of Super heavy Elements.- Theoretical Chemistry of the Heaviest Elements.- Fundamental and Experimental Aspects of Single Atom-at-a-Time Chemistry.- Experimental Techniques.- Liquid-Phase Chemistry of Super heavy Elements.- Thermochemical Data from Gas-Phase Adsorption and Methods of their Estimation.- Gas-Phase Chemistry of Super heavy Elements.- Historical Reminiscences: The Pioneering  Years of Super heavy Element Research. | The second edition of 'The Chemistry of the Superheavy Elements' provides a complete coverage of the chemistry of a series of elements beginning with atomic number 104 – the transactinides or superheavy elements – including their nuclear properties and production in nuclear reactions at heavy-ion accelerators. The contributors to this work include many renowned scientists who, during the last decades, have made vast contributions towards understanding the physics and chemistry of these elusive elements, both experimentally and theoretically. The main emphasis here is on demonstrating the fascinating studies involved in probing the architecture of the Periodic Table at its uppermost end, where relativistic effects drastically influence chemical properties. All known chemical properties of these elements are described together with the experimental techniques applied to study these short-lived man-made elements one atom-at-a-time. The status of theoretical chemistry and of empirical models is presented as well as aspects of nuclear physics. In addition, one chapter outlines the meanderings in this field from a historical perspective and the search for superheavy elements in Nature. | <p>Provides complete coverage of the superheavy elements beginning with atomic number 104</p><p>The contributing authors have made vast contributions to understanding the physics and chemistry of the superheavy elements in the past decades</p><p>A complete up-to-date source for advanced teachers and students of nuclear chemistry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-8053-2 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME] | [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 274 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 274 p. 170 illus., 81 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | [NAME] | Electrochemistry | PNRH | SCP25150 | Semiconductors | TJFD5 | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Precursors and reaction mechanisms.- ALD simulations.- ALD for mass-production memories (DRAM and Flash).- ALD for emerging memories.- PcRAM.- FeRAM.- Front end of the line process.- Back end of the line.- ALD machines. | This edited volume discusses atomic layer deposition (ALD) for all modern semiconductor devices, moving from the basic chemistry of ALD and modeling of ALD processes to sections on ALD for memories, logic devices, and machines. The section on ALD for memories covers both mass-produced memories, such as DRAM and [NAME], and emerging memories, such as PCRAM and FeRAM. The section on ALD for logic devices covers both front-end of the line processes and back-end of the line processes. The final section on ALD for machines looks at toolsets and systems hardware. Each chapter provides the history, operating principles, and a full explanation of ALD processes for each device. | <p>First book to connect missing link between semiconductor device engineers/designers and process engineers, material designers, and [NAME] book solely dedicated to the application of ALD to the semiconductor/microelectronics fields</p><p>Written by top experts in the field<br></p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-37647-4 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME]; Siu-Choon Ng; [NAME] | [NAME] for Chiral Separation |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 258 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 258 p. 542 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC11030 | Chromatography | PNFC | SCL28020 | Electrophoresis | PNRH | Chemistry | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-04 00:00:00 |  | Modification of Cyclodextrin.- Cyclodextrin-based Chiral Stationary Phases for Gas Chromatography.- Cyclodextrin-based Chiral Stationary Phases for High-Performance Liquid Chromatography.- Cyclodextrin-based Chiral Stationary Phases for Supercritical Fluid Chromatography.- Native β-cyclodextrins and Their Neutral Derivatives for Capillary Electrophoresis.- Anionic Cyclodextrins for Capillary Electrophoresis.- Cationic Cyclodextrins for Capillary Electrophoresis. | [NAME] for Chiral Separation offers a review of the latest advances in developing modified cyclodextrins as chiral selectors for various chromatographic and electromigration techniques. Over the years, many descriptions of chiral separation have appeared in academic journals and books, but most of them have been devoted to either the development of analytical methods and protocols or the summary of different chiral selectors, including cyclodextrins for chiral separation applications. This is in marked contrast to this volume which focuses on the research endeavors concerning the development of cyclodextrin derivatives specifically as either chiral mobile phases for capillary electrophoresis, or chiral stationary phases for various chromatographic techniques including gas chromatography, or high-performance liquid chromatography and supercritical fluid chromatography. The ongoing thread in this book is the synthesis of structurally-defined cyclodextrin derivatives and their applications in enantiomer separation by means of different analytical techniques. [NAME] for Chiral Separation is intended for those who are interested in expanding their knowledge of cyclodextrin chemistry and chiral separation, and in what cyclodextrin modification can be made to suit the needs of chiral selectors for different analytical techniques. It primarily focuses on the state-of-the-art cyclodextrin chemistry which is the basis for all chiral selectors used in these chiral separation techniques.[NAME], PhD, is a professor at the Key Laboratory of Soft Chemistry and Functional Materials, Ministry of Education, Nanjing University of Science and Technology, China. Siu-Choon Ng, PhD, is a professor at the Division of Chemical and Biomedical Engineering, School of Chemical and Biomedical Engineering, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore. [NAME], PhD, is a professor at the Key Laboratory of Soft Chemistry and Functional Materials, Ministry of Education, Nanjing University of Science and Technology, China. | <p>Reviews the whole spectrum of neutral and charged cyclodextrins for capillary electrophoresis </p><p>Introduces a new family of cyclodextrin-based chiral stationary phases for various chromatographic techniques </p><p>Helps analytical researchers to understand the structural design principle of cyclodextrins for specific chiral separation techniques    </p><p>Provides multi-disciplinary insights into synthetic organic chemistry, analytical chemistry, and pharmaceutical science with an integrated perspective into both research and practical applications</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-319-00157-9 | Chemistry | Todres | Zory Vlad Todres | Organic Chemistry in Confining Media |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 194 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 194 p. 223 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC19007 | Organic Chemistry | PNN |  |  |  | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Encapsulation effects.- Resin-docking, surface-bound and polymer-penetration effects.- Reactions within charge-transfer complexes.- Effects of hydrogen bonding.- Effects of coordination to metals.- Effects of sorption.- Micellar effects.- Cage effects of solvents, proteins and crystal lattices.- Pore effects.- Stereochemical outcomes of confinement.- The role of solvents in confined organic and organometallic reactions.- Conclusions. | Zory Vlad Todres' monograph offers a fresh insight into an important and developed area of organic chemistry. [NAME], cyclodextrins, and cucurbiturils as host molecules are well known, but the corresponding new and demonstrative publications deserve new exposition. This book principally widens our consideration of organic reactivity in confining media. Topics discussed include: effects of micellization, porous effects, effects of solvent cages, complexation to organometallic compounds, hydrogen-bond or charge-transfer complexation, sorption effects, effects of solvents, and stereochemical changes upon confinement. Organic Chemistry in Confining Media is useful for experienced organic chemists working in academia or industry, as well as chemists working in fields contiguous to organic chemistry. | <p>Includes lesser discussed topics such as transformations within micelles, porous materials, solvent cages, hydrogen-bond or charge-transfer complexes</p><p>Addresses practical applications of the confinement effects </p><p>Widens the discussion on confinement effects in chemistry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-39108-8 | Chemistry | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Molecular Beacons |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 207 | Hard cover | Book | X, 207 p. 85 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC12002 | Biotechnology | TCB | SCB12010 | [NAME] | MFN | Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Design, Synthesis, Purification and Characterization of Molecular Beacons.- Thermodynamic and Kinetic Properties of Molecular Beacons.- Application of Molecular Beacons in Real-Time PCR.- Molecular Beacons for Detection of Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms.- Molecular Beacons on Solid Surfaces.- Functional materials for signal amplification of molecular beacons.- Engineering Molecular Beacons for Advanced Applications.- Excimer Molecular Beacon.- Strategies for Delivering Molecular Beacons into Cells.- Molecular Beacons for Intracellular Analysis: Challenges and Successes.- Molecular Aptamer Beacons. | [NAME] explains working principle of molecular beacons, discusses their design, synthesis, purification and characterization, explores their thermodynamic and kinetic properties, and more importantly, reviews their in vivo and in vitro applications with the emphasis on the design and modification of molecular beacons for in vivo mRNA imaging applications.This book is designed to bring together in a single resource an organized and comprehensive view of molecular beacons and will be a valuable resource for academic, clinical and industrial scientists and graduate students who may consider exploring molecular beacons in their research or practice.[NAME] is [NAME] Professor of Chemistry at Xiamen University, China.[NAME] is a Distinguished Professor of Chemistry and Biomedical Engineering at Hunan University, China and also a University of Florida Distinguished Professor and [NAME] and [NAME] Professor of Chemistry at the University of Florida, USA. | <p>Provides a comprehensive description of the fundamentals and applications of molecular beacons</p><p>Addresses the technical aspects of molecular beacons</p><p>Reviews in vivo and in vitro applications of molecular beacons</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-7905-5 | Chemistry | Yanniotis | [NAME]; Petros Taoukis; [NAME]; Vaios T. Karathanos | Advances in Food Process Engineering Research and Applications |  | Food Engineering Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 1030 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 1030 p. 160 illus., 97 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Chemistry | SCC15001 | Food Science | TDCT | SCC12029 | Biochemical Engineering | TC | Food Science / Chemistry | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Food Process Engineering Research and Innovation in a Fast-Changing World.- Food Process Engineering Research and Innovation in a Fast-Changing World: Paradigms/Case Studies.- Part I. Food Materials Science and Food Properties.- Advances in Nanotechnology as Applied to Food Systems.- Relaxations, Glass Transition and Engineering Properties of Food Solids.- Molecular-Based Modeling and Simulation Studies of Water-Water and Water-Macromolecule Interactions in Food and Their Effects in Food Dehydration.- Rheological and Structural Characteristics of Nanometer-scale Food Protein Particle Dispersions and Gels.- Transport Properties in Food Process Design.- Part II. Advances in Food Process Technology.- Applying Advances in Food Process Engineering in a Changing World: The Industry Perspective.- Recent Developments in Drying Technologies for Foods.- [NAME]; Roasting Energy Use; Reducing that Use.- Advances and Challenges in Thermal Processing with Flexible Packages.- Current Knowledge in Hygienic Design: Can We Minimize Fouling and Speed Cleaning?.- Encapsulation Systems in the Food Industry.- Aroma Encapsulation in Powder by [NAME], [NAME] and Coating.- Advancements in Microbial Polysaccharides Research for Frozen Foods and Microencapsulation of Probiotics.- Food Allergens and Processing: A Review of Recent Results.- Part III. Novel Food Processes.- Emerging Technologies for Targeted Food Processing.- Nonthermal Technologies to Extend the Shelf Life of Fresh-cut Fruits and Vegetables.- Enhancing Extraction from Solid Foods and Biosuspensions by Electrical Pulsed Energy (Pulsed Energy Field, Ohmic Heating, and High Voltage Electrical Discharge).- Food Structure Engineering for Nutrition, Health, and Wellness.- Transfer of Water and Volatiles at Interfaces: Applications to Complex Food Systems.- Part IV. Modeling and Control of Food Processes.- Modeling Process, Quality and Safety: Frameworks and Challenges.- Mathematical Modeling of Transport Phenomena for Simulation and Optimization of Food Processing Operations.- Food Preservation Process Design.- Advanced Sensors, Quality Attributes and Modeling in Food Process Control.- Part [NAME] and Control of Food Safety and Quality.- Predictive Modelling of Textural Quality of Almonds During Commercial Storage and Distribution.- Developing Next Generation Predictive Models: A Systems Biology Approach.- Dynamic Approach for Assessing Food Quality and Safety Characteristics: The Case of Processed Foods.- Hyperspectral Imaging Technology: A Non-Destructive Tool for Food Quality and Safety Evaluation and Inspection.- Food Chain Safety Management Systems: The Impact of Good Practices.- Part VI. Current and Future Issues.- Does Biofuel Production Threaten Fodo Security?.- Academia-Industry Innovation Interaction: Paradigm Shifts and Avenues for the Future. | This is the second publication stemming from the International Congress on Engineering in Food, the first being Food Engineering Interfaces, based on the last ICEF10. The theme of ICEF 11, held in Athens, Greece in May 2011, is “Food Process Engineering in a Changing World.” The conference explored the ways food engineering contributes to the solutions of vital problems in a world of increasing population and complexity that is under the severe constraints of limited resources of raw materials, energy, and environment. The book, comprised of 32 chapters, features an  interdisciplinary focus, including food materials science, engineering properties of foods, advances in food process technology, novel food processes, functional foods, food waste engineering, food process design and economics, modeling food safety and quality, and innovation management. | <p>Based on the ICEF 11 conference </p><p>Detailed review of 44 main talks from the conference </p><p>Explores food process engineering in a changing world</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-37840-9 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Wide Area Surveillance | Real-time Motion Detection Systems | Augmented Vision and Reality | 6 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Background Subtraction: Theory and Practice.- Moving Cast Shadows Detection Methods for Video Surveillance Applications.- Moving Object Detection and Tracking in Wide Area Motion Imagery.- Recognizing Complex Human Activities via Crowd Context.- Event Based Switched Dynamic Bayesian Networks for Autonomous Cognitive Crowd Monitoring.- Unified Face Representation for Individual Recognition in Surveillance Videos.- Person Re-identification in Wide Area Camera Networks.- Opportunities and Challenges of Terrain Aided Navigation Systems for Aerial Surveillance by Unmanned Aerial Vehicles.- Automatic Target Recognition in Multispectral and Hyperspectral Imagery Via Joint Transform Correlation.- An Overview of Distributed Tracking and Control in Camera Networks. | The book describes a system for visual surveillance using intelligent cameras. The camera uses robust techniques for detecting and tracking moving objects. The real time capture of the objects is then stored in the database. The tracking data stored in the database is analysed to study the camera view, detect and track objects, and study object behavior. These set of models provide a robust framework for coordinating the tracking of objects between overlapping and non-overlapping cameras, and recording the activity of objects detected by the system. | Written by experts in the field of wide are surveillance <br><br>Gives a comprehensive update on the building an intelligent camera in the area of detection systems and <br><br>Describes new algorithms for signal and imaging processing for image reconstruction | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-39243-6 | Engineering | Badescu | Viorel Badescu | Asteroids | Prospective Energy and Material Resources |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 761 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 761 p. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24000 | Electrical Engineering | THR | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Asteroids close-up: what we have learned from twenty years of space exploration.- [NAME] asteroids in the inner Solar System.- Orbital and dynamical characteristics of small bodies in the region of inner planets.- Prospecting Asteroid Resources.- What's out there? Asteroid models for target selection and mission planning.- Earth's Temporarily-Captured Natural satellites  - The First Step Towards Utilization of Asteroid Resources.- Human missions to NEO's - A system perspective.- Designing robots for gravity-independent locomotion.- Bio-inspired landing approaches and their potential use on extraterrestrial bodies.- Electric Power System Options for Robotic Miners.- Rubble-pile Near Earth Objects: Insights from Granular Physics.- Asteroids: Anchoring and Sample Acquisition Approaches in Support of Science, Exploration, and In Situ Resource Utilization.- Closed-Cycle Pneumatics for Asteroid Regolith Mining.- [NAME] for Robotic Construction.- Curing of construction composite materials on asteroids.- Architecture for an Asteroid-Mining Spacecraft.- Near Earth Asteroid - Prospection, Orbit Modification, Mining and Habitation.- Available asteroid resources in the Earth's neighborhood.- Asteroid Capture.- Change the Asteroid Trajectory.- Opportunities for Asteroid Retrieval Missions.- Shaped Metal Earth-delivery System.- [NAME] gravitation on Asteroids.- Making asteroids habitable.- Usage of Asteroid Resources for Space-based Geo-engineering.- Using asteroid for Launch/Landing, Change of Trajectory and Acceleration of Space Ships.- Observation of asteroids for searching extraterrestrial artifacts.- The Case for Asteroids:  Commercial Concerns and Considerations.- Legal Considerations on Asteroid Exploitation and Deflection. | The Earth has limited material and energy resources while these resources in space are virtually unlimited. Further development of humanity will require going beyond our planet and exploring of extraterrestrial resources and sources of unlimited power. Thus far, all missions to asteroids have been motivated by scientific exploration. However, given recent advancements in various space technologies, mining asteroids for resources is becoming ever more feasible. A significant portion of asteroids value is derived from their location; the required resources do not need to be lifted at a great expense from the surface of the Earth. Resources derived from Asteroid not only can be brought back to Earth but could also be used to sustain human exploration of space and permanent settlements in space. This book investigates asteroids' prospective energy and material resources. It is a collection of topics related to asteroid exploration, and utilization. It presents past and future technologies and solutions to old problems that could become reality in our life time. The book therefore is a great source of condensed information for specialists involved in current and impending asteroid-related activities and a good starting point for space researchers, inventors, technologists and potential investors. Written for researchers, engineers, and businessmen interested in asteroids' exploration and exploitation. Keywords: Asteroids, Asteroid exploration, Asteroid exploitation, Energy sources, Space Resources, Material Resources, In-Situ Resource Utilization, Mining | Recent research on Prospective Energy and Material Resources on Asteroids <br><br>Carefully edited book dedicated to Asteroids prospective energy and material resources <br><br>Written by leading experts in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-1760-6 | Engineering | Balasinski | [NAME] | Design for Manufacturability | From 1D to 4D for 22 nm Technology Nodes |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300p. 150 illus.. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 86.5 | 127.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCT24027 | Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation | TJF | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 2D DfM.- 3D DfM.- 4D DfM.- Correlation to Rule of 10.- X-fab manufacturability and sharing. | This book explains integrated circuit design for manufacturability (DfM) at the product level (packaging, applications) and applies engineering DfM principles to the latest standards of product development at 22 nm technology nodes.  It is a valuable guide for layout designers, packaging engineers and quality engineers, covering DfM development from 1D to 4D, involving IC design flow setup, best practices, links to manufacturing and product definition, for process technologies down to 22 nm node, and product families including memories, logic, system-on-chip and system-in-package. | <p>Provides design for manufacturability guidelines on layout techniques for the most advanced, 22 nm  technology [NAME]Includes information valuable to layout designers, packaging engineers and quality engineers, working on memories, logic, system-on-chip and system-in-package</p><p>Offers a highly-accessible, single-source reference to information otherwise available only from disparate sources</p><p>Helps readers to translate reliability methodology into real design flows</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38642-8 | Engineering | Bali | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in the Age of Health 2.0 |  | Communications in Medical and Care Compunetics | 4 | 1 | 2014 | 222 | Hard cover | Book | XXXI, 222 p. 14 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | SCI23060 | Health Informatics | UBH | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This text focuses on various factors associated with orphan diseases and the influence and role of health information technologies. [NAME] diseases have not been adopted by the pharmaceutical industry because they provide little financial incentive to treat or prevent it. It is estimated that 6,000-7,000 orphan diseases exist today; as medical knowledge continues to expand, this number is likely to become much greater.  The book highlights the opportunities and challenges in this increasingly important area. The book explores new avenues which are opened by information technologies and Health 2.0, and highlights also economic opportunities of orphan disease medicine. The editors of this new book have international experience and competencies in the key areas of patient empowerment, healthcare and clinical knowledge management, healthcare inequalities and disparities, rare diseases and patient advocacy. | Focuses on various factors associated with orphan diseases <br><br>Highlights the opportunities and challenges through information technologies and Health 2.0 <br><br>Explores economic possibilities <br><br>Written by an international authorship with experience and competencies in the key areas of patient empowerment, healthcare and clinical knowledge management, healthcare inequalities and disparities, rare diseases and patient advocacy | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01146-2 | Engineering | Banerjee | [NAME]; Balmiki Sur | SystemC and SystemC-AMS in Practice | SystemC 2.3, 2.2 and SystemC-AMS 1.0 |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 415 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 415 p. 224 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to SystemC.- Downloading, Configuring, Installing and Starting with SystemC.- SystemC Simulation Kernel, Data Types, Communication Primitives Concurrency Control and Main Language Constructs.- Primitive Channels -- Concurrency Control.- Modelling Combinational Logic Circuits, Implicit Events, Primitive Communication Channels and Combinations.- Modelling Sequential Logic Circuits, Implicit Events, Primitive Channels and their Combinations.- Explicit SystemC Events -- Notify-Wait.- Hierarchical Combinational-Sequential System Design.- Introduction to SystemC-AMS.- Downloading, Installing and [NAME] with SystemC-AMS.- SystemC-AMS Formalisms, Data Types and Main Language Constructs.- Small Signal, Linear Domain and [NAME] (TDF) in Practice and Theory.- Linear Signal Flow (LSF) in Practice and Theory.- Electrical Linear Networks (ELN) in Practice and Theory.- Real-World Electrical Linear Networks (ELN), Linear Signal Flow (LSF) and Timed Data Flow (TDF) Combinations.- SystemC-AMS and SystemC Combinations. | This book describes how engineers can make optimum use of the two industry standard analysis/design tools, SystemC and SystemC-AMS.  The authors use a system-level design approach, emphasizing how SystemC and SystemC-AMS features can be exploited most effectively to analyze/understand a given electronic system and explore the design space. The approach taken by this book enables system engineers to concentrate on only those SystemC/SystemC-AMS features that apply to their particular problem, leading to more efficient design. The presentation includes numerous, realistic and complete examples, which are graded in levels of difficulty to illustrate how a variety of systems can be analyzed with these tools. | <p>Designed to meet the needs of system designers who need to find an effective/efficient solution in a reasonable period of time </p><p>Uses a “hands-on” approach to demonstrate design examples that are complete, realistic and graded in level of difficulty </p><p>Demonstrates the most effective use of SystemC/SystemC-AMS tool features, given a particular problem</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00025-1 | Engineering | Bartling | [NAME]; Sascha Friesike | Opening Science | The Evolving Guide on How the Web is Changing Research, Collaboration and Scholarly Publishing |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | 500 p. | 0 | approx. | 49.95 | 53.45 | 54.95 | 44.99 | 72 | English | Engineering | SCT13009 | Job Careers in Science and Engineering | JNR | SCI24040 | Computers and Society | UBJ | Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Towards Another Scientific Revolution.- Open Science: One Term, Five Schools of Thought.- Excellence by Nonsense: The Competition for Publications in Modern Science.- Science Caught Flat-footed: How Academia Struggles with Open Science Communication.- Open Science and the Three Cultures: Expanding Open Science to All Domains of Knowledge Creation.- (Micro)blogging Science? Notes on Potentials and Constraints of New Forms of Scholarly Communication.- Academia Goes Facebook? The Potential of Social Network Sites in the Scholarly Realm.- Reference Management.- Open Access: A State of the Art.- Novel Scholarly Journal Concepts.- The Public Knowledge Project: Open Source Tools for Open Access to Scholarly Communication.- Altmetrics and Other Novel Measures for Scientific Impact.- Dynamic Publication Formats and Collaborative Authoring.- Open Research Data.- Intellectual Property and Computational Science.- Research Funding in Science 2.0.- Open Innovation and Crowdsourcing in the Sciences.- The Social Factor in Open Science.- Case: Creative Commons.- Case: Collaborative Authoring using Google Documents and [NAME] for a Researcher.- Case: Challenges in Open Data in Medical Research.- Case: On the Sociology of Science 2.0.- Case: How This Book Was Created Using Collaborative Text Editing.- Case: History 2.0.- Case: Making Data Citeable: Datacite. | This book is about scientific communication and cooperation technologies. It provides an overview on current Web 2.0 opportunities for scientists, gives an outlook for future developments. It explains, how the present cooperative internet tools can be used for scientific purposes and which are the practical and legal consequences for scientific and research communities. The future outlook discusses topics like Dynamic Publications and open data platform which will have a dramatic impact on scientific work and processes. In the last part, the book presents some very practical how-to’s which demonstrate the setup of scientific communication platforms. | <p>Closes the gap between those who are online already and who are not</p><p>Provides with the status-quo and a glimpse at future developments</p><p>Provides an overview of web 2.0 tools for scientists with concrete how-to’s</p><p>Introduces the concept of open science</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-6700-3 | Engineering | Blaauwendraad | [NAME]; [NAME] | Structural Shell Analysis | Understanding and Application | Solid Mechanics and Its Applications | 200 | 1 | 2013 | 298 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 298 p. 148 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15028 | Structural Mechanics | TGB | SCT17020 | Engineering Design | TBD | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Introduction to shells.- Part 1 Membrane Theory and Edge Disturbances.- 2. Membrane theory for shells with principal curvatures.- 3. Membrane theory for shells of arbitrary curvatures.-  4. Application of membrane theory to circular cylindrical shells.-  5. Edge disturbance in circular cylindrical shell under axisymmetric load.- Part 2 Roof Structures.- 6. Donnell bending theory for shallow shells.- 7. Circular cylindrical [NAME]. Hyperbolic and elliptic paraboloid roofs.- Part 3 Chimneys and Storage Tanks.- 9. Morley bending theory for circular cylindrical shells.- 10. Semi-Membrane Concept theory for circular cylindrical shells.- 11. Analysis by circular cylindrical super elements.- 12. Chimneys.-  13. Storage tanks.- Part 4 Cones and Spheres.- 14. Membrane behaviour of shells of revolution under axisymmetric loading.-  15. Edge disturbance in shells of revolution due to axisymmetric loading.- Part 5 Capita Selecta.- 16. Introduction to buckling.-  17. Finite Element Analysis.- 18. References. | The mathematical description of the properties of a shell is much more elaborate than those of beam and plate structures. Therefore many engineers and architects are unacquainted with aspects of shell behaviour and design, and are not familiar with sufficiently reliable shell theories for the different shell types as derived in the middle of the 20th century. Rather than contributing to theory development, this university textbook focuses on architectural and civil engineering schools. Of course, practising professionals will profit from it as well.   The book deals with thin elastic shells, in particular with cylindrical, conical and spherical types, and with elliptic and hyperbolic paraboloids. The focus is on roofs, chimneys, pressure vessels and storage tanks. Special attention is paid to edge bending disturbance zones, which is indispensable knowledge in FE meshing. A substantial part of the book results from research efforts in the mid 20th century at Delft University of Technology. As such, it is a valuable addition to the body of shell research literature of continuing importance.   This work can be used for university courses. It also shows professionals how to perform manual calculations of the main force flow in shell structures, and provides guidance for structural engineers estimating stresses and deformations. | <p>Clear derivation of differential equations</p><p>Worked out solutions for realistic cases occurring in civil engineering</p><p>Variety of shell types</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38546-9 | Engineering | Borja | [NAME] I Borja | Plasticity | Modeling & Computation |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 255 | Hard cover | Book | X, 255 p. 88 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT23020 | Geoengineering, Foundations, Hydraulics | RBP | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Motivations and Scope.- One-Dimensional Problem.- J2 Plasticity.- Isotropic Functions.- Finite Deformation.- [NAME] Models.- Discontinuities.- Crystal Plasticity.- Bifurcation. | There have been many excellent books written on the subject of plastic deformation in solids, but rarely can one find a textbook on this subject. “Plasticity Modeling & Computation” is a textbook written specifically for students who want to learn the theoretical, mathematical, and computational aspects of inelastic deformation in solids. It adopts a simple narrative style that is not mathematically overbearing, and has been written to emulate a professor giving a lecture on this subject inside a classroom. Each section is written to provide a balance between the relevant equations and the explanations behind them. Where relevant, sections end with one or more exercises designed to reinforce the understanding of the “lecture.” Color figures enhance the presentation and make the book very pleasant to read. For professors planning to use this textbook for their classes, the contents are sufficient for Parts A and B that can be taught in sequence over a period of two semesters or quarters. | Introduces a computational platform for implementing plasticity models into nonlinear finite element codes <br><br>Presents the mathematical foundations of theory of plasticity <br>  <br>Discusses plasticity models appropriate for different materials | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-7136-9 | Engineering | Caneparo | [NAME] | Digital Fabrication in Architecture, Engineering and Construction |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 199 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 199 p. 165 illus., 124 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT23004 | Civil Engineering | TN | SCI21025 | Simulation and Modeling | UGK | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Origins of industrial production and prefabrication.- 2 Digital production.- 3 Design for manufacture.- 4 Digital manufacture of metals.- 5 Digital woodworking. | Digital technologies are changing the relationship between design and construction: with computer models, CAD/CAM, and prototyping, designers can gain direct control of building and construction processes. The ability to digitally model designs, and thus to use those models directly in the context of production, creates a synthesis between design and construction in keeping with the tradition of the close relationship between design and craftsmanship, between the quality of the design and the rules of the craft. The evolution of the culture of design and construction is the underlying theme of this book. The aim is to discuss the direction that innovation is now taking, with a particular focus on today’s cutting-edge architectures. The method addresses the ways in which different societies have dealt with the issues of their age regarding design and construction, the different contributions provided by various techniques, and with them the meanings expressed by the architecture.  As building design using digital tools requires specific skills in the fabrication processes and in the languages used by information technology, the book also offers a practical guide to new methods and techniques of managing and controlling fabrication for AEC. A systematic analysis of new skills used in the design process presents an overview of opportunities for architects and engineers. By collecting information on significant projects and analyzing them, the book explores the technical and artistic potential of digital technology. The cases studied are the outcomes of groundbreaking projects which were able to give form and significance to technological research. They show that digital tools are not the exclusive prerogative of large firms but can also be adopted by teams working across small and medium-sized firms – firms which have been able to use informed research to link innovative design with the possibilities offered by digital fabrication in architecture. | <p>Presents innovative and promising digital construction technologies in engineering and architecture <br></p><p>Of interest to professionals and practitioners </p><p>Serves as a daily reference tool for anyone involved in design and construction processes </p><p>Suitable as a reference for design and construction courses</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38666-4 | Engineering | Cao | Bing-Yuan Cao; Hadi Nasseri | Fuzzy Information & Engineering and Operations Research & Management |  | Advances in Intelligent Systems and [NAME] | 211 | 1 | 2013 | 505 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 505 p. 112 illus. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Engineering | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Programming and Optimization.- Part II Lattice and Measures.- Part III Algebras  and Equation.- Part IV Forecasting, Clustering and Recognition.- Part V Systems and Algorithm.- Part [NAME] and Network.- Part VII Others. | Fuzzy Information & Engineering and Operations Research & Management is the monograph from submissions by the 6th International Conference on Fuzzy Information and Engineering (ICFIE2012, Iran) and by the 6th academic conference from Fuzzy Information Engineering Branch of Operation Research Society of China (FIEBORSC2012, Shenzhen,China). It is published by Advances in Intelligent and [NAME] (AISC). We have received more than 300 submissions. Each paper of it has undergone a rigorous review process. Only high-quality papers are included in it containing papers as follows: I Programming and Optimization. II Lattice and Measures. [NAME] and Equation.IV Forecasting, Clustering and Recognition. V Systems and Algorithm. VI   Graph and Network. VII Others. | Recent Research on Fuzzy Systems and Operations Research <br><br>Results of the International Conference on Fuzzy Information and Engineering <br><br>Written by leading experts in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38397-7 | Engineering | Carmi | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Compressed Sensing & Sparse Filtering |  | Signals and Communication Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 502 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 502 p. 135 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | SCI1701X | [NAME] | UYA | Electrical Engineering | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Compressed Sensing and Sparse Filtering.- The Geometry of Compressed Sensing.- Sparse Signal Recovery with Exponential-Family Noise.- Nuclear Norm Optimization and its Application to Observation Model Specification.- Nonnegative Tensor Decomposition.- Sub-Nyquist Sampling and [NAME] in Cognitive Radio Networks.- Sparse Nonlinear MIMO Filtering and Identification.- Optimization Viewpoint on Kalman Smoothing with Applications to Robust and Sparse Estimation.- Compressive System Identification.- Distributed Approximation and Tracking using Selective Gossip.- Recursive Reconstruction of Sparse Signal Sequences.- Estimation of Time-Varying Sparse Signals in Sensor Networks.- Sparsity and Compressed Sensing in Mono-static and Multi-static Radar Imaging.- Structured Sparse Bayesian Modelling for Audio Restoration.- Sparse Representations for Speech Recognition. | This book is aimed at presenting concepts, methods and algorithms ableto cope with undersampled and limited data. One such trend that recently gained popularity and to some extent revolutionised signal processing is compressed sensing. Compressed sensing builds upon the observation that many signals in nature are nearly sparse (or compressible, as they are normally referred to) in some domain, and consequently they can be reconstructed to within high accuracy from far fewer observations than traditionally held to be necessary. Apart from compressed sensing this book contains other related approaches. Each methodology has its own formalities for dealing with such problems. As an example, in the Bayesian approach, sparseness promoting priors such as Laplace and Cauchy are normally used for penalising improbable model variables, thus promoting low complexity solutions. Compressed sensing techniques and homotopy-type solutions, such as the LASSO, utilise l1-norm penalties for obtaining sparse solutions using fewer observations than conventionally needed. The book emphasizes on the role of sparsity as a machinery for promoting low complexity representations and likewise its connections to variable selection and dimensionality reduction in various engineering problems. This book is intended for researchers, academics and practitioners with interest in various aspects and applications of sparse signal processing. | Presents fundamental concepts, methods and algorithms able to cope with undersampled data <br><br>Introduces compressive sampling, called also compressed sensing. <br><br>Written by well-known experts in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00674-1 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Programming Heterogeneous MPSoCs | Tool Flows to Close the Software Productivity Gap |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 235 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 235 p. 73 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Background and Problem Definition.- Related Work.- MPSoC Runtime Management.- Sequential Code Flow.- Parallel Code Flow.- Extensions for Software Defined Radio.- Multi-application Flow.- Conclusions and Outlook. | This book provides embedded software developers with techniques for programming heterogeneous Multi-Processor Systems-on-Chip (MPSoCs), capable of executing multiple applications simultaneously. It describes a set of algorithms and methodologies to narrow the software productivity gap, as well as an in-depth description of the underlying problems and challenges of today’s programming practices. The authors present four different tool flows: A parallelism extraction flow for applications written using the C programming language, a mapping and scheduling flow for parallel applications, a special mapping flow for baseband applications in the context of Software Defined Radio (SDR) and a final flow for analyzing multiple applications at design time. The tool flows are evaluated on Virtual Platforms (VPs), which mimic different characteristics of state-of-the-art heterogeneous MPSoCs. | <p>Provides a novel set of algorithms and methodologies for programming heterogeneous Multi-Processor Systems-on-Chip (MPSoCs) </p><p>Equips embedded software developers with a unified presentation of sequential and parallel programming </p><p>Focuses on industry-relevant methodologies and uses real case studies to demonstrate techniques </p><p>Enables solution of multi-application problems, with generalized and unified programming models</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-5760-2 | Engineering | Chauhan | Preeti S Chauhan; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Copper Wire Bonding |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 236 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 236 p. 104 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Mechatronics | TDPB | SCT22040 | Operating Procedures, Materials Treatment | TGXW | Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Copper Wire Bonding.- Bonding Process.- Bonding Metallurgies.- Wire Bond Evaluation.- Thermal Reliability Tests.- Humidity and Electromigration Tests.- Wire Bond Pads.- Concerns and Solutions.- Recommendations.- Appendix A: Reliability Data.- Appendix B: Patents on Copper Wire Bonding. | This critical volume provides an in-depth presentation of copper wire bonding technologies, processes and equipment, along with the economic benefits and risks.  Due to the increasing cost of materials used to make electronic components, the electronics industry has been rapidly moving from high cost gold to significantly lower cost copper as a wire bonding material.  However, copper wire bonding has several process and reliability concerns due to its material properties.  Copper Wire Bonding book lays out the challenges involved in replacing gold with copper as a wire bond material, and includes the bonding process changes—bond force, electric flame off, current and ultrasonic energy optimization, and bonding tools and equipment changes for first and second bond formation.  In addition, the bond–pad metallurgies and the use of bare and palladium-coated copper wires on aluminum are presented, and gold, nickel and palladium surface finishes are discussed.  The book also discusses best practices and recommendations on the bond process, bond–pad metallurgies, and appropriate reliability tests for copper wire-bonded electronic components.In summary, this book:Introduces copper wire bonding technologiesPresents copper wire bonding processesDiscusses copper wire bonding metallurgiesCovers recent advancements in copper wire bonding including the bonding process, equipment changes, bond–pad materials and surface finishesCovers the reliability tests and concernsCovers the current implementation of copper wire bonding in the electronics industry Features 120 figures and tablesCopper Wire Bonding is an essential reference for industry professionals seeking detailed information on all facets of copper wire bonding technology. | <p>Introduces copper wire bonding technologies </p><p>Presents copper wire bonding processes</p><p>Discusses copper wire bonding metallurgies </p><p>Covers recent advancements in copper wire bonding including the bonding process, equipment changes, bond–pad materials and surface finishes</p><p>Covers the reliability tests and concerns </p><p>Covers the current implementation of copper wire bonding in the electronics industry</p><p>Features 120 figures and tables</p><p> </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-8071-6 | Engineering | Crowder | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Artificial Cognition Architectures |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 15 | Hard cover | Book | DL, 15 p. 119 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Information Continuum.- The Psychology of Artificial Intelligence.- Cognitive Intelligence and the Brain: Synthesizing Human Brain Functions.- Artificial Memory Systems.- Artificial Consciousness.- Learning in an Artificial Cognitive System.- Synthetic Reasoning.- Artificial Cognitive System Architectures.- Artificial Cognitive Software Architectures.- SELF Physical Architectures.- Cyber Security within a Cognitive Architecture.- Conclusions and Next Steps. | The goal of this book is to establish the foundation, principles, theory, and concepts that are the backbone of real, autonomous Artificial Intelligence. Presented here are some basic human intelligence concepts framed for Artificial Intelligence systems. These include concepts like Metacognition and Metamemory, along with architectural constructs for Artificial Intelligence versions of human brain functions like the prefrontal cortex. Also presented are possible hardware and software architectures that lend themselves to learning, reasoning, and self-evolution | <p>Presents basic human intelligence concepts framed for artificial intelligence systems </p><p>Examines the concepts of metacognition and metamemory, </p><p>Discusses architectural constructs for artificial intelligence systems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5169-2 | Engineering | Curran | Clive-[NAME] | The Anticipation of Converging Industries | A Concept Applied to Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 255 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 255 p. 45 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT22016 | Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing | TBC | SCW12170 | R & D/Technology Policy | [NAME] | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Introduction.- 2.Convergence.- 3.Anticipating Convergence.- 4.Conceptual Framework and Research Design.- 5.Analysis and Results.- 6.Discussion of Findings and Implications for Theory and Practice.- 7.Summary and Conclusion.- App. 1. Hierarchical construction of IPCs. | The blurring of boundaries between hitherto distinct scientific disciplines, technologies or markets is a common and powerful phenomenon. Subjects of this convergence often change consumer behaviours, favouring products and platforms with multiple functions. The Anticipation of Converging Industries provides a detailed focus on the triggers, drivers and consequences of convergence to create a more concise definition of convergence. This detailed analysis includes a specifically developed toolbox for ‘convergence foresight’, creating a forecasting method for convergence trends. With the focus on the chemical, biotechnological and pharmaceutical industries, several indicators of convergence in the areas of Nutraceuticals/Functional Foods, Cosmeceuticals and ICT are derived from samples including over 1million patents and scientific publications.  By supporting this methodical approach with real world data, The Anticipation of Converging Industries is perfect for industry practitioners looking for a competitive edge in the present and for the future. Similarly, academics will find a comprehensive theoretical concept for better understanding the underlying rationale of convergence at their disposal | Questions if it is possible to forecast convergence trends in science, technology, markets and industries <br><br>Discusses the triggers, drivers and consequences of convergence <br><br>Presents an idealized time series of events in cases of convergence | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5178-4 | Engineering | Davim | [NAME] | Nontraditional Machining Processes | Research Advances |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 232 | Hard cover | Book | X, 232 p. 156 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT17039 | Machinery and Machine Elements | TGBN | SCT22024 | Manufacturing, Machines, Tools | TGXT | Engineering | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Laser assisted manufacturing: fundamentals, current scenario and future applications.- 2.Laser beam machining.- [NAME] cutting of triangular geometry in aluminium foam.- 4.Micro-electrical discharge machining (Micro-EDM).- 5.Prototype machine for Micro-EDM.- 6.Abrasive water jet milling.- 7.A new approach for the production of blades by hybrid processes. | Nontraditional machining employs processes that remove material by various methods involving thermal, electrical, chemical and mechanical energy or even combinations of these. Nontraditional Machining Processes covers recent research and development in techniques and processes which focus on achieving high accuracies and good surface finishes, parts machined without burrs or residual stresses especially with materials that cannot be machined by conventional methods.With applications to the automotive, aircraft and mould and die industries, Nontraditional Machining Processes explores different aspects and processes through dedicated chapters. The seven chapters explore recent research into a range of topics including laser assisted manufacturing, abrasive water jet milling and hybrid processes.Students and researchers will find the practical examples and new processes useful for both reference and for developing further processes. Industry professionals and materials engineers will also find Nontraditional Machining Processes to be a source of  ideas and processes for development and industrial application. | <p>Presents a collection of review and research chapters written by several experts in the topic </p><p>Comprises independent chapters that can be useful for students or industry experts </p><p>Gives readers access to information on widely-used techniques</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-7142-0 | Engineering | Eom | [NAME] | Primary Theory of Electromagnetics |  | Power Systems |  | 1 | 2013 | 211 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 211 p. 148 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24070 | Power Electronics, Electrical Machines and Networks | THRD | SCP21070 | Optics and Electrodynamics | PHJ | Electrical Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Vectors.- 2 Electrostatics.- 3 Magnetostatics.- 4 Faraday's Law of Induction.- 5 Maxwell's Equations.- 6 Uniform Plane Waves.- 7 Transmission Lines.- 8 Waveguides and Antennas.- A Symbols, Notations, and Acronyms.- B Vector Formulas.- C Gradients, Divergences, Curls, and Laplacians.- D Dirac Delta Functions.- E Answers to Problems.- Index. | This is a textbook on electromagnetics for undergraduate students in electrical engineering, information, and communications. The book contents are very compact and brief compared to other commonly known electromagnetic books for undergraduate students and emphasizes mathematical aspects of basic electromagnetic theory. The book presents basic electromagnetic theory starting from static fields to time-varying fields. Topics are divided into static electric fields, static magnetic fields, time-varying fields, and electromagnetic waves. The goal of this textbook is to lead students away from memorization, but towards a deeper understanding of formulas that are used in electromagnetic theory. Many formulas commonly used for electromagnetic analysis are mathematically derived from a few empirical laws. Physical interpretations of formulas are de-emphasized. Each important formula is framed to indicate its significance. Primary Theory of Electromagnetics shows a clear and rigorous account of formulas in a consistent manner, thus letting students understand how electromagnetic formulas are related to each other. | <p>Presents the essence of electromagnetics to students in electrical engineering</p><p>Electromagnetic theory is summarized from the mathematical viewpoint</p><p><p>Fundamental electromagnetic formulas are concisely derived</p><p><p>Examples with detailed solution procedures are given to help students understand electromagnetic formulas</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-1-4614-1736-1 | Engineering | Ergen | [NAME] | Mobile Broadband | WiMAX and LTE |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400 p. 300 illus. | 0 | approx. | 104.95 | 112.3 | 115.45 | 93 | 137.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer US | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Fundamentals of Wireless Communication and IP Networking.- Part II: Theory of OFDMA and MIMO.- Part III: Applications of IP-OFDMA.- WiMAX Physical Layer. | Mobile Broadband, Second Edition: WiMAX and [NAME], provides an up-to-date treatment of mobile broadband and cellular systems along with [NAME]. The author integrates discussion of the latest wireless standards including cognitive radio and the newest technology and practices in the field into one book.  the material is supported by over nearly 300 illustrative illustrations and photos. The work continues to be a good balance of foundation material as well as a good balance of theory, technology and practice. | <p>Offers thorough information on OFDMA and its present technology in 4G</p><p>Helps industry to understand the OFDMA and IEEE 802.16e</p><p>Assists developers and designers of OFDMA based networking systems</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-7072-0 | Engineering | Fernandes | [NAME]; [NAME] | Tissue Engineering | Computer Modeling, Biofabrication and Cell Behavior | Computational Methods in Applied Sciences | 31 | 1 | 2014 | 194 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 194 p. 68 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | SCZ13000 | Biomaterials | TGM | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Cell mechanics: The role of simulation [NAME] Engineering for Bone Repair: Influence of cell communication and 3-D cell-matrix environment, by [NAME] and [NAME] 2. In silico biology of bone regeneration inside calcium phosphate scaffolds, by [NAME], [NAME] and Liesbet Geris.- 3. Constitutive Effects of Hydrolytic Degradation in Electro-spun Polyester-urethane Scaffolds for Soft Tissue Regeneration, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME],  [NAME], [NAME]. 4D numerical analysis of scaffolds: a new  approach, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], V. Tita.- 5. Microrheology of Biopolymers at non-thermal regimes, by  [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Raymund Sarmiento, Roland Otadoy.- 6. Optimization approaches for the design of additively manufactured scaffolds, by [NAME], [NAME], Dino Accoto, Stefano De Porcellinis, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Trombetta.- 7. Rational Design of Artificial Cellular Niches for Tissue Engineering, by Ana Sancho-Erkizia, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] 8. Photocrosslinkable materials for the fabrication of tissue-engineered constructs by stereolithography, by [NAME], [NAME]. | This book describes the state of the art on computational modeling and fabrication in Tissue Engineering. It is inspired by the ECCOMAS thematic conference, the European Committee on Computational Methods in Applied Sciences, on Tissue Engineering, held in Lisbon, Portugal, June 2-4, 2011.  Tissue Engineering is a multidisciplinary field involving scientists from different fields. The development of mathematical methods is quite relevant to understand cell biology and human tissues as well to model, design and fabricate optimized and smart scaffolds.  Emphasis is put on mathematical and computational modeling for scaffold design and fabrication. This particular area of tissue engineering, whose goal is to obtain substitutes for hard tissues such as bone and cartilage, is growing in importance. | <p>Presents recent developments of modeling and fabrication in tissue engineering</p><p>Distinguished researchers in the field</p><p>Reflects the multidisciplinary character of the field from biology to scaffold material and fabrication</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-81-322-1301-7 | Engineering | Gajurel | Ashish Gajurel | Performance-Based Contracts for Road Projects | Comparative Analysis of Different Types |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 164 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 164 p. 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT23039 | Construction Management | TNT | SCT23004 | Civil Engineering | TN | Engineering | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Project Delivery Systems (PDS).- Performance-Based Contracts (PBC).- Comparative Study on Construction Contracts.- Case Studies.- Conclusion. | This book focuses on the aspects of contracting contracts, basically related to road construction and management contracts. The book presents an analytical study of Performance-Based Road Management and Maintenance (PMMR), [NAME] (FBV) (Function-Based Construction Contract) and Public Private Partnerships (PPP). A separate chapter is also included about the comparative study of these contract types. The book provides useful material for university libraries, construction companies and government departments of construction. | <p>Focuses on the comparative study between these performance-based contracts </p><p>Includes practical examples of FBV (Road Project: Rastplatz "[NAME]"– Miel on the Highway BAB A 61) and PMMR (PMMR in Argentina) as case studies </p><p>Discusses public private partnership (PPP), performance based road management and maintenance contract (PMMR) and [NAME] (FBV) in detail</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5247-7 | Engineering | Goel | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Biologically Inspired Design | Computational Methods and Tools |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 345 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 345 p. 94 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT17020 | Engineering Design | TBD | [NAME] | Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design | UGC | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Introduction.- 2.The AskNature Database: Enabling Solutions in Biomimetic Design.- 3.A Natural Language Approach to Biomimetic design.- 4.A Thesaurus for Bioinspired Engineering Design.- 5.Function-Based Bioinspired Design.- 6.Information-Processing Accounts of Biologically Inspired Sustainable Design.- 7.Evolution of Undergraduate Biologically Inspired Design Course.- 8.Supporting Analogical Transfer in Biologically Inspired Design.- 9.Overcoming Cognitive Challenges in Bioinspired Design and Analogy.- 10.Bioinspiration in Robotics: A Design-Control-Manufacturing Perspective.- 11.Finding the gaps for BID.- 12.Evolution and Bio-inspired Design: Natural Limitations | From simple cases such as hook and latch attachments found in Velcro to articulated-wing flying vehicles, biology often has been used to inspire many creative design ideas. The scientific challenge now is to transform the paradigm into a repeatable and scalable methodology. Biologically Inspired Design explores computational techniques and tools that  can help integrate the method into design practice.   With an inspiring foreword from [NAME], Biologically Inspired Design contains a dozen chapters written by some of the leading scholars in the transdisciplinary field of bioinspired design, such as [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] from biology, and [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] from engineering. Based in part on discussions at two workshops sponsored by the United States National Science Foundation, this volume introduces and develops several methods and tools for bioinspired design including:   Information-processing theories,  Natural language techniques, Knowledge-based tools, and Functional approaches and Pedagogical techniques.By exploring these fundamental theories, techniques and tools for supporting biologically inspired design, this volume provides a comprehensive resource for design practitioners wishing to explore the paradigm, an invaluable guide to design educators interested in teaching the method, and a preliminary reading for design researchers wanting to investigate bioinspired design. | Outlines the state of the art in bioinspired design methods and the outstanding research questions in the field thus clarifying what can be done, what can be done, and what needs to be done <br><br>Contains contributions by a diverse set of leaders in the field that provide existing methods to conduct bio-inspired design <br><br>Provides detailed, specific, and formal methods for how to use nature as inspiration for engineering design thus enabling the design practitioner to apply such methods to their design problems <br><br>Includes chapter relevant URLs, examples and a range of figures an diagrams to illustrate and explain methods and their design and research applications | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7908-6 | Engineering | Grasser | Tibor Grasser | Bias Temperature Instability for Devices and Circuits |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 647 | Hard cover | Book | X, 647 p. 600 illus., 319 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCP25150 | Semiconductors | TJFD5 | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Characterization, Experimental Challenges.- Advanced Characterization.- Characterization of Nanoscale Devices.- Statistical Properties/Variability.- Theoretical Understanding.- Possible Defects: Experimental.- Possible Defects: First Principles.- Modeling.- Technological Impact.- Silicon dioxides/SiON.- High-k oxides.- Alternative technologies.- Circuits. | This book provides a single-source reference to one of the more challenging reliability issues plaguing modern semiconductor technologies, negative bias temperature instability. Readers will benefit from state-of-the art coverage of research in topics such as time dependent defect spectroscopy, anomalous defect behavior, stochastic modeling with additional metastable states, multiphonon theory, compact modeling with RC ladders and implications on device reliability and lifetime. | <p>Enables readers to understand and model negative bias temperature instability, with an emphasis on dynamics</p><p>Includes coverage of DC vs. AC stress, duty factor dependence and bias dependence</p><p>Explains time dependent defect spectroscopy, as a measurement method that operates on nanoscale MOSFETs</p><p>Introduces new defect model for metastable defect states, nonradiative multiphonon theory and stochastic behavior</p> | Professionals | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-39046-3 | Engineering | Gu | [NAME] | A Journey from Robot to Digital Human | Mathematical Principles and Applications with MATLAB Programming | Modeling and Optimization in Science and Technologies | 1 | 1 | 2013 | 588 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 588 p. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT19020 | Robotics and Automation | TJFM1 | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Robotics and Digital Human Modeling.- Mathematical Preliminaries.- Representations of Rigid Motion.- Redundant Robots and Hybrid-Chain Robotic Systems.- Digital Mock-Up and 3D Animation for Robot Arms.- Robotic Dynamics: Modeling and Formulations.- Control of Robotic Systems.- Digital Human Modeling: Kinematics and Statics.- Digital Mock-Up and 3D Animation for Robot Arms.- Robotic Dynamics: Modeling and Formulations.- Control of Robotic Systems.- Digital Human Modeling: Kinematics and Statics. | This book provides readers with a solid set of diversified and essential tools for the theoretical modeling and control of complex robotic systems, as well as for digital human modeling and realistic motion generation. Following a comprehensive introduction to the fundamentals of robotic kinematics, dynamics and control systems design, the author extends robotic modeling procedures and motion algorithms to a much higher-dimensional, larger scale and more sophisticated research area, namely digital human modeling. Most of the methods are illustrated by MATLAB™ codes and sample graphical visualizations, offering a unique closed loop between conceptual understanding and visualization. Readers are guided through practicing and creating 3D graphics for robot arms as well as digital human models in MATLAB™, and through driving them for real-time animation. This work is intended to serve as a robotics textbook with an extension to digital human modeling for senior undergraduate and graduate engineering students. At the same time, it represents a comprehensive reference guide for all researchers, scientists and professionals eager to learn the fundamentals of robotic systems as well as the basic methods of digital human modeling and motion generation. | <p>Latest advances in digital human modeling and realistic motion analysis</p><p>Comprehensive introduction to 3D graphics and to its implementation all-in-one into a MATLAB program without need of any application programming interface and with no restriction</p><p>Written by a leading expert in the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-8138-6 | Engineering | Gutierrez-Lemini | [NAME] | Engineering Viscoelasticity |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 485 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 485 p. 130 illus. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Engineering | SCT15001 | Theoretical and Applied Mechanics | TGMD | SCT15028 | Structural Mechanics | TGB | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer US | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Fundamental Aspect of Viscoelastic Response.- Constitutive Equations in Hereditary Integral Form.- Constitutive Equations in Differential Operator Form.- Constitutive Equations for Steady-State Oscillations.- Structural Mechanics.- Temperature Effects.- Material Property Functions and Their Characterization.- Three Dimensional Constitutive Equations.- Isothermal Boundary-Value Problems.- Wave Propagation.- Variational Principles and Energy Theorems.- Appendix A–Mathematical Background.- Appendix B–Elements of Solid Mechanics. | Engineering Viscoelasticity covers all aspects of the thermo- mechanical response of viscoelastic substances that a practitioner in the field of viscoelasticity would need to design experiments, interpret test data, develop stress-strain models, perform stress analyses, design structural components, and carry out research work. The material in each chapter is developed from the elementary to the esoteric, providing the background in mathematics and mechanics that are central to understanding the subject matter being presented. This book also examines how viscoelastic materials respond to the application of loads, and provides practical guidelines to use them in the design of commercial, military and industrial applications. | Facilitates conceptual understanding by progressing in each chapter from elementary to challenging material <br>Examines in detail both differential and integral constitutive equations, devoting full chapters to each type and using both forms in applications throughout the book <br>Presents variational principles and energy theorems from a practical point of view, using these to develop computational tools such as the viscoelastic equivalent of the Unit-Load and the Unit-Displacement theorems <br>Provides more than 50 examples, solved in detail, and detailed solution guides (hints) to all given problems <br>Features solutions manual, code segments to curve-fit WLF time-temperature shift and Dirichlet-Prony functions, and 90 illustrations | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7911-6 | Engineering | Halt, Jr. | [NAME], Jr.; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in Consumer Electronics, Software and Technology Startups |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 243 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 243 p. 14 illus. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCT22016 | Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing | TBC | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Patents.- Trade Secret Protection: Case Study: [NAME] to Google.- Trademarks and Trade Dress: Case Study: Google Polices the Use of GOOGLE Trademark.- Copyrights: Circuits as Copyrightable Subject Matter: Mask Works.- Domain Names: Case Study: Virtual Works, Inc. v. Volkswagen of America, Inc.: The Dispute of vw.net.- [NAME] Issues in Labeling and Marketing: Case Studies: Comparative Advertising – Smartphones and Service Providers; Battle between Smartphones: Apple’s iPhone vs. Samsung’s Galaxy S II; Same Product, Different Service Providers: AT&T’s iPhone vs. Verizon’s iPhone - A Battle for Market Share. | This book provides a comprehensive guide to procuring, utilizing and monetizing intellectual property rights, tailored for readers in the high-tech consumer electronics and software industries, as well as technology startups.  Numerous, real examples, case studies and scenarios are incorporated throughout the book to illustrate the topics discussed.  Readers will learn what to consider throughout the various creative phases of a product’s lifespan from initial research and development initiatives through post-production.  Readers will gain an understanding of the intellectual property protections afforded to U.S. corporations, methods to pro-actively reduce potential problems, and guidelines for future considerations to reduce legal spending, prevent IP theft, and allow for greater profitability from corporate innovation and inventiveness. | <p>Offers a comprehensive guide to intellectual property for readers in high-tech consumer electronics, software and technology startups </p><p>Uses real case studies to illustrate concepts covered </p><p>Discusses most recent changes to the U.S. patent laws, such as the America Invents Act </p><p>Describes specifics of protections offered, as well as benefits and shortcomings of each type </p><p>Provides guidance on IP implementation, procedures for protecting IP and which types of protections are necessary</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-81-322-1514-1 | Engineering | Haobijam | [NAME]; [NAME] Palathinkal | Design and Analysis of Spiral Inductors |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 118 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 118 p. 69 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24027 | Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation | TJF | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Optimization of Spiral Inductor with Bounding of Layout Parameters.- Multilayer Pyramidal Symmetric Inductor.- Implementation of the MPS in Voltage Controlled Oscillator.- References.- Index. | The book addresses the critical challenges faced by the ever-expanding wireless communication market and the increasing frequency of operation due to continuous innovation of high performance integrated passive devices. The challenges like low quality factor, design complexity, manufacturability, processing cost, etc., are studied with examples and specifics. Silicon on-chip inductor was first reported in 1990 by Nguyen and Meyer in a 0.8 μm silicon bipolar complementary metal oxide semiconductor technology (BiCMOS). Since then, there has been an enormous progress in the research on the performance trends, design and optimization, modeling, quality factor enhancement techniques, etc., of spiral inductors and significant results are reported in literature for various applications. This book introduces an efficient method of determining the optimized layout of on chip spiral inductor.The important fundamental tradeoffs of the design like quality factor and area, quality factor and inductance, quality factor and operating frequency, maximum quality factor and the peak frequency is also explored. The authors proposed an algorithm for accurate design and optimization of spiral inductors using a 3D electromagnetic simulator with minimum number of inductor structure simulations and thereby reducing its long computation time. A new multilayer pyramidal symmetric inductor structure is also proposed in this book. Being multilevel, the proposed inductor achieves high inductance to area ratio and hence occupies smaller silicon area. | <p>Illustrates design challenges with integrated inductors in easy fashion</p><p>Designs guidelines on choosing optimal layout of integrated inductors</p><p>Discusses multilayer inductor's design and illustration with relevant designs and measurement results</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5336-8 | Engineering | He | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Dynamics and Control of Mechanical Systems in Offshore Engineering |  | Advances in Industrial Control |  | 1 | 2014 | 260 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 260 p. 91 illus., 68 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Control | TJFM | SCT23070 | Offshore Engineering | TTSH | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preliminaries.- Dynamic Load Positioning.- Coupled Nonlinear Flexible Marine Riser.- Flexible Marine Riser with Vessel Dynamics.- Riser System with a Torque Actuator.- Marine Installation System.- Riser Installation System.- Mooring System. | Dynamics and Control of Mechanical Systems in Offshore Engineering is a comprehensive treatment of marine mechanical systems (MMS) involved in processes of great importance such as oil drilling and mineral recovery. Ranging from nonlinear dynamic modeling and stability analysis of flexible riser systems, through advanced control design for an installation system with a single rigid payload attached by thrusters, to robust adaptive control for mooring systems, it is an authoritative reference on the dynamics and control of MMS. Readers will gain not only a complete picture of MMS at the system level, but also a better understanding of the technical considerations involved and solutions to problems that commonly arise from dealing with them. The text provides:                                                                                                                                 ·         a complete framework of dynamical analysis and control design for marine mechanical systems;·         new results on the dynamical analysis of riser, mooring and installation systems together with a general modeling method for a class of MMS;·         a general method and strategy for realizing the control objectives of marine systems with guaranteed stability the effectiveness of which is illustrated by extensive numerical simulation; and ·         approximation-based control schemes using neural networks for installation of subsea structures with attached thrusters in the presence of time-varying environmental disturbances and parametric uncertainties.Most of the results presented are analytical with repeatable design algorithms with proven closed-loop stability and performance analysis of the proposed controllers is rigorous and detailed.Dynamics and Control of Mechanical Systems in Offshore Engineering is primarily intended for researchers and engineers in the system and control community, but graduate students studying control and marine engineering will also find it a useful resource as will practitioners working on the design, running or maintenance of offshore platforms. | <p>Gives the reader a complete framework for dynamical analysis and control design of an economically vital class of systems</p><p>Validates the stability and effectiveness of control strategies by extensive simulation</p><p>Shows the reader how to overcome common problems involving the structural dynamics and control of marine systems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-2738-0 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Thermal Stresses |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 6750 | Hard cover | Book | 6750 p. 400 illus., 100 illus. in color. In 7 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 3700 | 3959 | 4070 | 3330 | 4925.5 | English | Engineering | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | SCP21018 | Mechanics | PHD | Materials Science / Engineering | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-15 00:00:00 |  |  | Thermal Stress Development In The Solid Due To Laser Pulse Irradiation: Analytical Approaches For Temperature And Stress Fields Atomic-level hybrid modeling of thermomechanical stress wave in metal thin films induced by ultrashort laser pulses Laser Shock Peening | The Encyclopedia of Thermal Stresses is an important interdisciplinary reference work.  In addition to topics on thermal stresses, it contains entries on related topics, such as the theory of elasticity, heat conduction, thermodynamics, appropriate topics on applied mathematics, and topics on numerical methods. The [NAME] is aimed at undergraduate and graduate students, researchers and engineers. It brings together well established knowledge and recently received results. All entries were prepared  by leading experts from all over the world, and are presented in an easily accessible format. The work is lavishly illustrated, examples and applications are given where appropriate, ideas for further development abound, and the work will challenge many students and researchers to pursue new results of their own. This work can also serve as a one-stop resource for all who need succinct, concise, reliable and up to date information in short encyclopedic entries, while the extensive references will be of interest to those who need further information. For the coming decade, this is likely to remain the most extensive and authoritative work on Thermal Stresses. | <p>Covers Thermal Stresses, Mathematical Preliminaries, Thermodynamics and Heat Conduction </p><p>Constitutes an important learning tool for Students, Researchers and Engineers</p><p>Represents the first encyclopedic work dedicated to Thermal Stresses</p><p>Serves as the best point of entry for anyone wishing to explore the world of Thermal Stresses</p><p>Offers clear, reliable descriptions and plenty of references to help readers continue their research</p><p>Authored by a wide range of sub-disciplinary specialists from around the globe</p><p>No other equivalent publication available</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-2739-7 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Thermal Stresses |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 6750 |  | eReference work | 6750 p. 400 illus., 100 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 3700 | 4403 | 4440 | 3330 | 5176 | English | Engineering | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | SCP21018 | Mechanics | PHD | Materials Science / Engineering | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Thermal Stress Development In The Solid Due To Laser Pulse Irradiation: Analytical Approaches For Temperature And Stress Fields Atomic-level hybrid modeling of thermomechanical stress wave in metal thin films induced by ultrashort laser pulses Laser Shock Peening | The Encyclopedia of Thermal Stresses is an important interdisciplinary reference work.  In addition to topics on thermal stresses, it contains entries on related topics, such as the theory of elasticity, heat conduction, thermodynamics, appropriate topics on applied mathematics, and topics on numerical methods. The [NAME] is aimed at undergraduate and graduate students, researchers and engineers. It brings together well established knowledge and recently received results. All entries were prepared  by leading experts from all over the world, and are presented in an easily accessible format. The work is lavishly illustrated, examples and applications are given where appropriate, ideas for further development abound, and the work will challenge many students and researchers to pursue new results of their own. This work can also serve as a one-stop resource for all who need succinct, concise, reliable and up to date information in short encyclopedic entries, while the extensive references will be of interest to those who need further information. For the coming decade, this is likely to remain the most extensive and authoritative work on Thermal Stresses. | <p>Covers Thermal Stresses, Mathematical Preliminaries, Thermodynamics and Heat Conduction </p><p>Constitutes an important learning tool for Students, Researchers and Engineers</p><p>Represents the first encyclopedic work dedicated to Thermal Stresses</p><p>Serves as the best point of entry for anyone wishing to explore the world of Thermal Stresses</p><p>Offers clear, reliable descriptions and plenty of references to help readers continue their research</p><p>Authored by a wide range of sub-disciplinary specialists from around the globe</p><p>No other equivalent publication available</p> | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-2740-3 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Thermal Stresses |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 6750 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 6750 p. 400 illus., 100 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 7 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 4625 | 4948.75 | 5087.5 | 4162.5 | 6157 | English | Engineering | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | SCP21018 | Mechanics | PHD | Materials Science / Engineering | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Thermal Stress Development In The Solid Due To Laser Pulse Irradiation: Analytical Approaches For Temperature And Stress Fields Atomic-level hybrid modeling of thermomechanical stress wave in metal thin films induced by ultrashort laser pulses Laser Shock Peening | The Encyclopedia of Thermal Stresses is an important interdisciplinary reference work.  In addition to topics on thermal stresses, it contains entries on related topics, such as the theory of elasticity, heat conduction, thermodynamics, appropriate topics on applied mathematics, and topics on numerical methods. The [NAME] is aimed at undergraduate and graduate students, researchers and engineers. It brings together well established knowledge and recently received results. All entries were prepared  by leading experts from all over the world, and are presented in an easily accessible format. The work is lavishly illustrated, examples and applications are given where appropriate, ideas for further development abound, and the work will challenge many students and researchers to pursue new results of their own. This work can also serve as a one-stop resource for all who need succinct, concise, reliable and up to date information in short encyclopedic entries, while the extensive references will be of interest to those who need further information. For the coming decade, this is likely to remain the most extensive and authoritative work on Thermal Stresses. | <p>Covers Thermal Stresses, Mathematical Preliminaries, Thermodynamics and Heat Conduction </p><p>Constitutes an important learning tool for Students, Researchers and Engineers</p><p>Represents the first encyclopedic work dedicated to Thermal Stresses</p><p>Serves as the best point of entry for anyone wishing to explore the world of Thermal Stresses</p><p>Offers clear, reliable descriptions and plenty of references to help readers continue their research</p><p>Authored by a wide range of sub-disciplinary specialists from around the globe</p><p>No other equivalent publication available</p> | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01052-6 | Engineering | Irgens | Fridtjov Irgens | Rheology and Non-Newtonian Fluids |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 188 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 188 p. 103 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | SCP21026 | Fluid- and Aerodynamics | PHDF | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Classification of Fluids.- Flow Phenomena.- Basic Equations in Fluid Mechanics.- Deformation.- Material.- Generalized Newtonian.- Linearly Viscoelastic.- Advanced Fluid Models.- Problems. | This book gives a brief but thorough introduction to the fascinating subject of non-Newtonian fluids, their behavior and mechanical properties. After a brief introduction of what characterizes non-Newtonian fluids in Chapter 1 some phenomena characteristic of non-Newtonian fluids are presented in Chapter 2. The basic equations in fluid mechanics are discussed in Chapter 3. Deformation kinematics, the kinematics of shear flows, viscometric flows, and extensional flows are the topics in Chapter 4. Material functions characterizing the behavior of fluids in special flows are defined in Chapter 5. Generalized Newtonian fluids are the most common types of non-Newtonian fluids and are the subject in Chapter 6. Some linearly viscoelastic fluid models are presented in Chapter 7. In Chapter 8 the concept of tensors is utilized and advanced fluid models are introduced. The book is concluded with a variety of 26 problems. Solutions to the problems are ready for instructors | <p>Brief but thorough introduction to the fascinating subject of non-Newtonian fluids</p><p>Includes the modeling of fluid-like materials as non-Newtonian fluids</p><p>Contains many problems to be used in a graduate course</p><p>Solutions to the problems are ready for instructors</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-6876-9 | Engineering | Jazar | [NAME]; Liming [NAME] | Nonlinear Approaches in Engineering Applications 2 |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | X, 340 p. 246 illus., 147 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15036 | Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control | TGMD4 | [NAME] | Control | TJFM | Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Analytical Nonlinearity.- Smart Flat Ride Tuning.- Light-Tracking Kinematics of Mobile Platform.- Diagnosis and Control of Nonlinear Oscillations of a Fluttering Plate.- A New Approach to the Tracking Control of Uncertain Nonlinear Multi-body Mechanical Systems.- Robustness of Orthogonal Eigenstructure Control to Actuators Failure.- Part II Practical Nonlinearity.- Energy Harvesting from Flows Using Piezoelectric Patches.- Experimental and Finite Element Nonlinear Dynamics Analysis of Formula SAE Impact Attenuator.- Nonlinear Vehicle Seat BSR characterization using CAE Methodology.- Parametric Segmentation of Nonlinear Structures in Visual Data: An Accelerated Sampling Approach.- Mechanical and Electromechanical Parametric Amplifiers. | Nonlinear Approaches in Engineering Applications 2 focuses on the application of nonlinear approaches to different engineering and science problems. The selection of the topics for this book is based on the best papers presented in the ASME 2010 and 2011 in the tracks of Dynamic Systems and Control, Optimal Approaches in Nonlinear Dynamics and Acoustics, both of which were organized by the editors. For each selected topic, detailed concept development, derivations and relevant knowledge are provided for the convenience of the readers. The topics that have been selected are of great interest in the fields of engineering and physics and this book is designed to appeal to engineers and researchers working in a broad range of practical topics and approaches. | <p>Provides updated principles and applications of the nonlinear approaches in solving engineering and physics problems </p><p>Demonstrates how nonlinear approaches may open avenues to better, safer, cheaper systems with less energy consumption </p><p>Has a strong emphasis on the application, physical meaning, and methodologies of nonlinear approaches in different engineering and science problems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-6774-4 | Engineering | Kachapi | [NAME] Hashemi Kachapi; Davood [NAME] | Dynamics and Vibrations | Progress in Nonlinear Analysis | Solid Mechanics and Its Applications | 202 | 1 | 2013 | 338 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 338 p. 142 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15036 | Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control | TGMD4 | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Nonlinear Vibrations & Oscillations and Dynamics.- Usual Sources of Nonlinearity in Mechanical and other Engineering.- Formulation of Equations.- Applied examples.- Problems.- References.- Perturbation and Variational Methods.- Introduction.- The Basic Ideas of the Perturbation Analysis.- Parameterized Perturbation Method.- Singular Perturbation Method.- Homotopy Perturbation Method and its Modified.- Variational Iteration Method.- Variational approach.- Couple Variational Method.- Energy Balance Method.- Coupled Method of Homotopy Perturbation Method and Variational Method.- Problems.- References.- Considerable Analytical Methods.- Harmonic Balance Method.- He’s Parameter Expansion Method.- Differential Transformation Method and its Modified.- Adomian’s decomposition method.- He’s Amplitude-Frequency formulation.- Problems.- References.- Introduction of Considerable Oscillatory Systems.- Duffing’s Oscillation Systems.- The Van der [NAME] Systems.- Mathieu’s Equation.- Ince’s Equation.- Applied Problems in Dynamically Systems.- Displacement of human eardrum.- Slides motion along a bending wire.- Movement a mass along a circle.- Rolling a cylinder on a cylindrical surface.- Movement of Rigid rocks on a circular surface.- Application of two degrees of freedom viscously damped.- Application of viscously damped with a nonlinear spring.- Application of cubic nonlinearity.- Van der Pol oscillator.- Application of  a slender, elastic cantilever beam.- Dynamic behavior of a flexible beam attached to rotating rigid hub.- The motion of a ring sliding freely on the rotating wire.- Application of rotating rigid frame under force.- Application of nonlinear oscillator in automobile design. | Dynamical and vibratory systems are basically an application of mathematics and applied sciences to the solution of real world problems. Before being able to solve real world problems, it is necessary to carefully study dynamical and vibratory systems and solve all available problems in case of linear and nonlinear equations using analytical and numerical methods. It is of great importance to study nonlinearity in dynamics and vibration; because almost all applied processes act nonlinearly, and on the other hand, nonlinear analysis of complex systems is one of the most important and complicated tasks, especially in engineering and applied sciences problems.  There are probably a handful of books on nonlinear dynamics and vibrations analysis. Some of these books are written at a fundamental level that may not meet ambitious engineering program requirements. Others are specialized in certain fields of oscillatory systems, including modeling and simulations. In this book, we attempt to strike a balance between theory and practice, fundamentals and advanced subjects, and generality and specialization. <br />None of the books in this area have completely studied and analyzed nonlinear equation in dynamical and vibratory systems using the latest analytical and numerical methods, so that the user can solve the problems without the need of studying too many different references. Thereby in this book, by the use of the latest analytic, numeric laboratorial methods and using more than 300 references like books, papers and the researches done by the authors and by considering almost all possible processes and situation, new theories has been proposed to encounter applied problems in engineering and applied sciences. In this way, the user (bachelor’s, master’s and PhD students, university teachers and even in research centers in different fields of mechanical, civil, aerospace, electrical, chemical, applied mathematics, physics, and etc.) can encounter such systems confidently. In the different chapters of the book, not only are the linear and especially nonlinear problems with oscillatory form broadly discussed, but also applied examples are practically solved by the proposed methodology. | A comprehensive, self-contained and complete text on dynamical and vibratory motions and analytical and numerical methods in applied problems <br><br>Strikes a balance between theory and practice, fundamentals and advanced subjects, and generality and specialization <br><br>Applied examples are practically solved by the use of the latest analytical and numerical methods | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7998-7 | Engineering | Kalis | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Parasitic Antenna Arrays for Wireless MIMO Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 308 | Hard cover | Book | X, 308 p. 125 illus., 66 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | MIMO Systems: Benefits and Drawbacks.- Parasitic Antenna Arrays: The Antenna Perspective.- Beamspace MIMO and Degrees of Freedom.- Transmitter Techniques.- Receiver Techniques.- Antenna System Design for Beamspace-MIMO.- Over-the-air Proof of Concepts.- Applications, Standards and Open Issues. | This book unites two different technologies: parasitic [NAME] arrays driven via analogue circuits that control the electromagnetic waves generated by the antenna array; and [NAME] technology for multi-antenna arrays, typically driven by digital techniques in the baseband domain. The combination of these two technologies has revealed a novel functionality that breaks through the conventional MIMO paradigm, allowing MIMO transmission over the air with the use of antenna arrays that may consist of only a single active element, that is surrounded by a number of passive neighboring antennas. The contributions in the book show the capability of such systems to also perform MIMO transmission. This fact holds the potential of revolutionizing the way small-form wireless terminals operate and seems to set the scene for a win-win situation, achieving MIMO transmission with very small and cheap antenna arrays. The book is structured to provide a well-rounded treatment of the various facets of this newly discovered wireless communication capability. All relevant technical angles, ranging from information theoretic to electromagnetic considerations; from analogue circuit to digital baseband control for signal generation; and from channel modeling to communication theoretic aspects are taken into account. A good balance between theory, practical considerations and over-the-air experimentation is proposed and reflected in the chapter outline. Finally, a discussion and early evidence related to potential applications as well as the relevance to current and upcoming wireless standards is provided. | Presents ideas that are state-of-the-art in the area of compact wireless terminals, and constitute an autonomous entity in the existing literature <br><br>Introduces a perspective of implementing compact terminals with increased multiplexing capabilities <br><br>Includes case studies and examples applying the underlying theory | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7481-4 | Engineering | Kang | [NAME] | Fiber Optic Sensing and Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 171 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 171 p. 124 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Optical Fibers.- Fiber Optic Interferometric Devices.- Fiber Optic Imagers.- Optical Fiber Gratings for Mechanical and Bio-sensing.- Sagnac Loop Sensors.- Principles of Optical Coherence Tomography. | This book is designed to highlight the basic principles of fiber optic imaging and sensing devices. The book provides the readers with a solid foundation in fiber optic imaging and sensing devices.  The text begins with an introductory chapter that starts from Maxwell’s equations and ends with the derivation of the basic optical fiber characteristic equations and solutions (i.e. fiber modes).  Also covered within are reviews of the most common fiber optic interferometric devices which are the basis for many fiber optic imaging and sensing systems. The author discusses the basics of fiber optic imagers with an emphasis on fiber optic confocal microscope.  Including chapters on fiber Bragg grating based sensor and various applications and fiber Sagnac loop based sensors.  The book also provides useful forms of device characteristic equations. | <p>Discusses basic optical and mechanical properties of optical fiber</p><p>Covers a large number of figures that will help readers understand the material Demonstrates easy to follow derivations and analysis </p><p>Presents a list of references that will be helpful to professionals and researchers</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38052-5 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Signals, Processes, and Systems | An Interactive Multimedia Introduction to Signal Processing |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 527 | Soft cover | Book with DVD | XI, 527 p. 200 illus. With DVD. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Engineering | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | SCI18059 | Multimedia Information Systems | UG | Electrical Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Concept: Methods, Contents, Objectives.- Signals in the time and frequency domain.- The Uncertainty Principle.- Language as a carrier of information.- The Symmetry Principle.- System analysis.- Linear and non-linear processes.- Classical modulation procedures.- Digitalisation.- Digital filters.- Digital transmission technology I: Source encoding.- Digital transmission technology II: Channel encoding.- Digital Transmission Techniques III: Modulation.- Neuronal Networks. | This is a very new concept for learning Signal Processing, not only from the physically-based scientific fundamentals, but also from the didactic perspective, based on modern results of brain research. The textbook together with the DVD form a learning system that provides investigative studies and enables the reader to interactively visualize even complex processes. The unique didactic concept is built on visualizing signals and processes on the one hand, and on graphical programming of signal processing systems on the other. The concept has been designed especially for microelectronics, computer technology and communication. The book allows to develop, modify, and optimize useful applications using DasyLab - a professional and globally supported software for metrology and control engineering. With the 3rd edition, the software is also suitable for 64 bit systems running on Windows 7. Real signals can be acquired, processed and played on the sound card of your computer. The book provides more than 200 pre-programmed signal engineering systems and design transparencies. Numerous introduction-videos, one for every chapter, and more than 250 high-quality figures come along with the learning system, as well as a visualization of all the 'living' experiments and their results. With this learning system, readers can now make use of 'equipment' and software. The new, 3rd edition many improvements, corrections and smaller additions, and a new chapter new chapter presenting a clear introduction to mathematical modeling of signals, processes, and systems. | <p>A ground-breaking new approach to teaching elementary signal processing by closely connecting theory and application</p><p>Includes a book, design software for hands-on exercises, and detailed explanations on how to learn from and use them</p><p>Almost no mathematics required</p><p>Suitable for self-study</p><p>For beginners and practitioners in electrical engineering</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-8029-7 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Architectures for Baseband Signal Processing |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 266 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 266 p. 149 illus., 67 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Digital Transmission System.- Channel Coding Basics.- Hardware Design of Individual Components.- Turbo Codes.- Low-Density Parity Check Codes.- Bit-Interleaved Coded MIMO System.- Comparing Architectures. | This book addresses challenges faced by both the algorithm designer and the chip designer, who need to deal with the ongoing increase of algorithmic complexity and required data throughput for today’s mobile applications. The focus is on implementation aspects and implementation constraints of individual components that are needed in transceivers for current standards, such as UMTS, [NAME], WiMAX and DVB-S2. The application domain is the so called outer receiver, which comprises the channel coding, interleaving stages, modulator, and multiple antenna transmission. Throughout the book, the focus is on advanced algorithms that are actually in use  in modern communications systems. Their basic principles are always derived with a focus on the resulting communications and implementation performance.  As a result, this book serves as a valuable reference for two, typically disparate audiences in communication systems and hardware design. | <p>Enables algorithm designers and chip designers to meet challenges posed by the ongoing increase of algorithmic complexity and required data throughput for today’s mobile applications </p><p>Describes techniques for improved utilization of the bandwidth, as well as maximizing area and power profile to reduce fabrication costs </p><p>Focuses on advanced algorithms that are actually in use in modern communications systems</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-8123-2 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; Yoon-Ha Jeong | Nanowire Field Effect Transistors: Principles and Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 275 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 275 p. 176 illus., 92 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 86.5 | 127.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24027 | Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation | TJF | SCZ12000 | Optical and Electronic Materials | TJFD | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-02 00:00:00 |  |  | Quantum Wire and Sub-Bands.- Carrier Concentration and Transport.- P-N Junction Diode: I-V Behavior and Applications.- Silicon Nanowire Field Effect Transistor.- Fabrication of Nanowires and their Applications.- Characterization of Nanowire Devices under Electrostatic Discharge Stress Conditions.- Green Energy Devices.- Nanowire Field Effect Transistors in Optoelectronics.- Nanowire BioFETs: An Overview.- Lab On a Wire: Application of Silicon Nanowires for Nanoscience and Biotechnology.- Nanowire FET Circuit Design – An Overview. | “Nanowire Field Effect Transistor: Basic Principles and Applications” places an emphasis on the application aspects of nanowire field effect transistors (NWFET). Device physics and electronics are discussed in a compact manner, together with the p-n junction diode and MOSFET, the former as an essential element in NWFET and the latter as a general background of the FET.   During this discussion, the photo-diode, solar cell, LED, LD, DRAM, flash EEPROM and sensors are highlighted to pave the way for similar applications of NWFET. Modeling is discussed in close analogy and comparison with MOSFETs. Contributors focus on processing, electrostatic discharge (ESD) and application of NWFET. This includes coverage of solar and memory cells, biological and chemical sensors, displays and atomic scale light emitting diodes.   Appropriate for scientists and engineers interested in acquiring a working knowledge of NWFET as well as graduate students specializing in this subject. | Covers the basic physics and electronics leading to the conceptual understanding of NWFET and its practical aspects <br><br>Provides modeling of NWFET in analogy and comparison with the well known MOSFET modeling, so that NWFET can be comprehended in the context of device evolution <br><br>Discusses mainstream applications and emphasizes their basic concepts | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00653-6 | Engineering | Kubiak | Tomasz Kubiak | Static and Dynamic Buckling of Thin-Walled Plate Structures |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 188 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 188 p. 142 illus., 99 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | Materials Science / Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Theory Of Thin Plates For Laminates.- Analytical – Numerical Method.- Dynamic Buckling.- Thin Plates.- Thin-Walled Columns.- Girders Subjected To Pure Bending.- Thin-Walled Girders Subjected To Torsion.- [NAME]. | This monograph deals with buckling and postbuckling behavior of thin plates and thin-walled structures with flat wall subjected to static and dynamic load. The investigations are carried out in elastic range. The basic assumption here is the  thin plate theory. This method is used to determination the buckling load and postbuckling analysis of thin-walled structures subjected to static and dynamic load. The book introduces two methods for static and dynamic buckling investigation which allow for a wider understanding of the phenomenon. Two different methods also can allow uncoupling of the phenomena occurring at the same time and attempt to estimate their impact on the final result. A general mathematical model, adopted in proposed analytical-numerical method, enables the consideration of all types of stability loss i.e.local, global and interactive forms of buckling. The applied numerical-numerical method includes adjacent of walls, shear-lag phenomenon and a deplanation of cross-sections. | <p>Deals with buckling and postbuckling behavior of thin plates and thin-walled structures </p><p>Presents two distinct models which allow for a wider understanding of the phenomenon</p><p>Allows to uncouple the phenomena occurring at the same time and to estimate their impact on the final result</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-37551-4 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Surface Tension in Microsystems | Engineering Below the Capillary Length | Microtechnology and MEMS |  | 1 | 2013 | 326 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 326 p. 174 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | SCT18000 | Nanotechnology and Microengineering | TDPB | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Physical Background.- Part II Static Modelling of Capillary Forces and Torques.- Part III Dynamic Modelling of Capillary Forces.- Part IV Case Studies. Part V Conclusions and Perspectives. | This book describes how surface tension effects can be used by engineers to provide mechanical functions in miniaturized products (<1 mm). Even if precursors of this field such as Jurin or Laplace already date back to the 18th century, describing surface tension effects from a mechanical perspective is very recent. The originality of this book is to consider the effects of capillary bridges on solids, including forces and torques exerted both statically and dynamically by the liquid along the 6 degrees-of-freedom. It provides a comprehensive approach to various applications, such as capillary adhesion (axial force), centering force in packaging and micro-assembly (lateral force) and recent developments such as a capillary motor (torque). It devises how surface tension can be used to provide mechanical functions such as actuation (bubble-actuated compliant table), sealing and tightness, energy harvesting, nanodispending. | <p>Summarizes most recent developments and research results in surface tension for emerging industrial products</p><p>Provides an original and comprehensive study of surface tension forces and torques including modeling, simulation, experimental set ups</p><p>Contains many case studies including gripping, actuation, capillary filling, sealing, self-assembly, adhesion for better  understanding</p><p>Allows the direct use of the results for the simulation in nomograms and close packed formulas</p><p>Provides learning help in exercises</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-94-007-7188-8 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Numerical Ship Hydrodynamics |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 320 | Hard cover | Book | X, 320 p. 170 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | SCT17004 | Mechanical Engineering | TGB | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction, Conclusions and Recommendations.- 2 Evaluation of Resistance, Sinkage and Trim, Self-Propulsion and Wave Pattern Predictions.- 3 Evaluation of Local Flow Predictions.- 4 Evaluation of Seakeeping Predictions.- 5 A Verification and Validation Study Based on Resistance.- 6 Additional Data for Resistance, Sinkage and Trim.- 7 Post Workshop Computations and Analysis for KVLCC2 and 5415. | This book assesses the state-of-the-art in computational fluid dynamics (CFD) applied to ship hydrodynamics and provides guidelines for the future developments in the field based on the Gothenburg 2010 Workshop. It presents ship hull test cases, experimental data and submitted computational methods, conditions, grids and results.  Analysis is made of errors for global (resistance, sinkage and trim and self-propulsion) and local flow (wave elevations and mean velocities and turbulence) variables, including standard deviations for global variables and propeller modeling for self-propulsion. The effects of grid size and turbulence models are evaluated for both global and local flow variables. Detailed analysis is made of turbulence modeling capabilities for capturing local flow physics. Errors are also analyzed for head-wave seakeeping and forward speed diffraction, and calm-water forward speed-roll decay. Resistance submissions are used to evaluate the error and uncertainty by means of a systematic verification and validation (V&V) study along with statistical investigations.  Post-workshop experimental and computational studies are conducted and analyzed for evaluation of facility biases and to draw more concrete conclusions regarding the most reliable turbulence model, appropriate numerical methods and grid resolution requirements, respectively. | Provides a  thorough assessment of the state-of-the-art of CFD in Ship Hydrodynamics <br><br>First book on this topic <br><br>Concrete, numerical values of attainable accuracy for all types of predictions are presented <br><br>Formal uncertainty assessment has never been applied to such a large body of real industrial cases before | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-39161-3 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Automated Design of Analog and High-frequency Circuits | A Computational Intelligence Approach | Studies in Computational Intelligence | 501 | 1 | 2014 | 238 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 238 p. 99 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Concepts and Background.- Fundamentals of Optimization Techniques in Analog IC Sizing.- High-Performance Analog IC Sizing: Advanced Constraint Handling and Search Methods.- Analog Circuit Sizing with Fuzzy Specifications: Addressing Soft Constraints.- Process Variation-aware Analog Circuit Sizing: Uncertain Optimization.- Ordinal Optimization-based Methods for Efficient Variation-aware Analog IC Sizing.- Electromagnetic Design Automation: Surrogate Model Assisted Evolutionary Algorithm.- Passive Components Synthesis at High Frequencies: Handling Prediction Uncertainty.- mm-Wave Linear Amplifier Design Automation: A First Step to Complex Problems.- [NAME] and [NAME] Synthesis: Handling High Dimensionality. | Computational intelligence techniques are becoming more and more important for automated problem solving nowadays. Due to the growing complexity of industrial applications and the increasingly tight time-to-market requirements, the time available for thorough problem analysis and development of tailored solution methods is decreasing. There is no doubt that this trend will continue in the foreseeable future. Hence, it is not surprising that robust and general automated problem solving methods with satisfactory performance are needed. | <p>Recent research on Computational Intelligence Techniques for Automated Design of Analog and High-frequency Circuits</p><p>The first book covering systematic high-frequency IC design automation methodologies</p><p>The reader can learn more about the general picture of computational intelligence, handle state-of-the-art algorithms and even design own methods with the help of this book</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-36928-5 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Parallel Kinematics | Type, Kinematics, and Optimal Design | Springer Tracts in Mechanical Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 305 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 305 p. 329 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT17004 | Mechanical Engineering | TGB | SCT19020 | Robotics and Automation | TJFM1 | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Mechanism Type.- Classification of Parallel Mechanisms.- Type Synthesis of Parallel Mechanisms.- Part II Kinematic Analysis.- Position Analysis of Parallel Mechanisms.- Velocity and Jacobian Analysis of Parallel Mechanisms.- Singularity of Parallel Mechanisms.- Workspace of Parallel Mechanisms.- Part III Optimal Kinematic Design.- Performance Evaluation of Parallel Mechanisms.- Dimensional Synthesis of Parallel Mechanisms.- Kinematic Optimal Design of A Spatial 3-Dof Parallel Manipulator. | Parallel [NAME], Kinematics, and Optimal Design presents the results of 15 year's research on parallel mechanisms and parallel kinematics machines. This book covers the systematic classification of parallel mechanisms (PMs) as well as providing a large number of mechanical architectures of PMs available for use in practical applications. It focuses on the kinematic design of parallel robots. One successful application of parallel mechanisms in the field of machine tools, which is also called parallel kinematics machines, has been the emerging trend in advanced machine tools. The book describes not only the main aspects and important topics in parallel kinematics, but also references novel concepts and approaches, i.e. type synthesis based on evolution, performance evaluation and optimization based on screw theory, singularity model taking into account motion and force transmissibility, and others.   This book is intended for researchers, scientists, engineers and postgraduates or above with interests in robotics and advanced machine tools technology such as parallel kinematics machines (PKMs).    [NAME] and [NAME], professors, work at The Institute of Manufacturing Engineering, Department of Precision Instruments and Mechanology, Tsinghua University. | <p>The first book concerning about kinematics of parallel mechanisms covering type, kinematics and optimal design </p><p>Presenting many novel concepts and approaches, i.e. type synthesis based on evolution, performance evaluation and optimization based on screw theory, singularity analysis taking into account motion and force transmissibility </p><p>Providing a large number of novel mechanical architectures of PMs available for use in practical application</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-6767-0 | Engineering | Lubliner | [NAME]; Panayiotis [NAME] | Introduction to Solid Mechanics | An Integrated Approach |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 489 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 489 p. 308 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Engineering | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | SCZ11000 | Structural Materials | TGM | Materials Science / Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Forces and Moments.- Equilibrium.- Articulated Assemblages of Rigid Members.- Stress.- Deformation and Strain.- Elasticity.- Torsion.- [NAME] of Beams.- Additional Topics in Bending.- Elastic Stability and Buckling.- Inelasticity and Material Failure. | Introduction to Solid Mechanics: An Integrated Approach presents for the first time in one text the concepts and processes covered in statics and mechanics of materials curricula following a granular, topically integrated approach. Since the turn of the millennium, it has become common in engineering schools to combine the traditional undergraduate offerings in rigid-body statics (usually called “statics”) and deformable body mechanics (known traditionally as “strength of materials” or, more recently, “mechanics of materials”) into a single, introductory course in solid mechanics. Many textbooks for the new course sequentially meld pieces of existing, discrete books--sometimes, but not always, acknowledging the origin--into two halves covering Statics and Mechanics of Materials. In this volume, [NAME] and [NAME] methodically combine the essentials of statics and mechanics of materials, illustrating the relationship of concepts throughout, into one 'integrated' text. Introduction to Solid Mechanics: An Integrated Perspective offers a holistic treatment of the depth and breadth of solid mechanics, proceeding from first principles to applications. | Present concepts of statics and mechanics of materials as an integrated whole <br><br>Offers thorough presentation of fundamentals of the mechanics <br>of deformable solids with concepts developed to their three-dimensional aspect <br><br>Features section devoted to “simple stress states,” special cases in which stress can be determined by statics alone, and stress-based design is introduced as a consequence <br><br>Discusses stress and strain transformations, including the determination of principal axes, from both the geometric and algebraic perspectives <br><br>Structured for smooth coverage of the material either as an entire text or with select chapter omissions <br><br>Includes exercises and introductory overviews in each chapter <br><br>Features over 350 illustrations | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01130-1 | Engineering | Lunze | [NAME] | Control Theory of Digitally Networked Dynamic Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 362 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 362 p. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Control | TJFM | SCM13070 | Systems Theory, Control | GPFC | Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to networked control systems.- Analysis of networked systems.- Distributed estimation and control.- Distributed and networked model predictive control.- Event-based control.- Multi-agent systems.- Wireless networking for control. | The book gives an introduction to networked control systems and describes new modeling paradigms, analysis methods for event-driven, digitally networked systems, and design methods for distributed estimation and control. Networked model predictive control is developed as a means to tolerate time delays and packet loss brought about by the communication network. In event-based control the traditional periodic sampling is replaced by state-dependent triggering schemes. Novel methods for multi-agent systems ensure complete or clustered synchrony of agents with identical or with individual dynamics.The book includes numerous references to the most recent literature. Many methods are illustrated by numerical examples or experimental results. | Survey of recent results on networked control systems <br><br>The results are presented in a concise, a uniform style, notation and terminology <br><br>Describes new results of the theory of networked control systems and reports on application studies and experimental, methods | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-7005-8 | Engineering | Maestre | [NAME]; [NAME] | Distributed Model Predictive Control Made Easy |  | Intelligent Systems, Control and Automation: Science and Engineering | 69 | 1 | 2014 | 572 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 572 p. 138 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Control | TJFM | SCT15036 | Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control | TGMD4 | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- List of Contributors.- On 35 Approaches for Distributed MPC Made Easy, by R.R. Negenborn, [NAME] Maestre.- Part I: From Small-Scale to Large-Scale. The Group of Autonomous Systems Perspective.- 1 Bargaining game based distributed MPC, by [NAME], [NAME], J.A. Patiño, [NAME] Espinosa.- 2 Cooperative tube-based distributed MPC for linear uncertain systems coupled via constraints, by P.A. Trodden, A.G. Richards.- 3 Price-driven coordination for distributed NMPC using a feedback control law, by [NAME], D. Sarabia, C. de Prada.- 4 Distributed MPC for consensus and synchronization, by [NAME], [NAME] Allgöwer.- 5 Distributed MPC under coupled constraints based on Dantzig-Wolfe decomposition, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], P-D. Moroşan.- 6 Distributed MPC via dual decomposition and alternative direction method of multipliers , by [NAME], I. Shames, K.H. Johansson.- 7 D-SIORHC, distributed MPC with stability constraints based on a game approach, by [NAME], [NAME] Igreja.- 8 A distributed-in-time NMPC-based coordination mechanism for resource sharing problems , by [NAME], [NAME], P. Béguery.- 9 Rate analysis of inexact dual fast gradient method for distributed MPC, by I. Necoara.- 10 Distributed MPC via dual decomposition , by [NAME], J. Stoustrup, P. Andersen.- 11 Distributed optimization for MPC of linear dynamic networks, by E. Camponogara.- 12 Adaptive quasi-decentralized MPC of networked process systems, by [NAME], [NAME] 13 Distributed Lyapunov-based MPC, by [NAME], [NAME], A. Jokić.- 14 A distributed reference management scheme in presence of non-convex constraints: an MPC based approach, by [NAME], [NAME], A. Casavola.- 15 The distributed command governor approach in a nutshell, by [NAME], E. Garone, F. Tedesco.- 16 Mixed-integer programming techniques in distributed MPC problems, by [NAME], F. Stoican, S. Olaru, [NAME], S-I. Niculescu.- 17 Distributed MPC of interconnected nonlinear systems by dynamic dual decomposition, by [NAME], T.A. Johansen.- 18 Generalized accelerated gradient methods for distributed MPC based on dual decomposition, by [NAME], A. Rantzer.- 19 Distributed multiple shooting for large scale nonlinear systems, by [NAME], [NAME], M. Diehl.- 20 Nash-based distributed MPC for multi-rate systems , by [NAME], R.R. Negenborn, A.A. Cornelio.- Part II: From Large-Scale to Small-Scale. The Decomposed Monolithic System Perspective.- 21 Cooperative dynamic MPC for networked control systems, by I. Jurado, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Ahlén.- 22 Parallel implementation of hybrid MPC, by [NAME], A. Hansson.- 23 A hierarchical MPC approach with guaranteed feasibility for dynamically coupled linear systems, by M.D. Doan, [NAME], B. De Schutter.- 24 Distributed MPC based on a team game, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], E. F. Camacho.- 25 Distributed MPC: A noncooperative approach based on robustness concepts , by [NAME], M. Farina, R. Scattolini.- 26 Decompositions of augmented Lagrange formulations for serial and parallel distributed MPC, by R.R. Negenborn.- 27 A hierarchical distributed MPC approach: A practical implementation, by [NAME], J.M. Maestre.- 28 Distributed MPC based on agent negotiation, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Camacho.- 29 [NAME]-based distributed MPC schemes: Sequential and iterative approaches, by [NAME], [NAME], P.D. Christofides.- 30 Multi-layer decentralized MPC of large-scale networked systems, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Distributed MPC using reinforcement learning based negotiation: Application to large scale systems, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], R. Vito.- 32 Hierarchical MPC for multiple commodity transportation networks, by [NAME], R.R. Negenborn | The rapid evolution of computer science, communication, and information technology has enabled the application of control techniques to systems beyond the possibilities of control theory just a decade ago. Critical infrastructures such as electricity, water, traffic or intermodal transport networks are now in the scope of control engineers. The sheer size of such large-scale systems requires the adaptation of advanced distributed control approaches. Distributed model predictive control (MPC) is one of the promising control methodologies for control of such systems.This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of distributed MPC approaches, while at the same time making clear directions of research that deserve more attention. The core and rationale of 35 approaches are carefully explained. Moreover, detailed step-by-step algorithmic descriptions of each approach are provided. These features make the book a comprehensive guide both for those seeking an introduction to distributed MPC as well as for those who want to gain a deeper insight in the wide range of distributed MPC techniques available. | A systematic, practical, and accessible approach to distributed (and hierarchical) model predictive control (MPC) <br><br>Provides step-by-step descriptions of computations/equations; theoretical results; and applications <br><br>A consistent description of all approaches enables readers to assess the usefulness of these approaches for their respective applications | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00860-8 | Engineering | Mallot | Hanspeter A Mallot | Computational Neuroscience | A First Course | Springer Series in Bio-/Neuroinformatics | 2 | 1 | 2013 | 135 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 135 p. 62 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Engineering | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-05 00:00:00 |  | [NAME] and Neural Conduction.- [NAME] and the Specificity of Neuronal Firing.- Coding and Representation.- [NAME] for Neuroscientists.- Artificial Neural Networks. | Computational Neuroscience - A First Course provides an essential introduction to computational neuroscience and  equips readers with a fundamental understanding of modeling the nervous system at the membrane, cellular, and network level. The book, which grew out of a lecture series held regularly for more than ten years to graduate students in neuroscience with backgrounds in biology, psychology and medicine, takes its readers on a journey through three fundamental domains of computational neuroscience: membrane biophysics, systems theory and artificial neural networks. The required mathematical concepts are kept as intuitive and simple as possible throughout the book, making it fully accessible to readers who are less familiar with mathematics. Overall, Computational Neuroscience - A First Course represents an essential reference guide for all neuroscientists who use computational methods in their daily work, as well as for any theoretical scientist approaching the field of computational neuroscience. | <p>A self-contained introduction to fundamental theories and basic methods for computational neuroscientists</p><p>Keeps mathematical concepts as intuitive and simple as possible and provides routes of explanation accessible also to readers who are less familiar with mathematics</p><p>Represents an essential reference guide for all neuroscientists who use computational methods in their daily work, as well as for any theoretical scientist approaching the field of computational neuroscience</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5109-8 | Engineering | Marghitu | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Statics with MATLAB® |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 286 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | IX, 286 p. 152 illus. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15028 | Structural Mechanics | TGB | SCM14068 | Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Mathematics | PBWH | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Operation with Vectors.- 2.Moments, Couples, Equipollent Systems.- 3.Centers of Mass.- 4.Equilibrium.- 5.Friction.- 6.VirtualWork and Stability. | Engineering mechanics involves the development of mathematical models of the physical world. Statics addresses the forces acting on and in mechanical objects and systems. Statics with MATLAB®  develops an understanding of the mechanical behavior of complex engineering structures and components using MATLAB®  to execute numerical calculations and to facilitate analytical calculations. [NAME] is presented and introduced as a highly convenient tool to solve problems for theory and applications in statics. Included are example problems to demonstrate the MATLAB® syntax and to also introduce specific functions dealing with statics. These explanations are reinforced through figures generated with MATLAB® and the extra material available online which includes the special functions described.This detailed introduction and application of MATLAB® to the field of statics makes Statics with MATLAB® a useful tool for instruction as well as self study,  highlighting the use of symbolic MATLAB® for both theory and applications to find analytical and numerical solutions | <p>Presents the basic theory in statics</p><p>Figures generated with MATLAB reinforce visual learning</p><p>Example problems guide the reader to easily recognize the important key problem types and their solutions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7323-7 | Engineering | Mehta | [NAME] | SystemVerilog Assertions and Functional Coverage | Guide to Language, Methodology and Applications |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 332 | Hard cover | Book | XXXIII, 332 p. 260 illus. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCT24027 | Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation | TJF | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- System Verilog Assertions.- Immediate Assertions.- Concurrent Assertions – Basics (sequence, property, assert).- Sampled Value Functions   $rose, $fell.- Operators.- System Functions and Tasks.- Multiple clocks.- Local Variables.- Recursive property.- Detecting and using endpoint of a sequence.- ‘expect’.- ‘assume’ and formal (static functional) verification.- Other important topics.- Asynchronous Assertions !!!.- IEEE-1800–2009 Features.- SystemVerilog Assertions LABs.- System Verilog Assertions – LAB Answers.- Functional Coverage.- Performance Implications of coverage methodology.- Coverage Options (Reference material). | This book provides a hands-on, application-oriented guide to the language and methodology of both SystemVerilog Assertions and SytemVerilog Functional Coverage.  Readers will benefit from the step-by-step approach to functional hardware verification, which will enable them to uncover hidden and hard to find bugs, point directly to the source of the bug, provide for a clean and easy way to model complex timing checks and objectively answer the question ‘have we functionally verified everything’.  Written by a professional end-user of both SystemVerilog Assertions and SystemVerilog Functional Coverage, this book explains each concept with easy to understand examples, simulation logs and applications derived from real projects.  Readers will be empowered to tackle the modeling of complex checkers for functional verification, thereby drastically reducing their time to design and debug. | <p>Covers both SystemVerilog Assertions and Sytem Verilog Functional Coverage language and methodologies </p><p>Provides practical examples of the what, how and why of Assertion Based Verification and Functional Coverage methodologies </p><p>Explains each concept in an easy to understand, step-by-step fashion and applies it to a real example </p><p>Includes 6 practical LABs that enable readers to put in practice the concepts explained in the book</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-6909-0 | Engineering | Mihelj | [NAME]; [NAME]; Samo Begus | Virtual Reality Technology and Applications |  | Intelligent Systems, Control and Automation: Science and Engineering | 68 | 1 | 2014 | 235 | Hard cover | Book | X, 235 p. 169 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT17020 | Engineering Design | TBD | SCI22005 | Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics | UYQV | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction to virtual reality.- 2 Degrees of freedom, pose, displacement and perspective.- 3 Dynamic model of a virtual environment.- 4 Tracking the user and environment.- 5 Visual modality in virtual reality.- 6 Acoustic Modality in Virtual Reality.-  7 Haptic modality in virtual reality.- 8 Augmented reality.-  9 Interaction with a virtual environment.- 10 Design of a multimodal virtual environment.- References.- Index. | As virtual reality expands from the imaginary worlds of science fiction and pervades every corner of everyday life, it is becoming increasingly important for students and professionals alike to understand the diverse aspects of this technology. This book aims to provide a comprehensive guide to the theoretical and practical elements of virtual reality, from the mathematical and technological foundations of virtual worlds to the human factors and the applications that enrich our lives: in the fields of medicine, entertainment, education and others.  After providing a brief introduction to the topic, the book describes the kinematic and dynamic mathematical models of virtual worlds. It explores the many ways a computer can track and interpret human movement, then progresses through the modalities that make up a virtual world: visual, acoustic and haptic. It explores the interaction between the actual and virtual environments, as well as design principles of the latter. The book closes with an examination of different applications, focusing on augmented reality as a special case. Though the content is primarily VR-related, it is also relevant for many other fields. | Presents the main technological and design aspects of virtual reality in a concise form <br><br>Provides theoretical background for all sensing and feedback modalities of virtual reality systems (including kinematics and dynamics of virtual environments) <br><br>Theoretical and practical aspects are illustrated with more than 170 detailed figures explaining basic principles | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00710-6 | Engineering | Mitiche | [NAME]; J.K. Aggarwal | Computer Vision Analysis of Image Motion by Variational Methods |  | Springer Topics in Signal Processing | 10 | 1 | 2013 | 207 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 207 p. 54 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | SCP21026 | Fluid- and Aerodynamics | PHDF | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Image Motion Processing in Visual Function.- Background Preliminaries.- Optical Flow Estimation.- Motion Detection.- Tracking.- Optical Flow Three-Dimensional Interpretation. | This book presents a unified view of image motion analysis under the variational framework. Variational methods, rooted in physics and mechanics, but appearing in many other domains, such as statistics, control, and computer vision, address a problem from an optimization standpoint, i.e., they formulate it as the optimization of an objective function or functional. The methods of image motion analysis described in this book use the calculus of variations to minimize (or maximize) an objective functional which transcribes all of the constraints that characterize the desired motion variables. The book addresses the four core subjects of motion analysis: Motion estimation, detection, tracking, and three-dimensional interpretation. Each topic is covered in a dedicated chapter. The presentation is prefaced by an introductory chapter which discusses the purpose of motion analysis. Further, a chapter is included which gives the basic tools and formulae related to curvature, Euler Lagrange equations, unconstrained descent optimization, and level sets, that the variational image motion processing methods use repeatedly in the book. | Covers the four core subjects of motion analysis: motion estimation, detection, tracking, and 3d-interpretation <br><br>Includes an overview on the mathematical background needed for variational methods <br><br>Written by well-known experts in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-4381-0 | Engineering | [NAME] | Raj Mittra | Computational Electromagnetics | Recent Advances and Engineering Applications |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 740 | Hard cover | Book | X, 740 p. 423 illus., 191 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Characteristic Basis Function Method.- Parallelization strategies for the Characteristic Basis Function Method.- Fast Analysis of Periodic Antennas and Metamaterial-Based Waveguides.- Efficient Numerical Techniques for Analyzing Microstrip Circuits and [NAME] etched on [NAME] via the Characteristic Basis Function Method.- The Locally Corrected Nyström Method for Electromagnetics.- An Efficient Dipole-Moment-based Method of Moments (MoM) formulation.- Linear embedding via Green’s operators.- Solution to the Low-Frequency Breakdown Problem in Computational Electromagnetics.- New Finite Difference in Time Domain (νFDTD) Electromagnetic Field Solver.- Asymptotic Techniques for Transient Analysis.- Numerical Techniques for Efficient Analysis of FSSs, EBGs and Metamaterials.- [NAME] for Characterizing 3-D Doubly Periodic Structures, Finite Periodic Microstrip Patch Arrays, and [NAME]FDTD Modelling of Transformation Electromagnetics Based Devices.- Designing Cloaks and Absorbing Blankets for Scattering Reduction Using Field and Impedance Transformation Techniques.- Field Transformation Approach to Designing Lenses.- Application of Signal Processing Techniques to Electromagnetic Sub-wavelength Imaging.- Wireless propagation modeling by using [NAME]-Tracing.- Modeling the Quantum Effects in Elctromagnetic Devices.- FETI methods. | Emerging Topics in Computational Electromagnetics in Computational Electromagnetics presents advances in Computational Electromagnetics. This book is designed to fill the existing gap in current CEM literature that only cover the conventional numerical techniques for solving traditional EM problems. The book examines new algorithms, and applications of these algorithms for solving problems of current interest that are not readily amenable to efficient treatment by using the existing techniques. The authors discuss solution techniques for problems arising in nanotechnology, bioEM, metamaterials, as well as multiscale problems. They present techniques that utilize recent advances in computer technology, such as parallel architectures, and the increasing need to solve large and complex problems in a time efficient manner by using highly scalable algorithms. | <p>Covers computer-aided design of EM systems based on planar circuits</p><p>Presents techniques for analyzing periodic structures with applications in Metamaterials </p><p>Discusses the Dipole Moment Method for analyzing [NAME], as well as Quantum effects in nanodevices</p><p>Discusses cloak designs using Transformation Optics</p><p>Describes Wireless Propagation</p><p>Introduces a new Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD) algorithm</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00716-8 | Engineering | Muñoz-Rojas | [NAME] | Optimization of Structures and Components |  | Advanced Structured Materials | 43 | 1 | 2013 | 214 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 214 p. 80 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15001 | Theoretical and Applied Mechanics | TGMD | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Topological Derivative For Multi-Scale Linear Elasticity Models In Three Spatial Dimensions.- Topological Sensitivity Analysis for Two-Dimensional Heat Transfer Problems using the Boundary Element Method.- Topology Optimization of Compliant Mechanisms with Stress. | Written by an international group of active researchers in the field, this volume presents innovative formulations and applied procedures for sensitivity analysis and structural design optimization. Eight chapters discuss subjects ranging from recent developments in the determination and application of topological gradients, to the use of evolutionary algorithms and meta-models to solve practical engineering problems. With such a comprehensive set of contributions, the book is a valuable source of information for graduate students and researchers entering or working in the matter. | <p>Presents innovative formulations and applied procedures for sensitivity analysis and structural design optimization</p><p>Written by an international group of active researchers in the field</p><p>Valuable source of information for graduate students and researchers entering or working in the matter</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-38585-8 | Engineering | Nepal | [NAME]; [NAME] | Security, Privacy and Trust in Cloud Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 349 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 349 p. 146 illus., 95 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Cloud Computing Fundamentals.- Introduction to cloud computing.- Secure information sharing and data protection in the cloud.- Intra and inter-cloud security, privacy and trust.- Cloud-based eGovernance.- Part [NAME] security architecture and protocol.- Secure cloud data management service.- Security and virtualization.- Autonomic security in cloud systems.- Part III Cloud Privacy.- Cryptography and crypto-protocols for cloud systems.- Access control mechanisms.- Risk management in the cloud.- Privacy protection policies in cloud platforms and operations.- Part IV Cloud Trust.- Trust models for cloud services.- QoS-based trust model and [NAME] monitoring mechanism.- Cloud compliance.- Non-repudiation and reputation in the cloud.- Part V Case Studies.- Secure cloud platforms and applications.- Enterprise cloud security case study.- Open research issues in cloud security and future roadmap.- Cloud and eGovernment tutorial: Challenges, solutions and experiences. | The book compiles technologies for enhancing and provisioning security, privacy and trust in cloud systems based on Quality of Service requirements. It is a timely contribution to a field that is gaining considerable research interest, momentum, and provides a comprehensive coverage of technologies related to cloud security, privacy and trust. In particular, the book includes  - Cloud security fundamentals and related technologies to-date, with a comprehensive  coverage of evolution, current landscape, and future roadmap.  - A smooth organization with introductory, advanced and specialist content, i.e. from basics  of security, privacy and trust in cloud systems, to advanced cartographic techniques,  case studies covering both social and technological aspects, and advanced platforms.  - Case studies written by professionals and/or industrial researchers.  - Inclusion of a section on [NAME] security and eGovernance tutorial that can be used  for knowledge transfer and teaching purpose.  - Identification of open research issues to help practitioners and researchers.   The book is a timely topic for readers, including practicing engineers and  academics, in the domains related to the engineering, science, and art of building networks and  networked applications. Specifically, upon reading this book, audiences will perceive the following  benefits:  1. Learn the state-of-the-art in research and development on cloud security, privacy and  trust.  2. Obtain a future roadmap by learning open research issues.  3. Gather the background knowledge to tackle key problems, whose solutions will enhance the evolution of next-generation secure cloud systems. | Presents the state-of-the-art in research and development on cloud security, privacy and <br>trust<br><br>Opens a future roadmap by discussing open research issues <br><br>Includes a cloud security and eGovernance tutorial <br><br>Gathers the background knowledge to tackle key problems, whose solutions will enhance the evolution of next-generation secure cloud systems | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-6933-9 | Engineering | Neustein | [NAME]; [NAME] | Where Humans Meet Machines | Innovative Solutions for Knotty Natural-Language Problems |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 314 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 314 p. 70 illus., 60 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | SCN22000 | [NAME] | CFX | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Making the Case for an Open, Unified System Architecture in Response to Rapid Developments in the Natural Language Industry: Translingual Automatic Language Exploration System (TALES).- The Burgeoning of Medical Social-Media Postings and the Need for Improved Natural Language Mapping Tools.- Machine Translation: the Enterprise Point of View.- Speech-Enabled Unified Communications: Overcoming the Multilingual Challenges of the European Market.- Exploiting Lexical Sensitivity in Performing Word-Sense Disambiguation.- Summarizing Short Texts through a Discourse-Centered Approach in a Multilingual Context.- Handling Two Difficult Challenges for Text-to-Speech Synthesis Systems:  Out-of-Vocabulary Words and Prosody -- A Case Study in Romanian.- MAP: An Abstraction-Based Metaphor Analysis Program for Overcoming Cross-Modal Challenges.- Translation of Idiomatic Expressions across Different Languages: A Study of the Effectiveness of TransSearch.- Argumentation-Based Dialog Systems for Medical Training.- Design of Dialog-Based Intelligent Tutoring Systems to Simulate Human-to-Human Tutoring.- TCAD: Vocabulary Acquisition Tool for Motivating Bilingual Pupils with Hearing Impairments in Learning English.- A Hybrid Approach to Automated Rating of Foreign Language Proficiency Using Oral Test Responses.- Multilingual Systems, Translation Technology and Their Impact on the Translator’s Profession.- Editors’ biographies. | Editors [NAME] and [NAME] have recruited a talented group of contributors to introduce the next generation of natural language technologies to resolve some of the most vexing natural-language problems that compromise the performance of speech systems today. This fourteen-chapter anthology consists of contributions from industry scientists and from academicians working at major universities in North America and Europe. They include researchers who have played a central role in DARPA-funded programs and developers who craft real-world solutions for corporations. This anthology is aimed at speech engineers, system developers, computer scientists, AI researchers, and others interested in utilizing natural-language technology in both spoken and text-based applications. | <p>Brings humans and machines closer together by showing how linguistic complexities that confound the speech systems of today can be handled effectively by sophisticated natural-language technology </p><p>Proposes innovative solutions to the problems of recognizing and processing idiomatic expressions, understanding metaphors, matching an anaphor correctly with its antecedent, performing word-sense disambiguation, and handling out-of-vocabulary words and phrases</p><p>Provides an analysis of the role of natural language technology in the global marketplace</p><p>Explores the need for natural language mapping-tools that can cull important data from the vast array of social-media postings </p><p>Covers innovative Natural Language Processing (NLP) methods and applications</p><p>Offers innovative NLP tools for physicians, educators, and translators</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-4-431-54194-3 | Engineering |  | [NAME]; [NAME] | Nuclear Reactor Kinetics and Plant Control |  | An Advanced Course in Nuclear Engineering |  | 1 | 2013 | 305 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 305 p. 181 illus. | 0 | final | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT25040 | Nuclear Engineering | THK | SCP31020 | Energy Technology | TH | Engineering | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | Available | 2013-03-31 00:00:00 | 2013-03-14 00:00:00 |  | Part I Nuclear Reactor Kinetics.- Delay Neutron and Nuclear Reactor Kinetics.- Point Reactor Kinetics.- Temperature Effect of Reactivity.- Kinetics Parameters and Reactivity Measurement Experiments.- Part II Actual Nuclear Reactor Plant Control.- Control system basics and PID control.- Reactor Stability Study.- Actual Operation Control of Boiling Water Reactor.- Actual operation and control of PWR.- Actual operation and control of fast reactor.- Actual operation and control of high temperature engineering test reactor.- New Control Theory and its Application Answers to practice exercises. | Understanding time-dependent behaviors of nuclear reactors and the methods of their control is essential to the operation and safety of nuclear power plants. This book provides graduate students, researchers, and engineers in nuclear engineering comprehensive information on both the fundamental theory of nuclear reactor kinetics and control and the state-of-the-art practice in actual plants, as well as the idea of how to bridge the two. The first part focuses on understanding fundamental nuclear kinetics. It introduces delayed neutrons, fission chain reactions, point kinetics theory, reactivity feedbacks, and related measurement techniques. The second part helps readers to grasp the theories and practice of nuclear power plant control. It introduces control theory, nuclear reactor stability, and the operation and control of existing nuclear power plants such as a typical pressurized water reactor, a typical boiling water reactor, the prototype fast breeder reactor [NAME], and the high-temperature gas-cooled test reactor (HTTR). Wherever possible, the design and operation data for these plants are provided. | <p>The first comprehensive textbook in the world that covers not only the fundamental theory of nuclear reactor kinetics and plant control but also the state-of-the-art practice of operation and control at actual nuclear power plants</p><p>Covers the major types of nuclear power plants, such as pressurized water reactors, boiling water reactors, fast breeder reactors and high-temperature gas-cooled reactors</p><p>Shows design and operation data for existing plants wherever possible</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-3-642-39049-4 | Engineering | Pan | [NAME]; [NAME] | Propagation of SLF/ELF Electromagnetic Waves |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 320 p. 150 illus. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 173 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Historical and Technical Overview of SLF/ELF Electromagnetic Wave Propagation.- Excitation and Propagation of SLF/ELF Electromagnetic Waves in the Earth-Ionosphere Waveguide/Cavity.- Spherical Harmonic Series Solution for SLF/ELF Field in Earth-Ionosphere Waveguide/Cavity.- SLF/ELF Field in Air and Ionosphere Generated by Earthquake Radiation Source.- Propagation of SLF/ELF Waves in Anisotropic Ionosphere.- ELF Wave Propagation along Sea-Rock Boundary and Marine Controlled-Source Electromagnetics Method.- Radiation and Propagation of SLF/ELF Electromagnetic Waves of [NAME] Transmitter.- [NAME] in SLF/ELF Ranges. | This book deals with the SLF/ELF wave propagation, an important branch of electromagnetic theory. The SLF/ELF wave propagation theory is well applied in earthquake electromagnetic radiation, submarine communication, thunderstorm detection, and geophysical prospecting and diagnostics. The propagation of SLF/ELF electromagnetic waves is introduced in various media like the earth-ionospheric waveguide, ionospheric plasma, sea water, earth, and the boundary between two different media or the stratified media. Applications in the earthquake electromagnetic radiation and the submarine communications are also addressed. This book is intended for scientists and engineers in the fields of radio propagation and EM theory and applications.   Prof. [NAME] is a professor at China Research Institute of Radiowave Propagation in Qingdao (China).   Dr. [NAME] is a professor at Zhejiang University in Hangzhou (China). | <p>The first book on the propagation of SLF/ELF electromagnetic waves in the past decade </p><p>Includes the latest development on both the theory and applications of SLF/ELF electromagnetic wave propagations since 2000’s</p><p>Detailed addresses the important applications in earthquake electromagnetic radiation, submarine communication, thunderstorm detection, and geophysical prospecting and diagnostics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-4974-4 | Engineering | Pande | Partha Pratim Pande; Amlan Ganguly; Krishnendu Chakrabarty | Design Technologies for Green and Sustainable Computing Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 239 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 239 p. 108 illus., 66 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Fundamental Limits on Run-time Power Management Algoriths for MPSoCs.- Reliable Networks-on-Chip Design for Sustainable Computing Systems.- Energy Adaptive Computing for a Sustainable ICT Ecosystem.- Implementing the Data Center Energy Productivity Metric in a High Performance Computing Data Center.- Sustainable Dynamic Application Hosting Across Geographically Distributed Data Centers.- Barely Alive Servers: Greener Datacenters through Memory-Accessible, Low-Power States.- Energy Storage System Design for Green-Energy Cyber Physical Systems.- Sensor Network Protocols for Greener Smart Environments.- Claremont -- A solar-powered Near-Threshold Voltage IA-32 Processor. | This book provides a comprehensive guide to the design of sustainable and green computing systems (GSC).  Coverage includes important breakthroughs in various aspects of GSC, including multi-core architectures, interconnection technology, data centers, high performance computing (HPC), and sensor networks.  The authors address the challenges of power efficiency and sustainability in various contexts, including system design, computer architecture, programming languages, compilers and networking. | <p>Offers readers a single-source reference for addressing the challenges of power efficiency and sustainability in embedded computing systems </p><p>Provides in-depth coverage of the key underlying design technologies for green and sustainable computing </p><p>Covers a wide range of topics, from chip-level design to architectures, computing systems, and networks</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5357-3 | Engineering | Peláez | [NAME] | The Robotics Divide | A New Frontier in the 21st Century? |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 244 | Hard cover | Book | V, 244 p. 43 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT19020 | Robotics and Automation | TJFM1 | SCE35000 | Philosophy of Technology | HP | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 21st-century Robotics: From the Factory to the Private Realm.- Perspectives on Industrial Robotics.- Perspectives on Service Robotics.- Military and Aerospace Robotics.- Robotics and Social Stratification.- Public Opinion and Technology Assessment: Perspectives on Advanced Robotics.- The Robotics Divide: Lessons from the Digital Divide.- Dependency, Social Work and Advanced Automation.- Inequalities in the Information Society: From the Digital Divide to Digital Inequality.- Prospective Techno economic Analysis for the Post-crisis World.- Economics, Robotics and Power.- Social Interaction and On-line and Off-line Robotics: Perspectives on Web Robots.- The Robotics Divide: Characteristics, Trends and Scenarios in the 21st Century. | Societies survive in their environment and compete with each other depending on the technology they develop. Economic, military and political power are directly related to the available technology, while access to technology is key to the well-being of our societies at the individual, community and national level. The Robotics Divide analyzes how robotics will shape our societies in the twenty-first century; a time when industrial and service robotics, particularly for military and aerospace purposes, will become an essential technology. The book, written by experts in the field, focuses on the main technological trends in the field of robotics, and the impact that robotics will have on different facets of social life. By doing so, the authors aim to open the “black box” of a technology which, like any other, is designed, implemented and evaluated according to the economic and cultural patterns of a cosmopolitan society, as well as its relations of power. The Robotics Divide explores future developments in robotics technology and discusses the model of technological development and the implementation of robotics in this competitive market economy. Then the authors examine to what extent it is possible to determine the characteristic features of the robotic divide, namely in what ways the robotic divide differs from the digital divide, and how a model to integrate this technology can be developed without reproducing patterns of inequality and power that have characterized the advent of previous technologies. These issues - inequality, robotics and power - are of concern to robotics and advanced automation engineers, social scientists, economists and science policy experts alike. | Analyzes how robotics will shape our societies in the twenty-first century; a time when industrial and service robotics, particularly for military and aerospace purposes, will become an essential technology <br><br>Examines an emerging divide: the “robotics divide”; a phenomenon linked to the model to integrate advanced robotics in economic, social and military spheres <br><br>Focuses on the main technological trends in the field of robotics, and the impact that robotics will have on different facets of social life | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38555-1 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Emerging Therapies in Neurorehabilitation |  | Biosystems & Biorobotics | 4 | 1 | 2014 | 365 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 365 p. 54 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | SCH55030 | Rehabilitation Medicine | MQV | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Emerging perspectives in stroke rehabilitation.- Emerging rehabilitation in Cerebral Palsy. | This book reports on the latest technological and clinical advances in the field of neurorehabilitation. It is, however, much more than a conventional survey of the state-of-the-art in neurorehabilitation technologies and therapies. It was formed on the basis of a week of lively discussions between curious PhD students and leading research experts during the summer school on neurorehabilitation (SSNR2012), September 16-21 in Nuévalos, [NAME] (Spain). Its unconventional format makes it a perfect guide for all PhD students, researchers and professionals interested in gaining a multidisciplinary perspective on current and future neurorehabilitation scenarios. The book covers various aspects of neurorehabilitation research and practice, organized into different parts. The first part discusses a selection of common impairments affecting brain function, such as stroke, cerebral palsy and Parkinson’s disease; the second deals with both spinal cord and brain plasticity. The third part covers the most recent rehabilitation and diagnostics technologies, including robotics, neuroprostheses, brain-machine interfaces and electromyography systems. Practical examples and case studies related to the application of some of the latest techniques in realistic clinical scenarios are covered in the fourth part. | <p>Reports on the latest technological and clinical advances in the field of neurorehabilitation </p><p>It is the results of lively discussions between curious PhD students and leading research experts during the summer school on neurorehabilitation (SSNR2012) held on September 16-21 in Nuévalos, [NAME] (Spain)  </p><p>Represents an essential guide for all PhD students, researchers and professionals interested in gaining a multidisciplinary perspective on current and future neurorehabilitation scenarios  </p><p>Includes practical examples and case studies related to the application of some of the latest neurorehabilitation techniques in realistic clinical scenarios</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01034-2 | Engineering | Popa | Cosmin [NAME] | Current-Mode Analog Nonlinear Function Synthesizer Structures |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 243 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 243 p. 196 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Wide Output Dynamic Range Exponential Function Synthesizers.- Wide Output Dynamic Range Gaussian Function.- Hyperbolic Functions Synthesis.- Third Order Function Synthesizers.- Fourth-Order Function Synthesizers. | This book is dedicated to the analysis and design of analog CMOS nonlinear function synthesizer structures, based on original superior-order approximation functions. A variety of analog function synthesizer structures are discussed, based on accurate approximation functions. Readers will be enabled to implement numerous circuit functions with applications in analog signal processing, including exponential, [NAME] or hyperbolic functions. Generalizing the methods for obtaining these particular functions, the author analyzes superior-order approximation functions, which represent the core for developing CMOS analog nonlinear function synthesizers. | <p>Describes novel methods for generating a multitude of circuit functions, based on superior-order improved accuracy approximation functions</p><p>Presents techniques for analog function synthesizers that can be applied easily to a wide variety of analog signal processing circuits</p><p>Enables the design of analog signal processing circuits with reduced complexity, low-voltage, low-power operation, real-time operation, and multifunctionality</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-4650-7 | Engineering | Popa | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] for Microsystems | Manufacturing Using High Yield Precision Assembly |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | X, [NAME]. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 119.5 | 177 | English | Engineering | SCT24027 | Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation | TJF | SCT19000 | Control, Robotics, Mechatronics | TJFM | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Advances in micro and nano technology have increased the demand for miniaturized sensors, actuators, and other non-electronic MEMS that require assembly and packaging. '[NAME] for Microsystems Manufacturing' presents a new framework in micro automation based on robotic, or robotic-assisted, assembly and packaging. This volume ties concepts in precision engineering, control engineering, and MEMS  together in a unique manner. The material covered begins with an introduction to microsystems and applications including heterogeneous MEMS assembly and miniaturization. In order to provide a link between MEMS and robotics, a detailed discussion of precision robotics and micro assembly is presented. This material is followed by a discussion of an automated micro robotic cells for microsystems manufacturing and MEMS assembly, along with design specifications and system architectures. | <p>Presents a new framework for automation at the micro and nano scales that can be used to address present and future micro and nano-manufacturing challenges</p><p>Shows leading edge application results resulting from multi-scale, precision automation frameworks, including optical MEMS, microsensors, and microrobotic devices</p><p>Brings together concepts from robotics, precision engineering, micro manufacturing, and MEMS</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-4543-2 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Cognitive Networked Sensing and Big Data |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 450 p. 16 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Fundamentals for Cognitive Radios.- Synchronization.- Network Control.- Concentration of Eigenvalues and their Functionals.- Non-Asymptotic, Local Theory of Random Matrices.- Asymptotic, Global Theory of Random Matrices.- Compressed Sensing and Sparse Recovery.- Matrix Completion and Low-Rank Matrix Recovery.- Covariance Matrix Estimation in High Dimensions.- Detection in High Dimensions.- Database Friendly Data Processing.- From Network to Big Data. | Wireless Distributed Computing and Cognitive Sensing defines high-dimensional data processing in the context of wireless distributed computing and cognitive sensing. This book presents the challenges that are unique to this area such as synchronization caused by the high mobility of the nodes. The author will discuss the integration of software defined radio implementation and testbed development. The book will also bridge new research results and contextual reviews. Also the author provides an examination of large cognitive radio network; hardware testbed; distributed sensing; and distributed computing. | <p>Discusses insights and experiences from large network testbeds </p><p>Examines wireless communications, [NAME], and networks </p><p>Covers cognitive radio networks for UAVs</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5351-1 | Engineering | Ramanathan | [NAME]; [NAME] | Supply Chain Strategies, Issues and Models |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 310 p. 62 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT22016 | Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing | TBC | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Engineering | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Supply Chain Complexity And Strategy.- A systematic approach to analyze the information in supply chain collaboration: A conceptual framework.- The Value Of Information Sharing In A Multi-Stage Serial Supply Chain With Positive And Deterministic Lead Times.- Six Sigma in Supply Chain.- A Case Study on E- Kanban implementation: A framework for successful implementation.- A Comparative Study Of Periodic- Review Order-Up-To (T, S) Policy And Continuous-Review (S, S) Policy In A Serial Supply Chain Over A Finite Planning Horizon.- Modeling Of Scheduling Batch Processor In Discrete Parts Manufacturing.- Cooperative Purchasing in Small and Medium-sized Enterprise (SMEs).- Supply Chains with Service Level Agreements.- The role of logistics in e-commerce transactions: An exploratory study of customer feedback and risk.- Supply Chain Strategies in Difficult Times. | In the 21st century, supply chain operations and relationships among supply chain partners have become highly challenging, necessitating new approaches, e.g., the development of new models. Supply Chain Strategies, Issues and Models discusses supply chain issues and models with examples from actual industrial cases. Expert authors with a wide spectrum of knowledge working in various areas of supply chain management from various geographical locations offer refreshing, novel and insightful ideas and address possible solutions using established theories and models. Supply Chain Strategies, Issues and Models features studies that have used mathematical modeling, statistical analyses and also descriptive qualitative studies. The chapters cover many relevant themes related to supply chains and logistics including supply chain complexity, information sharing, quality (six sigma), electronic Kanbans, inventory models, scheduling, purchasing and contracts. To facilitate easy reading, the chapters that deal with supply chain related issues are first, followed by studies on inventory, scheduling, purchasing and logistics. This book can be used as a useful resource of supply chain management by academics, students and practitioners. This book can serve as a helping tool in managerial decision making for investments in collaboration and information exchange to improve forecasts, scheduling and inventory management, and for supply chain managers to leverage product and process complexities into competitive advantage. Some interesting mathematical models can appeal to students and researchers interested in modeling the impact of information sharing in supply chains. | Includes examples from actual industrial cases <br><br>Reflects the issues in the current competitive supply chains <br><br>Addresses possible solutions using established theories and models | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00463-1 | Engineering | Rushchitsky | [NAME] | Nonlinear Elastic Waves in Materials |  | Foundations of Engineering Mechanics |  | 1 | 2014 | 580 | Hard cover | Book | X, 580 p. 69 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | SCZ17000 | Characterization and Evaluation of Materials | TGMT | Materials Science / Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preliminary information about waves and materials.- Elastic materials.- The simplest linear waves in elastic materials.- Nonlinear plane longitudinal waves in elastic materials ([NAME] model, five-constant model).- Nonlinear plane longitudinal waves in elastic materials ([NAME], five-constant model and [NAME] model, three-constant model). Nonlinear plane transverse waves in hyperelastic materials ([NAME] plane waves in hypoelastic materials.- Nonlinear plane waves in elastic mixtures (elastic composite materials).- Nonlinear cylindrical and torsional waves in hyperelastic materials.- Nonlinear Rayleigh and Love surface waves. | The main goal of the book is a coherent treatment of the theory of propagation in materials of nonlinearly elastic waves of displacements, which corresponds to one modern line of development of the nonlinear theory of elastic waves. The book is divided on five basic parts: the necessary information on waves and materials; the necessary information on nonlinear theory of elasticity and elastic materials; analysis of one-dimensional nonlinear elastic waves of displacement – longitudinal, vertically and horizontally polarized transverse plane nonlinear elastic waves of displacement; analysis of one-dimensional nonlinear elastic waves of displacement – cylindrical and torsional nonlinear elastic waves of displacement; analysis of two-dimensional nonlinear elastic waves of displacement – Rayleigh and Love nonlinear elastic surface waves.  The book is addressed first of all to people working in solid mechanics – from the students at an advanced undergraduate and graduate level to the scientists, professionally interesting in waves. But mechanics is understood in the broad sense, when it includes mechanical and other engineering, material science, applied mathematics and physics and so forth. The genesis of this book can be found in author’s years of research and teaching while a head of department at SP Timoshenko Institute of Mechanics (National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine), a member of Center for Micro and Nanomechanics at Engineering School of University of Aberdeen (Scotland) and a professor at Physical-Mathematical Faculty of National Technical University of Ukraine “KPI”. The book comprises 11 chapters. Each chapter is complemented by exercises, which can be used for the next development of the theory of nonlinear waves. | <p>Presents a coherent treatment of the theory of propagation in materials of nonlinearly elastic waves of displacements</p><p>Applicable in mechanical and other engineering, material science, applied mathematics and physics</p><p>Written by well-known experts in the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00377-1 | Engineering | Schon | Klaus Schon | High Impulse Voltage and Current Measurement Techniques | Fundamentals – Measuring Instruments – Measuring Methods |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 264 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 264 p. 135 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT24070 | Power Electronics, Electrical Machines and Networks | THRD | SCT25007 | Energy Technology | TH | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Characterisation and Generation of High Impulse Voltages and Currents.- Representation of Impulses in Time and Frequency Domain.- Transfer Behaviour of Linear Systems and Convolution.- Digital Recorder, Impulse Voltmeter and Impulse Calibrator.- Measurement of High-Voltage Impulses.- Measurement of High-Current Impulses.- Calibration of the measuring systems.- Evaluation of Uncertainties of Measurement. | Equipment to be installed in electric power-transmission and distribution systems must pass acceptance tests with standardized high-voltage or high-current test impulses which simulate the stress on the insulation caused by external lightning discharges and switching operations in the grid. High impulse voltages and currents are also used in many other fields of science and engineering for various applications. Therefore, precise impulse-measurement techniques are necessary, either to prevent an over- or understressing of the insulation or to guarantee the effectiveness and quality of the application. The target audience primarily comprises engineers and technicians but the book may also be beneficial for graduate students of high-voltage engineering and electrical power supply systems. | Includes a thorough presentation of relevant measuring techniques <br><br>Written by an experienced practitioner <br><br>Presents methods for estimating uncertainties of measurement | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01197-4 | Engineering | Sharapov | [NAME]; [NAME]; Larisa Kunickaya | Piezo-Electric Electro-Acoustic Transducers |  | Microtechnology and MEMS |  | 1 | 2013 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 318 p. 255 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | SCP31010 | Electronic Circuits and Devices | TJFC | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | General Information about Electro-Acoustic Transducers.- Piezo-ceramic Elements for PEAT.- Electro-Acoustic Transducers.- Hydro-Acoustic Transducers.- Transducers with Non-Destructive Control.- The Technologies of PEAT Synthesis. | Electroacoustic transducers (EAT) are devices, which transform electric energy to energy of acoustic fluctuations. Principles of action, design of transducers for work in air and water as well as for non-destructive control are described in the book. New technologies of designing EAT, not only expanding designing possibilities, are described. They also allow to create transducers with improved characteristics. In particular, methods to increase target capacity (sound pressure), decrease working (resonant) frequency of transducers and expand frequencies of projectors and sound receivers are developed. Methods and control units of transducers in batch production of transducers are described, too. | <p>Presents the latest and most comprehensive information about electro-acoustic transducers </p><p>Describes new methods of electro-acoustic transducer design</p><p>Includes new methods of measuring physical sizes and new constructions of electro-acoustic transducers</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-0-8176-4892-3 | Engineering | Shtessel | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Sliding Mode Control and Observation |  | Control Engineering |  | 1 | 2013 | 356 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 356 p. 168 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Engineering | SCT19000 | Control, Robotics, Mechatronics | TJFM | SCT15036 | Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control | TGMD4 | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-12 00:00:00 |  | Preface.- Introduction: intuitive theory of sliding mode control.- Conventional Sliding Modes.- Conventional Sliding Mode Observers.- Second order sliding mode controllers and differentiators.- Analysis of sliding mode controllers in the frequency domain.- Higher order sliding mode controllers and differentiators.- Observation and Identification via HOSM-Observers.- Disturbance Observer Based Control: Aerospace Applications.- A Mathematical Preliminaries.- B Describing Functions.- C Linear Systems Theory.- D Lyapunov Stability.- Bibliography. | The sliding mode control methodology has proven effective in dealing with complex dynamical systems affected by disturbances, uncertainties and unmodeled dynamics. Robust control technology based on this methodology has been applied to many real-world problems, especially in the areas of aerospace control, electric power systems, electromechanical systems, and robotics. Sliding Mode Control and Observation represents the first textbook that starts with classical sliding mode control techniques and progresses toward newly developed higher-order sliding mode control and observation algorithms and their applications. The present volume addresses a range of sliding mode control issues, including:*Conventional sliding mode controller and observer design*Second-order sliding mode controllers and differentiators*Frequency domain analysis of conventional and second-order sliding mode controllers*Higher-order sliding mode controllers and differentiators*Higher-order sliding mode observers *Sliding mode disturbance observer based control *Numerous applications, including reusable launch vehicle and satellite formation control, blood glucose regulation, and car steering control are used as case studies [NAME] and Observation is aimed at graduate students with a basic knowledge of classical control theory and some knowledge of state-space methods and nonlinear systems, while being of interest to a wider audience of graduate students in electrical/mechanical/aerospace engineering and applied mathematics, as well as researchers in electrical, computer, chemical, civil, mechanical, aeronautical, and industrial engineering, applied mathematicians, control engineers, and physicists. Sliding Mode Control and Observation provides the necessary tools for graduate students, researchers and engineers to robustly control complex and uncertain nonlinear dynamical systems. Exercises provided at the end of each chapter make this an ideal text for an advanced course taught in control theory. | <p>Provides the reader with a broad range of material from first principles up to the current state-of-the-art in the area of sliding mode control and observation</p><p> Practical case studies, which present the results of real sliding mode controller implementations, are used to illustrate the successful practical application of the theory</p><p> Exercises are provided at the end of each chapter </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7266-7 | Engineering | Shukla | [NAME]; Yapa DS Rajapakse; [NAME] | Blast Mitigation | Experimental and Numerical Studies |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 364 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 364 p. 252 illus., 166 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15001 | Theoretical and Applied Mechanics | TGMD | SCT11006 | Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering | TBJ | Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Experimental Investigation of Blast Mitigation for Target Protection.- Application of High Performance Computing to Rapid Assessment of Tunnel Vulnerability to Explosive Blast and Mitigation Strategies.- Numerical Analysis of the Response of Biomimetic Cellular Materials under Static and Dynamic Loadings.- Experimental and Theoretical Studies of Fiber-reinforced Composite Panels Subjected to Underwater Blast Loading.- Underwater Explosive Response of Submerged, Air-backed Composite Materials: Experimental and Computational Studies.- Underwater Implosion Mechanics:  Experimental and Computational Overview.- Dynamic Buckling and Fluid-Structure Interaction of Submerged Tubular Structures.- The Use of Tubular Structures as Cores for Sandwich Panels Subjected to Dynamic and Blast loading – a Current “State of the Art”.- Mitigation of Loading on Personnel in Light Armored Vehicles using Small Model Testing.- Blast Response of Sandwich Composites: Effect of Core Gradation, Pre-Loading and Temperature.- Progressive Collapse Resistance of Reinforced Concrete Structures. | Blast Mitigation: Experimental and Numerical Studies covers both experimental and numerical aspects of material and structural response to dynamic blast loads and its mitigation. The authors present the most up-to-date understanding from laboratory studies and computational analysis for researchers working in the field of blast loadings and their effect on material and structural failure,  develop designs for  lighter and highly efficient structural members for blast energy absorption, discuss vulnerability of underground structures, present methods for dampening blast overpressures, discuss structural post blast collapse and give attention to underwater explosion and implosion effects on submerged infrastructure and mitigation measures for this environment. | <p>Presents experimental methods of material and structural response to dynamic blast loads </p><p>Includes computational analysis of material and structural response to dynamic blast loads </p><p>Offers mitigation measures for structures in various environments </p><p>Relates lab experiments to larger field tests</p><p>Features more than 150 illustrations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-0955-7 | Engineering | Silvano | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Run-time Management techniques for Many-core Architectures |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | 250 p. 75 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 86.5 | 137 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Multicore platforms.- Design Space Exploration.- OS-based functions/services.- Applications Complexity.- Integrated Compiler Toolchain and Operating System Layer.- Design toolset for supporting the HW/SW co-exploration.- Run-time Manager.- Applications. | This book gives a current snapshot of industrial and academic research from a European funded project, named 2PARMA. It focuses on the definition of suitable parallel programming models, instruction set virtualization, run-time resource management policies and mechanisms, as well as design space exploration methodologies for many-core computing fabrics. New techniques are described and applied in real case studies, such as scalable video coding, cognitive radio and multi-view image processing. | <p>Addresses programmability of multicore computing fabrics at both the programming language and operating system level</p><p>Leverages component-based software engineering and develops parallelism extraction techniques to identify opportunities for parallelization at an early stage of design </p><p>Employs extensions of existing standards for parallel programming, such as OpenCL, to express data parallelism for manycore computing fabrics<br></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7936-9 | Engineering | Simpson | [NAME]; [NAME] ([NAME]) Jiao; [NAME]; [NAME] | Advances in Product Family and Product Platform Design | Methods & Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 748 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 748 p. 314 illus., 152 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Engineering | SCT22008 | Industrial and Production Engineering | TGP | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Recent Advancements in Product Family Design and Platform-based Product Development.- Part I: Platform Planning and Strategy.- 2. Crafting Platform Strategy based on Anticipated Benefits and Costs.- 3. Multidisciplinary Domains Association in Product Family Design.- 4. Modular Function Deployment – Using Module Drivers to Impart Strategies to a Product Architecture.- 5. Emphasizing Reuse of Generic Assets through Integrated Product and Production System Development Platforms.- 6. Quantifying the Relevance of Product Feature Classification in Product Family Design.- 7. Platform Valuation for Product Family Design.- Part II: Platform Architecting and Design- 8. A Pro-Active Scaling Platform Design Method Using Modularity for Product Variations.- 9. Architectural Decomposition – the role of granularity and decomposition viewpoint.- 10. Integrated Development of Modular Product Families – a Methods Toolkit.- 11. Solving the Joint Product Platform Selection and Product Family Design Problem.- 12. One-Step Continuous Product Platform Planning: Methods and Applications.- 13. Defining Modules for Platforms: An Overview of the Architecting Process.- 14. A QFD-based Optimization Method for Scalable Product Platform.- 15. Managing Design Processes of Product Families by Modularization and Simulation.- Part III: Product Family Development and Implementation.- 16. Global Product Family Design: Simultaneous Optimal Design of Module Commonalization and Supply Chain Configuration.- 17. Architecture-Centric Design Approach for Multi-Disciplinary Product Development.- 18. Product Family Commonality Selection using Optimization and Interactive Visualization.- 19. Developing and Assessing Commonality Metrics for Product Families.- 20. Managing Design Processes of Product Families by Modularization and Simulation.- 21. Design Principles for Reusable Software Product Platforms.- 22. Considering Human Variability When Implementing Product Platforms.- Part IV: Applications & Case Studies.- 23. Building, Supplying, and Designing Product Families.- 24. Modular Function Deployment Applied to a Cordless Handheld Vacuum.- 25. Optimal Commonality Decisions in Multiple Ship Classes.- 26. A Heuristic Approach to Architectural Design of Software-Intensive Product Platforms.- 27. Customer Needs Based Product Family Sizing Design: The Viper Case Study.- 28. Product Family Design and Recovery for Lifecycle.- 29. Application of the Generational Variety Index: A Retrospective Study of iPhone Evolution.- 30. Designing a Lawn and Landscape Blower Family Using Pro-Active Platform Design Approach.- Epilogue.- Index. | Advances in Product Family and Product Platform Design: Methods & Applications highlights recent advances that have been made to support product family and product platform design along with successful applications in industry. This book provides not only motivation for product family and product platform design (i.e., address questions about “why and when should we platform”) but also methods and tools to support the design and development of families of products based on shared platforms (i.e. address the “how” and “what” questions about platforming). It begins with a general overview of product family design to introduce the general reader to the topic and then progress to more advanced topics and design theory to help designers, engineers, and project managers plan, architect, and implement platform-based product development strategies for their company. Finally, successful industry applications provide readers and practitioners with case studies and “talking points” to become platform advocates and leaders within their organization. | <p>Presents state-of-the-art methods and tools for product family and product platform design </p><p>Adopts an integrated, systems view on product family and product platform design </p><p>Details successful applications and case studies from a variety of industries </p><p>Combines contributions from leading experts from industry as well as academia </p><p>Is accessible to novice practitioners as well as experienced designers and engineers</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7863-8 | Engineering | Sinha | Roopak Sinha; [NAME]; [NAME] | Correct-by-Construction Approaches for SoC Design |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 140 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 140 p. 55 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | System-on-A-Chip Design.- The AMBA SOC Platform.- Automatic Verification using Model and Module Checking.- Models for SoCs and Specifications.- SoC Design Methodology.- Automatic Protocol Conversion.- Related Work and Outlook.- Appendix: Converter Generation Algorithm. | This book describes an approach for designing Systems-on-Chip such that the system meets precise mathematical requirements. The methodologies presented enable embedded systems designers to reuse intellectual property (IP) blocks from existing designs in an efficient, reliable manner, automatically generating correct [NAME] from multiple, possibly mismatching, components. | <p>Provides a single-source reference to correct-by-construction SoC design </p><p>Focuses on system-level verification</p><p>Enables optimized design cycles, with techniques to reuse IP blocks reliably </p><p>Uses realistic SoC case studies to highlight the concepts introduced <br>Demonstrates techniques using industrial standard SoC frameworks such as ARM AMBA</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-6847-5 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Stone Cladding Engineering |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 167 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 167 p. 67 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT23004 | Civil Engineering | TN | SCZ11000 | Structural Materials | TGM | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Cladding with Stone: Introduction.- 2 Natural Stone Characterization.- 3 Wall and Cladding Systems.- 4 Limit States Design.- 5 Actions and Stone Strength.- 6 Dowel Anchorage.- 7 Undercut Anchorage.- 8 Kerf Anchorage.- Index. | This volume presents new methodologies for the design of dimension stone based on the concepts of structural design while preserving the excellence of stonemasonry practice in façade engineering. Straightforward formulae are provided for computing action on cladding, with special emphasis on the effect of seismic forces, including an extensive general methodology applied to non-structural elements. Based on the Load and Resistance Factor Design Format (LRDF), minimum slab thickness formulae are presented that take into consideration stress concentrations analysis based on the Finite Element Method (FEM) for the most commonly used modern anchorage systems. Calculation examples allow designers to solve several anchorage engineering problems in a detailed and objective manner, underlining the key parameters. The design of the anchorage metal parts, either in stainless steel or aluminum, is also presented. | [NAME] and tables for the evaluation of strength capacity of dowel, undercut and kerf anchorage systems are given <br><br>Provides an introduction to prestressed natural Stone panels <br><br>Includes practical Calculation Examples | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-6826-0 | Engineering | Spiliopoulos | [NAME]; Dieter [NAME] | Direct Methods for Limit States in Structures and Materials |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 260 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 260 p. 153 illus., 62 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15001 | Theoretical and Applied Mechanics | TGMD | SCZ11000 | Structural Materials | TGM | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Finite element Limit Analysis and porous Mises-Schleicher material;  Franck Pastor, [NAME] and [NAME] Kondo.- Limit Analysis: A Layered Approach for Composite Laminates; [NAME], Paolo Fuschi, [NAME] Domenico.- Shakedown analysis of kinematically hardening structures in n-dimensional loading spaces; J.-W. Simon.- Computation of bounds for anchor problems in limit analysis and decomposition techniques;  [NAME], [NAME] , [NAME], and A. Huerta.- Shakedown analysis of Reissner-Mindlin plates using the edge-based smoothed finite element method; [NAME] and M. Staat.- Progress in plastic design of composites;  [NAME], Abdelkader Hachemi.- The Residual Stress Decomposition Method (RSDM): A novel direct method to predict cyclic elastoplastic states; [NAME] and Konstantinos D. Panagiotou.- Use of layout optimization to solve large-scale limit analysis and design problems;  [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and Andrew Tyas.- Macroscopic modeling of porous non associated frictional materials; [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Kondo.- Direct evaluation of the post-buckling behavior of slender structures through a numerical asymptotic formulation; [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and Raffaele Casciaro.- A Quasi-Periodic Approximation based Model Reduction for Limit Analysis of Micropile Groups; [NAME], [NAME] and Hichem Smaoui.- The Anderson-Bishop Problem – Thermal Ratchetting of a Polycrystalline Metals;  A.R.S. Ponter and A.C.F. Cocks.- Recent development and application of the Linear Matching Method for design limits in plasticity and creep: an overview; [NAME] and [NAME]. | Knowing the safety factor for limit states such as plastic collapse, low cycle fatigue or ratcheting is always a major design consideration for civil and mechanical engineering structures that are subjected to loads. Direct methods of limit or shakedown analysis that proceed to directly find the limit states offer a better alternative than exact time-stepping calculations as, on one hand, an exact loading history is scarcely known, and on the other they are much less time-consuming.  This book presents the state of the art on various topics concerning these methods, such as theoretical advances in limit and shakedown analysis, the development of relevant algorithms and computational procedures, sophisticated modeling of inelastic material behavior like hardening, non-associated flow rules, material damage and fatigue, contact and friction, homogenization and composites. | One-stop resource <br><br>Leading experts in the field <br><br>Useful combination of theory and applications | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5175-3 | Engineering | Strmčnik | Stanko Strmčnik; Đani Juričić | Case Studies in Control | Putting Theory to Work | Advances in Industrial Control |  | 1 | 2013 | 411 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 411 p. 224 illus., 112 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Control | TJFM | SCT22008 | Industrial and Production Engineering | TGP | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | About the Gap between Theory and Practice.- Part I: From Theory towards Practice.- Identification and Control Using Piece-wise [NAME] Models.- Tracking Explicit Model Predictive Controllers for Low-level Control Applications.- Divide-and-conquer Method for Analysis and Control of Nonlinear Systems.- Model-based Control of Nitrogen-removal Processes in a Wastewater-treatment Plant.- Part II: From Practice towards Theory.- Temperature Control in a Plastic Extruder Control System.- Tension Control in a Steel-slitting Line.- Final Quality Assessment in the Manufacturing of Electrical Motors.- Model-based Estimation of Burn Injuries.- Part III: Tools and Building Blocks for Control Systems Implementation.- A PLC-based System for Advanced Control.- An Approach to Control Systems SW Development. | Case Studies in Control presents a framework to facilitate the use of advanced control concepts in real systems based on two decades of research and over 150 successful applications for industrial end-users from various backgrounds. In successive parts the text approaches the problem of putting the theory to work from both ends, theoretical and practical. The first part begins with a stress on solid control theory and the shaping of that theory to solve particular instances of practical problems. It emphasizes the need to establish by experiment whether a model-derived solution will perform properly in reality. The second part focuses on real industrial applications based on the needs and requirements of end-users. Here, the engineering approach is dominant but with theoretical input of varying degree depending on the particular process involved.Following the illustrations of the progress that can be made from either extreme of the well-known theory–practice divide, the text proceeds to a third part related to the development of tools that enable simpler use of advanced methods, a need only partially met by available commercial products.Each case study represents a self-contained unit that shows an experimental application of a particular method, a practical solution to an industrial problem or a toolkit that makes control design and implementation easier or more efficient. Among the applications presented are:wastewater treatment;manufacturing of electrical motors ;temperature control of blow moulding;burn-protective garments quality assessment; and rapid prototyping.Written by contributors with a considerable record of industrially-applied research, Case Studies in Control will encourage interaction between industrial practitioners and academic researchers and be of benefit to both, helping to make theory realistic and practical implementation more thorough and efficacious.Advances in Industrial Control aims to report and encourage the transfer of technology in control engineering. The rapid development of control technology has an impact on all areas of the control discipline. The series offers an opportunity for researchers to present an extended exposition of new work in all aspects of industrial control. | <p>Shows readers a variety of case studies for how to apply advanced ideas from control theory to specific real problems</p><p>Demonstrates how theoretical ideas can be brought to bear under real-world constraints and requirements</p><p>Extrapolation from practical results to theoretical systems will motivate researchers to address more real-life problems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-7701-3 | Engineering | Sun | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Wireless Power Transfer for Medical Microsystems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 183 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 183 p. 136 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | Electrical Engineering | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Systematic Designs.- Wireless Power Antennas.- Wireless Power Converters.- Wireless Power Management.- Power Regulations.- Design Cases.- Contributions and Future Work. | This book provides an in-depth introduction to the newest technologies for designing wireless power transfer systems for medical applications. The authors present a systematic classification of the various types of wireless power transfer, with a focus on inductive power coupling. Readers will learn to overcome many challenges faced in the design a wirelessly powered implant, such as power transfer efficiency, power stability, and the size of power antennas and circuits. This book focuses exclusively on medical applications of the technology and a batteryless capsule endoscopy system and other, real wirelessly powered systems are used as examples of the techniques described. | <p>Provides an in-depth introduction to the newest technologies for designing wireless power transfer systems for medical applications </p><p>Describes techniques to overcome challenges faced in the design a wirelessly powered implant </p><p>Presents the newest antenna and circuit technologies of inductive power coupling for medical applications </p><p>Includes real examples of wirelessly powered medical microsystems, including batteryless endoscopic capsule and other systems</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00632-1 | Engineering | Terzic | [NAME]; [NAME]; Romesh [NAME]; [NAME] | Ultrasonic Fluid Quantity Measurement in Dynamic Vehicular Applications | A Support Vector Machine Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 129 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 129 p. 90 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT17047 | Automotive Engineering | TRC | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | Engineering | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Ultrasonic Sensing Technology.- Ultrasonic Sensor Based Fluid Level Sensing Using Support Vector Machines.- Methodology and Experimental Program.- Experimentation.- Results.- Discussion.- Conclusion and Future Work. | Accurate fluid level measurement in dynamic environments can be assessed using a Support Vector Machine (SVM) approach. SVM is a supervised learning model that analyzes and recognizes patterns. It is a signal classification technique which has far greater accuracy than conventional signal averaging methods.Ultrasonic Fluid Quantity Measurement in Dynamic Vehicular Applications: A Support Vector Machine Approach describes the research and development of a fluid level measurement system for dynamic environments. The measurement system is based on a single ultrasonic sensor. A Support Vector Machines (SVM) based signal characterization and processing system has been developed to compensate for the effects of slosh and temperature variation in fluid level measurement systems used in dynamic environments including automotive applications. It has been demonstrated that a simple ν-SVM model with Radial Basis Function (RBF) Kernel with the inclusion of a Moving Median filter could be used to achieve the high levels of accuracy required for fluid level measurement in dynamic environments.Aimed toward graduate and postgraduate students, researchers, and engineers studying applications of artificial intelligence, readers will learn about a measurement system that is based on a single ultrasonic sensor which can achieve the high levels of accuracy required for fluid level measurement in dynamic environments. | Covers the dynamic aspect (sloshing) of the fluid level measurement system in the vehicle and uses SVM as a method to improve accuracy of the system and recognize the sloshing pattern in the fuel tank with superior accuracy <br><br>Discusses extensive experimental results based on practical application <br><br>Includes many illustrations and examples | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5187-6 | Engineering | Toscano | [NAME] | Structured Controllers for Uncertain Systems | A Stochastic Optimization Approach | Advances in Industrial Control |  | 1 | 2013 | 298 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XXIV, 298 p. 95 illus., 4 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | [NAME] | Control | TJFM | SCM13070 | Systems Theory, Control | GPFC | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-12 00:00:00 |  | Standard Stochastic Optimisation Methods.- Heuristic Kalman Algorithm.- Uncertain Linear Systems and Robustness.- H∞ Design of Fixed Structure Controllers.- H2 Design of Fixed Structure Controllers.- Mixed H2/H∞ Design of Fixed Structure Controllers.- Extension to Nonlinear Control via [NAME]. | Structured Controllers for Uncertain Systems focuses on the development of easy-to-use design strategies for robust low-order or fixed-structure controllers (particularly the industrially ubiquitous PID controller). These strategies are based on a recently-developed stochastic optimization method termed the 'Heuristic Kalman Algorithm' (HKA) the use of which results in a simplified methodology that enables the solution of the structured control problem without a profusion of user-defined parameters. An overview of the main stochastic methods employable in the context of continuous non-convex optimization problems is also provided and various optimization criteria for the design of a structured controller are considered; H∞, H2, and mixed H2/H∞ each merits a chapter to itself. Time-domain-performance specifications can be easily incorporated in the design. | <p>Shows the reader how to overcome system limitations imposed by lack of computing power or structure intrinsic to a controller </p><p>Detailed examples are provided throughout, to aid readers in familiarizing themselves with the concepts presented </p><p>Use of standard controllers such as PID make methods easily transferable to commercial controllers in the real world</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-7048-5 | Engineering | [NAME] | [NAME] | Unsteady Computational Fluid Dynamics in Aeronautics |  | Fluid Mechanics and Its Applications | 104 | 1 | 2013 | 478 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 478 p. 207 illus., 99 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | [NAME] | Aerospace Technology and Astronautics | TRP | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Computational Methods for Unsteady Flows.- 3  Turbulence and its Modelling.- 4 Computational Aerodynamics Methods.- 5 Applications of Eddy Resolving Methods.- 6 Computational Aeroacoustics.- 7 Coupled Computational Aerodynamics.- 8 Future Outlook.- A Exemplars of Numerical Scheme Performances.- B RANS Models.- Index. | The field of Large Eddy Simulation (LES) and hybrids is a vibrant research area. This book runs through all the potential unsteady modelling fidelity ranges, from low-order to LES. The latter is probably the highest fidelity for practical aerospace systems modelling. Cutting edge new frontiers are defined.   One example of a pressing environmental concern is noise. For the accurate prediction of this, unsteady modelling is needed. Hence computational aeroacoustics is explored. It is also emerging that there is a critical need for coupled simulations. Hence, this area is also considered and the tensions of utilizing such simulations with the already expensive LES.  This work has relevance to the general field of CFD and LES and to a wide variety of non-aerospace aerodynamic systems (e.g. cars, submarines, ships, electronics, buildings). Topics treated include unsteady flow techniques; LES and hybrids; general numerical methods; computational aeroacoustics; computational aeroelasticity; coupled simulations and turbulence and its modelling (LES, RANS, transition, VLES, URANS). The volume concludes by pointing forward to future horizons and in particular the industrial use of LES. The writing style is accessible and useful to both academics and industrial practitioners.  From the reviews: '[NAME]'s volume provides a very welcome, concise discussion of current capabilities for simulating and modellng unsteady aerodynamic flows. It covers the various possible numerical techniques in good, clear detail and presents a very wide range of practical applications; beautifully illustrated in many cases. This book thus provides a valuable text for practicing engineers, a rich source of background information for students and those new to this area of Research & Development, and an excellent state-of-the-art review for others. A great achievement.' [NAME] FHEA, FRAeS, C.Eng, Professor of Computational Aerodynamics Design & Head of Power & Propulsion Sciences, Department of Power & Propulsion, School of Engineering, Cranfield University, Bedfordshire, U.K.   'This is a very useful book with a wide coverage of many aspects in unsteady aerodynamics method development and applications for internal and external flows.' L. He, Rolls-Royce/RAEng Chair of Computational Aerothermal Engineering, Oxford University, U.K.  'This comprehensive book ranges from classical concepts in both numerical methods and turbulence modelling approaches for the beginner to latest state-of-the-art for the advanced practitioner and constitutes an extremely valuable contribution to the specific Computational Fluid Dynamics literature in Aeronautics. Student and expert alike will benefit greatly by reading it from cover to cover.' [NAME], Onera, Meudon, France | <p>Supplementary reading for CFD Course</p><p>Includes a wide range of practical examples</p><p>Clear overview of modeling hierarchies</p><p>Informed Industrial perspective</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4471-5212-5 | Engineering | [NAME] | Jan-Erik Vinnem | Offshore Risk Assessment vol 2. | Principles, Modelling and Applications of QRA Studies | Springer Series in Reliability Engineering |  | 3 | 2014 | 345 | Hard cover | Book | XXXIX, 345 p. 102 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Engineering | SCT22032 | Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk | TGPR | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part III.- 14.Methodology for Quantified Risk Assessment.- 15.Analysis Techniques.- 16.Presentation of Risk Results from QRA Studies.- 17.Evaluation of Personnel Risk Levels.- 18.Environmental Risk Analysis.- 19.Approach to Risk Based Design.- 20.Risk based Emergency Response Planning.- Part IV.- 21.Use of Risk Analysis during the Operations Phase.- 22.Use of Risk Indicators for Major [NAME] Risk.- 23.Barrier Management for Major [NAME] Risk.- Appendix A.Overview of Software.- Appendix B.Overview of Fatalities in Norwegian Sector.- [NAME]. | Offshore Risk Assessment was the first book to deal with quantified risk assessment (QRA) as applied specifically to offshore installations and operations. Risk assessment techniques have been used for more than three decades in the offshore oil and gas industry, and their use is set to expand increasingly as the industry moves into new areas and faces new challenges in older regions. This updated and expanded third edition has been informed by a major R&D program on offshore risk assessment in Norway and summarizes research from 2006 to the present day. Rooted with a thorough discussion of risk metrics and risk analysis methodology,  subsequent chapters are devoted to analytical approaches to escalation, escape, evacuation and rescue analysis of safety and emergency systems. Separate chapters analyze the main hazards of offshore structures: fire, explosion, collision, and falling objects as well as structural and marine hazards. Risk mitigation and control are discussed, as well as an illustration of how the results from quantitative risk assessment studies should be presented. The third second edition has a stronger focus on the use of risk assessment techniques in the operation of offshore installations. Also decommissioning of installations is covered. Not only does Offshore Risk Assessment describe the state of the art of QRA, it also identifies weaknesses and areas that need further development. This new edition also illustrates applications or quantitative risk analysis methodology to offshore petroleum applications. A comprehensive reference for academics and students of marine/offshore risk assessment and management, the book should also be owned by professionals in the industry, contractors, suppliers, consultants and regulatory authorities. | <p>Gives a detailed overview of all aspects of QRA is useful for graduate students, researchers, consultants, and authorities </p><p>Expands on the practical applications or quantitative risk analysis methodology to offshore petroleum applications from the second edition with new research</p><p> Includes new chapters to cover the specific case studies of the US Macondo incident of 2010</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5206-4 | Engineering | [NAME] | Jan-Erik Vinnem | Offshore Risk Assessment vol 1. | Principles, Modelling and Applications of QRA Studies | Springer Series in Reliability Engineering |  | 3 | 2014 | 567 | Hard cover | Book | XXXII, 567 p. 159 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Engineering | SCT22032 | Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk | TGPR | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | Engineering | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I.- 1.Introduction.- 2.Risk Picture: Definitions and Characteristics.- 3.Risk Assessment process and Main Elements.- 4.Lessons from Major Accidents.- 5.Lessons from Macondo Accident.- Part II.- 6.The Occurrence of Hydrocarbon Leaks: Process Systems.- 7.Fire Risk Modelling.- 8.Explosion Risk Modelling.- 9.Collision Risk Modelling.- 10.Marine Systems Risk Modelling.- 11.Risk due to Miscellaneous Hazards.- 12.Fatality Risk Assessment.- 13.Helicopter Transportation Fatality Risk Assessment. | Offshore Risk Assessment was the first book to deal with quantified risk assessment (QRA) as applied specifically to offshore installations and operations. Risk assessment techniques have been used for more than three decades in the offshore oil and gas industry, and their use is set to expand increasingly as the industry moves into new areas and faces new challenges in older regions. This updated and expanded third edition has been informed by a major R&D program on offshore risk assessment in Norway and summarizes research from 2006 to the present day. Rooted with a thorough discussion of risk metrics and risk analysis methodology,  subsequent chapters are devoted to analytical approaches to escalation, escape, evacuation and rescue analysis of safety and emergency systems. Separate chapters analyze the main hazards of offshore structures: fire, explosion, collision, and falling objects as well as structural and marine hazards. Risk mitigation and control are discussed, as well as an illustration of how the results from quantitative risk assessment studies should be presented. The third second edition has a stronger focus on the use of risk assessment techniques in the operation of offshore installations. Also decommissioning of installations is covered. Not only does Offshore Risk Assessment describe the state of the art of QRA, it also identifies weaknesses and areas that need further development. This new edition also illustrates applications or quantitative risk analysis methodology to offshore petroleum applications. A comprehensive reference for academics and students of marine/offshore risk assessment and management, the book should also be owned by professionals in the industry, contractors, suppliers, consultants and regulatory authorities. | <p>Gives a detailed overview of all aspects of QRA is useful for graduate students, researchers, consultants, and authorities</p><p>Expands on the practical applications or quantitative risk analysis methodology to offshore petroleum applications from the second edition with new research</p><p>Includes new chapters to cover the specific case studies of the US Macondo incident of 2010</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4419-8778-5 | Engineering | Vinson | [NAME] | Electrical Overstress | The Nemesis of Semiconductor Components |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300p. 80 illus.. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 86.5 | 137 | English | Engineering | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | SCT22032 | Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk | TGPR | Electrical Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Origins of EOS.- EOS/Surge Standards.- Device Physics at EOS Stress Levels.- EOS Induced Damage.- EOS Protection Elements and Their Use.- Debugging EOS Failures.- Designing EOS Robust Circuits.- Evaluation Techniques for EOS Robustness. | This book will provide a broad but detailed view of Electrical Overstress in semiconductor devices, with a focus on integrated circuit and discrete devices. It will equip the reader with the understanding needed to address EOS damage seen in their work environment and help them identify and correct the sources of EOS damage. | <p>Provides an overview of the sources for electrical overstress events and also details the conduction mechanisms which lead to damage</p><p>Provides a method an analyst can use to determine the root cause of the EOS event  </p><p>Focuses on methods to protect circuit by building EOS robustness into the circuit and providing the appropriate external EOS protection device to meet the design objectives<br></p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-38447-9 | Engineering | Zhao | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Design of Special Planar Linkages |  | Springer Tracts in Mechanical Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 236 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 236 p. 169 illus., 137 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT17020 | Engineering Design | TBD | SCT15001 | Theoretical and Applied Mechanics | TGMD | Engineering | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Design Requirements of Planar Four-Bar Linkages.- Design of Planar Linkages with Specified Positions.- Design of Two Particular Positions for a Foldable Stair.- Kinematic Design of Geared Five-bar Linkage.- Workspace and Singularity of Planar Parallel Linkage.- Statics Analysis of Special Planar Linkages.- Kinetostatics of Double Planar Linkages.- Structural Dynamics of Planar Linkages.- Foldable Tower with Multi-Planar Linkages.- Extended Applications of Double Planar Linkages. | Planar linkages play a very important role in mechanical engineering. As the simplest closed chain mechanisms, planar four-bar linkages are widely used in mechanical engineering, civil engineering and aerospace engineering.  Design of Special Planar Linkages proposes a uniform design theory for planar four-bar linkages. The merit of the method proposed in this book is that it allows engineers to directly obtain accurate results when there are such solutions for the specified n precise positions; otherwise, the best approximate solutions will be found. This book discusses the kinematics and reachable workspace and singularity of a planar 3-RRR linkage, which can be used to analyze other planar linkages. Then a foldable stair that retains the walking conversions of human beings and all the merits of a concrete stair in civil engineering is described along with a lifting guidance mechanism that has the advantages of high strength, high rigidity, lightweight overconstraint trusses and motion flexibility. The method proposed in this book can be applied to other planar linkages.  This book offers a valuable resource for scientists, researchers, engineers, graduate students in mechanical engineering especially those interested in engineering design, robotics and automation.  [NAME], Associate professor; [NAME] and [NAME], professor; [NAME], Dr., all work at the Department of Mechanical Engineering, Tsinghua University. | <p>Provides a uniform formula for the design of any planar four-bar linkages</p><p>Develops Burmester theory to fit for the design with any number of specified positions</p><p>Offers a method to build the statics and structural dynamics of complex planar linkages</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4419-8428-9 | Engineering | Sabbagh | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] Knopp | Computational Electromagnetics and Model-Based Inversion | A Modern Paradigm for Eddy-Current Nondestructive Evaluation | Scientific Computation |  | 1 | 2013 | 448 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 448 p. 288 illus., 83 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Materials Science | SCZ17000 | Characterization and Evaluation of Materials | TGMT | SCT22032 | Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk | TGPR | Materials Science / Chemistry | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part I Computational Electromagnetics Background.- 1 Overview of Methods of Computational Electromagnetics.- 2 Green’s Dyad for Plane-Layered Media.- 3 The Volume-Integral Equations for Plane-Layered Media.- 4 Discretization via the Galerkin Method of Moments.- 5 [NAME] from Field Calculations.- 6 Advanced Probe Models Based on Magnetic Dipoles and Ferrite Cores.- 7 Advanced Probe Models Based on Electric Dipoles.- 8 Planar and Conforming Arrays of Probes.- 9 Multilayered Media with Cylindrical Geometries.- 10 Some Special Topics in Computational Electromagnetics.- Part II Inversion Algorithms and Signal-Processing.- 11 Examples of Basic Inverse Problems.- 12 NLSE: Parameter-Based Inversion Algorithm.- 13 Robust Statistical Estimators.- 14 Some Special Signal-Processing Algorithms.- 15 Preprocessing Data and Transformation of Signal Vectors.- Part III Applications.- 16 Modeling Corrosion and Pitting Problems.- 17 Applications to Aerospace Structures.- 18 Applications to Nuclear Power.- 19 Coupled Problems in Heat-Exchanger Tubes.- 20 Applications to NDE of Coatings.- 21 Model-Assisted Probability of Detection.- References.- Index. | This volume will define the direction of eddy-current technology in nondestructive evaluation (NDE) in the twenty-first century. It describes the natural marriage of the computer to eddy-current NDE, and its publication was encouraged by favorable responses from workers in the nuclear-power and aerospace industries. It will be used by advanced students and practitioners in the fields of computational electromagnetics, electromagnetic inverse-scattering theory, nondestructive evaluation, materials evaluation and biomedical imaging, among others, and will be based on our experience in applying the subject of computational electromagnetics to these areas, as manifested by our recent research and publications. Finally, it will be a reference to future monographs on advanced NDE that are being contemplated by our colleagues and others. Its importance lies in the fact that it will be the first book to show that advanced computational methods can be used to solve practical, but difficult, problems in eddy-current NDE. In fact, in many cases these methods are the only things available for solving the problems.The book will cover the topic of computational electromagnetics in eddy-current nondestructive evaluation (NDE) by emphasizing three distinct topics: (a) fundamental mathematical principles of volume-integral equations as a subset of computational electromagnetics, (b) mathematical algorithms applied to signal-processing and inverse scattering problems, and (c) applications of these two topics to problems in which real and model data are used. This will make the book more than an academic exercise; we expect it to be valuable to users of eddy-current NDE technology in industries as varied as nuclear power, aerospace, materials characterization and biomedical imaging. We know of no other book on the market that covers this material in the manner in which we will present it, nor are there any books, to our knowledge, that apply this material to actual test situations that are of importance to the industries cited. It will be the first book to actually define the modern technology of eddy-current NDE, by showing how mathematics and the computer will solve problems more effectively than current analog practice. | <p>Defines the modern technology of eddy-current NDE by showing how mathematics and the computer will solve problems more effectively than current analog practice</p><p>Applicable to actual test situations that are of importance to the nuclear power, aerospace, materials characterization, and biomedical imaging industries</p><p>Shows that advanced computational methods can be used to solve practical but difficult problems in eddy-current NDE</p><p>In many cases these methods are the only means available for solving the problems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-37613-9 | Engineering | Silva | [NAME]; Chiaki Sato | Design of Adhesive Joints Under Humid Conditions |  | Advanced Structured Materials | 25 | 1 | 2013 | 193 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 193 p. 114 illus., 54 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Materials Science | SCZ19000 | Surfaces and Interfaces, [NAME] | TGM | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | Materials Science / Chemistry | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Diffusion of moisture in adhesives.- Diffusion of moisture in interfaces.- Surface treatments for moisture resistance.- Influence of moisture on the adhesive properties.- Influence of water on the interface properties.- Prediction of joint strength under humid conditions: [NAME] mechanics approach.- Prediction of joint strength under humid conditions: Fracture mechanics approach.- Prediction of joint strength under humid conditions: Damage mechanics approach. | This book describes most recent advances and limitations concerning design of adhesive joints under humid conditions and discusses future trends. It  presents new approaches to predict the failure load after exposure to load, temperature and humidity over a long period of time. With the rapid increase in numerical computing power there have been attempts to formalize the different environmental contributions in order to provide a procedure to predict assembly durability, based on an initial identification of diffusion coefficients and mechanical parameters for both the adhesive and the interface. A coupled numerical model for the joint of interest is then constructed and this allows local water content to be defined and resulting changes in adhesive and interface properties to be predicted. | Describes design of adhesive joints under humid conditions <br><br>Discusses future trends <br><br>Written by experts in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-38176-8 | Physics | Benediktovich | [NAME]; Ilya Feranchuk; [NAME] | Theoretical Concepts of X-Ray Nanoscale Analysis | Theory, Experiments and Applications | Springer Series in Materials Science | 183 | 1 | 2013 | 332 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 332 p. 108 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP31040 | Measurement Science and Instrumentation | PDDM | SCZ17000 | Characterization and Evaluation of Materials | TGMT | Physics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic principles of the interaction between X-rays and matter.- X-ray reflectivity.- High-resolution X-ray diffraction.- Grazing-incidence small-angle X-ray scattering.- Theory of X-ray scattering from imperfect [NAME] diffraction for evaluation of residual stresses in polycrystals.- Methods of mathematical and physical optimization of X-ray data analysis. | This book provides a concise survey of modern theoretical concepts of X-ray materials analysis. The principle features of the book are: basics of X-ray scattering, interaction between X-rays and matter and new theoretical concepts of X-ray scattering. The various X-ray techniques are considered in detail: high-resolution X-ray diffraction, X-ray reflectivity, grazing-incidence small-angle X-ray scattering and X-ray residual stress analysis. All the theoretical methods presented use the unified physical approach. This makes the book especially useful for readers learning and performing data analysis with different techniques. The theory is applicable to studies of bulk materials of all kinds, including single crystals and polycrystals as well as to surface studies under grazing incidence. The book appeals to researchers and graduate students alike. | <p>Gives a state-of-the-art report of the understanding of X-ray scattering and diffraction</p><p>Contains theoretical methods for a wide range of X-ray materials research</p><p>Includes detailed explanations of theoretical models and approaches</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-7983-3 | Physics | Bonamente | [NAME] | Statistics and Analysis of Scientific Data |  | [NAME] in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | X, 310 p. 34 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Physics | SCP33000 | Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity | PHS | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-26 00:00:00 |  |  | Theory of Probability.- Random Variables and Their Distribution.- Sum and Functions of Random Variables.- Estimate of Mean and [NAME] and Confidence Intervals.- Distribution Function of Statistics and Hypothesis Testing.- Maximum Likelihood Fit to a Two-Variable Dataset.- Goodness of Fit and Parameter Uncertainty.- Comparison Between Models.- Monte Carlo Methods.- [NAME] and [NAME] A: Numerical Tables.- B: Solutions. | Statistics and Analysis of Scientific Data covers the foundations of probability theory and statistics, and a number of numerical and analytical methods that are essential for the present-day analyst of scientific data. Topics covered include probability theory, distribution functions of statistics, fits to two-dimensional datasheets and parameter estimation, [NAME] methods and [NAME] chains. Equal attention is paid to the theory and its practical application, and results from classic experiments in various fields are used to illustrate the importance of statistics in the analysis of scientific data. The main pedagogical method is a theory-then-application approach, where emphasis is placed first on a sound understanding of the underlying theory of a topic, which becomes the basis for an efficient and proactive use of the material for practical applications. The level is appropriate for undergraduates and beginning graduate students, and as a reference for the experienced researcher. Basic calculus is used in some of the derivations, and no previous background in probability and statistics is required. The book includes many numerical tables of data, as well as exercises and examples to aid the students' understanding of the topic. | <p>Includes numerical tables of data for critical distribution functions, making the textbook a self-contained guide for students</p><p>Covers the theory and practice of [NAME] chains, a leading tool for the analysis of complex data sets, and a topic virtually absent in other textbooks</p><p>Covers the foundations of probability theory and statistics, and a number of numerical and analytical methods that are essential for the present-day analyst of scientific data</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-7057-1 | Physics | Conrad | [NAME] | Software Systems for Astronomy |  | SpringerBriefs in Astronomy |  | 1 | 2013 | 116 | Soft cover | Book | VI, 116 p. 38 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Physics | SCP22014 | Astronomy, Observations and Techniques | PG | SCI23001 | Computer Applications | UB | Astronomy / Astrophysics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Observation  Planning Software.- Target Planning.- Instrument Planning.- Observing Software.- Observation Sequencing.- Quick Look Analysis.- Data Reduction Software.- Techinques.- IRAF.- IDL.- [NAME] and Others.- Data Archives.- Query Methods.- Table Queries.- Level-one Data Products.- Control Systems.- Instrument Control Systems.- Telescope Control Systems.- Systems For Real Time Interprocess Communication.- User Interface Design.- Software Engineering Process.- Requirments Definition.- Design Methodologies.- Life Cycle Cost.- Configuration Management. | This book covers the use and development of software for astronomy. It describes the control systems used to point the telescope and operate its cameras and spectrographs, as well as the web-based tools used to plan those observations. In addition, the book also covers the analysis and archiving of astronomical data once it has been acquired. Readers will learn about existing software tools and packages, develop their own software tools, and analyze real data sets. | <p>Provides students with the background and techniques required to obtain a job in the field of astronomy</p><p>Can be used as a textbook for astronomy, physics, and computer science classes</p><p>Will contain many problems and solutions to aid learning</p><p> </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-7460-9 | Physics | Eckert | [NAME] | [NAME] | Science, Life and Turbulent Times 1868-1951 |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 471 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 471 p. 35 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Physics | [NAME] | Quantum Physics | PHQ | SCP29000 | History and Philosophical Foundations of Physics | PDX | Physics | Biography | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Prologue.- Königsberg Roots.- Setting the Course.- Klein's Assistant.- Clausthal.- Aachen.- Munich.- Physics in War and Peace.- The Quantum Pope.- Wave Mechanics.- Cultural Ambassador.- Descent.- The Bitter Years.- Carrying On.- Legacy.- Epilogue.- Backmatter. | The subject of the book is a biography of the theoretical physicist [NAME] (1868-1951). Although [NAME] is famous as a quantum theorist for the elaboration of the semi-classical atomic theory (Bohr-Sommerfeld model, [NAME]'s fine-structure constant), his role in the history of modern physics is not confined to atoms and quanta.  [NAME] left his mark in the history of mathematics, fluid mechanics, a number of physical subdisciplines and, in particular, as founder of a most productive 'school' ([NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Linus Pauling and [NAME] were his pupils, to name only the Nobel laureates among them). This biography is to a large extent based on primary source material (correspondence, diaries, unpublished manuscripts). It should be of particular interest to students who are keen to know more about the historical roots of modern science.  [NAME] lived through turbulent times of German history (Wilhelmian Empire, Weimar Republic, Nazi period). His life, therefore, illustrates how science and scientists perform in changing social environments. From this perspective, the biography should also attract readers with a general interest in the history of science and technology. | First English-language biography of [NAME] <br><br>Written by an expert on the life of [NAME], who has directed the edition of [NAME]'s considerable correspondence with other physicists <br><br>Chronicles the rise of atomic and quantum physics within the social and political context of the first half of the 20th century | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00265-1 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Stefano Liberati; [NAME] | Analogue Gravity Phenomenology | Analogue Spacetimes and Horizons, from Theory to Experiment | Lecture Notes in Physics | 870 | 1 | 2013 | 462 | Soft cover | Book | XXII, 462 p. 124 illus., 95 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Physics | SCP19070 | Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory | PHDV | [NAME] | Mathematical Physics | PHU | Physics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Black Holes and Hawking Radiation in Spacetime and its Analogues.- Survey of Analogue Spacetimes.- Cosmological Particle Creation in the Lab.- Irrotational, Two-Dimensional Surface Waves in Fluids.- The Basics of Water Waves Theory for Analogue Gravity.- The Čerenkov Effect Revisited: From Swimming Ducks to Zero Modes in Gravitational Analogues.- Some Aspects of Dispersive Horizons: Lessons from Surface Waves.- Classical Aspects of Hawking Radiation Verified in Analogue Gravity Experiment.- Understanding Hawking Radiation from Models of [NAME] for Gravity.- An All-Optical Event Horizon in an Optical Analogue of a Laval Nozzle.- Lorentz Breaking Effective Field Theory and Observational Tests.- The Topology of Quantum Vacuum.- Einstein² :[NAME] Meets General Relativity.- Astrophysical Black Holes: Evidence of a Horizon?. | Analogue Gravity Phenomenology is a collection of contributions that cover a vast range of areas in physics, ranging from surface wave propagation in fluids to nonlinear optics. The underlying common aspect of all these topics, and hence the main focus and perspective from which they are explained here, is the attempt to develop analogue models for gravitational systems. The original and main motivation of the field is the verification and study of Hawking radiation from a horizon: the enabling feature is the possibility to generate horizons in the laboratory with a wide range of physical systems that involve a flow of one kind or another. The years around 2010 and onwards witnessed a sudden surge of experimental activity in this expanding field of research. However, building an expertise in analogue gravity requires the researcher to be equipped with a rather broad range of knowledge and interests. The aim of this book is to bring the reader up to date with the latest developments and provide the basic background required in order to appreciate the goals, difficulties, and success stories in the field of analogue gravity.Each chapter of the book treats a different topic explained in detail by the major experts for each specific discipline. The first chapters give an overview of black hole spacetimes and Hawking radiation before moving on to describe the large variety of analogue spacetimes that have been proposed and are currently under investigation. This introductory part is then followed by an in-depth description of what are currently the three most promising analogue spacetime settings, namely surface waves in flowing fluids, acoustic oscillations in [NAME] condensates and electromagnetic waves in nonlinear optics. Both theory and experimental endeavours are explained in detail. The final chapters refer to other aspects of analogue gravity beyond the study of Hawking radiation, such as Lorentz invariance violations and [NAME] motion in curved spacetimes, before concluding with a return to the origins of the field and a description of the available observational evidence for horizons in astrophysical black holes. | Describes the first experimental results in the study of analogues to gravity in the laboratory <br><br>Covers all the major approaches for constructive analogies that have been contrived to date <br><br>Explains, relates, and integrates the different ways in which the metrical nature of the universe is reflected in laboratory materials and systems | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-01106-6 | Physics | Faraoni | [NAME] | Special Relativity |  | Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 303 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 303 p. 51 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Physics | SCP19070 | Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory | PHDV | SCM13120 | Mathematical Applications in the Physical Sciences | PBWH | Physics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Fundamentals of Special Relativity.- Introduction.- The Principle of Relativity.- Groups—the Galilei group.- Galileian law of addition of velocities.- The lesson from electromagnetism.- The postulates of Special Relativity.- Consequences of the postulates.- Conclusion.- Problems.- The Lorentz transformation.-  Introduction.- The Lorentz transformation.- Derivation of the Lorentz transformation.- Mathematical properties of the [NAME] transformation.- Absolute speed limit and causality.- Length contraction from the [NAME] transformation.- Time dilation from the [NAME] transformation.- Transformation of velocities and accelerations in Special Relativity.- Matrix representation of the [NAME] transformation.- [NAME] group.- The Lorentz transformation as a rotation by an imaginary angle with imaginary time.- The GPS system.- Conclusion.- Problems.- The 4-dimensional world view.- Introduction.- The 4-dimensional world.- Spacetime diagrams.- Conclusion.- Problems.- The formalism of tensors.-  Introduction.- Vectors and tensors.- Contravariant and covariant vectors.- Contravariant and covariant tensors.- Tensor algebra.- Tensor fields.- Index-free description of tensors.- The metric tensor.- The Levi-Civita symbol and tensor densities.- Conclusion.- Problems.- Tensors in Minkowski spacetime.- Introduction.- Vectors and tensors in Minkowski spacetime.- The Minkowski metric.- Scalar product and length of a vector in Minkowski spacetime.- Raising and lowering tensor indices.- Causal nature of 4-vectors.- Hypersurfaces.- Gauss’ theorem.- Conclusion.- Problems.- Relativistic mechanics.- Introduction.- Relativistic dynamics of massive particles.- The relativistic force.- Angular momentum of a particle.- Particle systems.- Conservation of mass-energy.- Conclusion.- Problems.- Relativistic optics.- Introduction.- Relativistic optics: null rays.- The drag effect.- The Doppler effect.- Aberration.- Relativistic beaming.- Visual appearance of extended objects.- Conclusion.- Problems.- Measurements in [NAME] spacetime.- Introduction.- Energy of a particle measured by an observer.- Frequency measured by an observer.- A more systematic treatment of measurement.- The 3+1 splitting.- Conclusion.- Problems.- Matter in [NAME] spacetime.- Introduction.- The energy-momentum tensor.- Covariant conservation.- Energy conditions.- Angular momentum.- Perfect fluids.- The scalar field.- The electromagnetic field.- Conclusion.- Problems.- Special Relativity in arbitrary coordinates.- Introduction.- The covariant derivative.- Spacetime curves and covariant derivative.- Physics in Minkowski spacetime [NAME] to selected problems.- References.- Index. | This book offers an essential bridge between college-level introductions and advanced graduate-level books on special relativity. It begins at an elementary level, presenting and discussing the basic concepts normally covered in college-level works, including the [NAME] transformation. Subsequent chapters introduce the four-dimensional worldview implied by the [NAME] transformations, mixing time and space coordinates, before continuing on to the formalism of tensors, a topic usually avoided in lower-level courses. The book’s second half addresses a number of essential points, including the concept of causality; the equivalence between mass and energy, including applications; relativistic optics; and measurements and matter in Minkowski spacetime. The closing chapters focus on the energy-momentum tensor of a continuous distribution of mass-energy and its covariant conservation; angular momentum; a discussion of the scalar field of perfect fluids and the Maxwell field; and general coordinates. Every chapter is supplemented by a section with numerous exercises, allowing readers to practice the theory. These exercises constitute an essential part of the textbook, and the solutions to approximately half of them are provided in the appendix. | <p>Serves as a textbook at intermediate level between college-level introductions and more advanced textbooks requiring many prerequisites<br><br>Includes topics that are not usually included in standard textbooks on special relativity such as, for example, the theory of measurement in Minkowski spacetime<br><br>Has a chapter devoted to modern applications of Special Relativity, such as GPS, PET scanners, and other medical instruments <br><br>Contains a section with numerous exercises to practice the theory in each chapter</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-39196-5 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Physics of Quantum Rings |  | NanoScience and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 430 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 430 p. 257 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP25140 | Nanoscale Science and Technology | TBN | SCP31070 | Quantum Information Technology, Spintronics | PHQ | Physics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Quantum Ring: A Unique Playground for the Quantum-Mechanical Paradigm.- Fabrication, Characterization and Physical Properties.- Growth and Spectroscopy of Semiconductor Quantum Rings.- Quantum Rings: Fabrication and Optical Properties.- Self-organized Quantum Rings: Physical Characterization and Theoretical Modeling.- Scanning-probe Electronic Imaging of Lithographically Patterned Quantum Rings.- Self-organized Formation and XSTM-Characterization of CaSb/GaAS Quantum Rings.- Self-assembled Semiconductor Quantum Rings Complexes by Droplet Epitaxy: Growth and Physical Properties.- Aharonov-Bohm Effect for Excitons.- New Versions of the Aharonov-Bohm Effect in Quantum Rings.- Aharonov-Bohm Effect for Neutral Exctions in Quantum Rings.- Optical Aharonov-Bohm Effect in Type-II Quantum Dots.- Theory.- Strained Quantum Rings.- Theoretical Modeling of Electronic and Optical Properties of Semiconductor Quantum Rings.- Coulomb Interaction in Finite-Width Quantum Rings. Differential Geometry Applied to Rings and Möbius Nanostructures.- [NAME] in Semiconductor Quantum Rings.- Engineering of Electron States and Spin Relaxation in Quantum Rings and Quantum Dot-Ring Nanostructures. | This book deals with a new class of materials, quantum rings. Innovative recent advances in experimental and theoretical physics of quantum rings are based on the most advanced state-of-the-art fabrication and characterization techniques as well as theoretical methods. The experimental efforts allow to obtain a new class of semiconductor quantum rings formed by capping self-organized quantum dots grown by molecular beam epitaxy. Novel optical and magnetic properties of quantum rings are associated with non-trivial topologies at the nanoscale. An adequate characterization of quantum rings is possible on the basis of modern characterization methods of nanostructures, such as Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. A high level of complexity is demonstrated to be needed for a dedicated theoretical model to adequately represent the specific features of quantum rings. The findings presented in this book contribute to develop low-cost high-performance electronic, spintronic, optoelectronic and information processing devices based on quantum rings. | Presents the new class of materials of quantum rings <br><br>Provides an elemental basis for low-cost high-performance devices promising for electronics, optoelectronics, spintronics and quantum information processing <br><br>Explains the physical properties of quantum rings to cover a gap in scientific literature <br><br>Presents the application of most advanced nanoengineering and nanocharacterization techniques | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-3-642-38281-9 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Scattering Theory |  | Lecture Notes in Physics | 872 | 1 | 2013 | 287 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 287 p. 68 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Physics | SCP19005 | Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics | PHU | SCP25130 | Low Temperature Physics | PHFB | Physics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Classical Scattering Theory.- Elastic Scattering by a Conservative Potential.- Internal Excitation, Inelastic Scattering.- Special Topics.- Scaling.- Special Functions. | This book presents a concise and modern coverage of scattering theory. It is motivated by the fact that experimental advances have shifted and broadened the scope of applications where concepts from scattering theory are used, e.g. to the field of ultracold atoms and molecules, which has been experiencing enormous growth in recent years, largely triggered by the successful realization of [NAME] condensates of dilute atomic gases in 1995. In the present treatment, special attention is given to the role played by the long-range behaviour of the projectile-target interaction, and a theory is developed, which is well suited to describe near-threshold bound and continuum states in realistic binary systems such as diatomic molecules or molecular ions. The level of abstraction is kept as low as at all possible, and deeper questions related to mathematical foundations of scattering theory are passed by. The book should be understandable for anyone with a basic knowledge of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics. It is intended for advanced students and researchers, and it is hoped that it will be useful for theorists and experimentalists alike. | <p>Written by the author of the widely acclaimed textbook</p><p>Theoretical Atomic Physics Includes sections on quantum reflection, tunable [NAME] resonances  and [NAME] states<br></p><p>Useful for advanced students and researchers</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-94-007-7173-4 | Physics | Fu | [NAME] | Physical Models of Semiconductor Quantum Devices |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 408 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 408 p. 147 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP25140 | Nanoscale Science and Technology | TBN | SCZ12000 | Optical and Electronic Materials | TJFD | Physics | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Semiconductor materials.- Electronic processes in semiconductors.- Optical properties of semiconductors.- Nano-size electronic devices.- Quantum optoelectronics.- Plasmonics.- Numerical recipes. | The science and technology relating to nanostructures continues to receive significant attention for its applications to various fields including microelectronics, nanophotonics, and biotechnology.  This book describes the basic quantum mechanical principles underlining this fast developing field.  From the fundamental principles of quantum mechanics to nanomaterial properties, from device physics to research and development of new systems, this title is aimed at undergraduates, graduates, postgraduates, and researchers. | Begins with fundamental quantum mechanical concepts <br>Presents experimental data of nanodevices at device operation conditions <br>Introduces graduate students to the fast-developing nano science field <br>Helps researchers to analyze their experimental data <br>Provides basic key principles to optimize existing devices <br>Includes a database and references featuring common semiconductor materials and devices | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-01031-1 | Physics | Gopalakrishnan | [NAME]; Saggam Narendar | Wave Propagation in Nanostructures | Nonlocal [NAME] | NanoScience and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 349 | Hard cover | Book | X, 349 p. 157 illus., 147 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP25140 | Nanoscale Science and Technology | TBN | SCT1501X | [NAME] and Mechanics of Materials | TG | Physics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Nanostructures.- Introductory Concepts of Wave Propagation Analysis in Structures.- Various Modeling Techniques for Nanostructures.- Theory of Nonlocal Elasticity.- Material Property and Nonlocal Scale Parameter Estimation for SWCNTs.- Wave Propagation in 1D-Nanostructures: Nanorods.- Wave Propagation in 1D-Nanostructures: Nanobeams.- Wave Propagation in Multi-Walled Carbon Nanotubes.- Wave Propagation in Coupled 1D-Nanosystems.- Wave Propagation in 2D-Nanostructures.- Wave Propagation in Nanoshells. | Wave Propagation in [NAME] describes the fundamental and advanced concepts of waves propagating in structures that have dimensions of the order of nanometers. The book is fundamentally based on non-local elasticity theory, which includes scale effects in the continuum model. The book predominantly addresses wave behavior in carbon nanotubes and [NAME] structures, although the methods of analysis provided in this text are equally applicable to other nanostructures.The book takes the reader from the fundamentals of wave propagation in nanotubes to more advanced topics such as rotating nanotubes, coupled nanotubes, and nanotubes with magnetic field and surface effects. The first few chapters cover the basics of wave propagation, different modeling schemes for nanostructures and introduce non-local elasticity theories, which form the building blocks for understanding the material provided in later chapters. A number of interesting examples are provided to illustrate the important features of wave behavior in these low dimensional structures. | <p>First book to cover nonlocal continuum mechanics methods applied to nanostructures</p><p>Fulfills the need for a new comprehensive book on wave propagation in nanostructures</p><p>Presents material which can be used to develop a graduate level course in wave propagation in nanostructures</p><p>　</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00605-5 | Physics | Grossmann | [NAME] | Theoretical Femtosecond Physics | Atoms and [NAME] in Strong Laser Fields | [NAME] in Physics |  | 2 | 2013 | 254 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 254 p. 97 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Physics | [NAME] | Atoms and Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser Matter Interaction | PHFP | [NAME] | Quantum Physics | PHQ | Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A Short Introduction to Laser Physics.- Time-Dependent Quantum Theory.- Field Matter Coupling and Two-Level Systems.- Single Electron Atoms in Strong Laser Fields.- Molecules in Strong Laser Fields.- Solutions to Problems. | Theoretical investigations of atoms and molecules interacting with pulsed or continuous wave lasers up to atomic field strengths on the order of 10^16 W/cm² are leading to an understanding of many challenging experimental discoveries. This book deals with the basics of femtosecond physics and goes up to the latest applications of new phenomena. The book presents an introduction to laser physics with mode-locking and pulsed laser operation. The solution of the time-dependent Schrödinger equation is discussed both analytically and numerically. The basis for the non-perturbative treatment of laser-matter interaction in the book is the numerical solution of the time-dependent Schrödinger equation. The light field is treated classically, and different possible gauges are discussed. Physical phenomena, ranging from [NAME]-oscillations in two-level systems to the ionization of atoms, the generation of high harmonics, the ionization and dissociation of molecules as well as the control of chemical reactions are presented and discussed on a fundamental level. In this way the theoretical background for state of the art experiments with strong and short laser pulses is given. The text is augmented by more than thirty exercises, whose worked-out solutions are given in the last chapter. Some detailed calculations are performed in the appendices. Furthermore, each chapter ends with references to more specialized literature. | <p>Gives a tutorial-like complete presentation of theoretical femtosecond physics </p><p>Represents the state of the art of theoretical femtosecond physics </p><p>Includes more than 30 exercises with worked-out solutions </p><p>Contains a tutorial chapter on numerical solution methods of the time-dependent Schrödinger equation</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00893-6 | Physics | Grozin | [NAME] | Introduction to Mathematica® for Physicists |  | [NAME] in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 190 | Hard cover | Book | X, 190 p. 82 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Physics | SCP19021 | Numerical and Computational Physics | PHU | SCC13009 | Computer Applications in Chemistry | PN | Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Lectures.- Computer algebra systems.- Overview of Mathematica.- Expressions.-Patterns and substitutions.- Functions.- Mathematica as a programming language.- Gröbner bases.- Calculus.- Risch algorithm.- Linear algebra.- Input--output and strings.- Packages.- Part II Computer classes.- Plots.- Trigonometric functions.- Quantum oscillator.- Spherical harmonics.- Adding angular momenta in quantum mechanics.- Classical nonlinear oscillator.- Cyclohexane.- Multi-ζ functions.- Quantum nonlinear oscillator.- Riemann curvature tensor.- Rainbow.- Problems for students. | The basics of computer algebra and the language of Mathematica are described. This title will lead toward an understanding of Mathematica that allows the reader to solve problems in physics, mathematics, and chemistry. [NAME] is the most widely used system for doing mathematical calculations by computer, including symbolic and numeric calculations and graphics. It is used in physics and other branches of science, in mathematics, education and many other areas. Many important results in physics would never be obtained without a wide use of computer algebra. | Features in-depth introduction to Mathematica <br><br>Uses examples from physical sciences to illustrate the value of Mathematica <br><br>Concisely teaches students the basics of the Mathematica language and some fundamental algorithms, without unnecessary detail | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-6785-4 | Physics | Hartmann | [NAME] | Principles of Musical Acoustics |  | Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 348 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 348 p. 180 illus. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Physics | SCP21069 | Acoustics | PHDS | SCL25066 | Neurobiology | PSAN | Physics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Sound, Music, and Science.- Vibrations 1.- Vibrations 2.- Instrumentation.- Sound Waves.- Wave Properties.- Standing Waves.- Standing Waves in Pipes.- [NAME] and Synthesis.- Sound Intensity.- The Auditory System.- Loudness Perception.- Pitch.- Localization of Sound.- Sound Environments.- Audio Transducers.- Distortion and Noise.- Audio Systems.- Loudspeakers.- Digital Audio.- Broadcasting.- Speech.- Brass Musical Instruments.- Woodwind Instruments.- String Instruments.- Percussion Instruments.- Electronic Music. | Principles of Musical Acoustics focuses on the basic principles in the science and technology of music. Musical examples and specific musical instruments demonstrate the principles. The book begins with a study of vibrations and waves, in that order. These topics constitute the basic physical properties of sound, one of two pillars supporting the science of musical acoustics. The second pillar is the human element, the physiological and psychological aspects of acoustical science. The perceptual topics include loudness, pitch, tone color, and localization of sound. With these two pillars in place, it is possible to go in a variety of directions. The book treats in turn, the topics of room acoustics, audio both analog and digital, broadcasting, and speech. It ends with chapters on the traditional musical instruments, organized by family.   The mathematical level of this book assumes that the reader is familiar with elementary algebra. Trigonometric functions, logarithms and powers also appear in the book, but computational techniques are included as these concepts are introduced, and there is further technical help in appendices. | A concise musical acoustics book intended for undergraduates with a basic understanding of math and science <br><br>Discusses both the physics of sound, and the psychology and physiology of how humans perceive sound and music <br><br>Includes chapters on the tonal characteristics and physics of musical instruments <br><br>Includes end of chapter exercises and solutions <br><br>Appendices provide useful supplementary information on diverse topics such as standard piano tuning, the greek alphabet, notable composers, and trigonometric functions <br><br>Written by the author of the classic text "Signals, Sound, and Sensation" | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-540-72081-2 | Physics | Heitjans | [NAME]; [NAME] | Diffusion in Condensed Matter | Methods, Materials, Models |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 970 | Hard cover | Book | 970p. 430 illus.. | 0 | final | 149.95 | 160.45 | 164.95 | 135 | 215 | English | Physics | SCP25005 | Condensed Matter Physics | PHF | SCC21001 | Physical Chemistry | PNR | Materials Science / Physics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-20 00:00:00 |  |  | Solids: Diffusion: Introduction and Case Studies in Metals and Binary Alloys.- The Elementary Diffusion Step in Metals Studied by the Interference of Gamma-rays, X-rays and Neutrons.- Diffusion Studies of Solids by Quasielastic Neutron Scattering.- Diffusion in Semiconductors.- Diffusion in Oxides.- Diffusion in Metallic Glasses and Supercooled Melts.- Interfaces: Fluctuations and Growth Phenomena in Surface Diffusion Surface Diffusion.- Grain Boundary Diffusion in Metals.- NMR and Beta-NMR Studies of Diffusion in Interface-Dominated and Disordered Solids.- PFG NMR Studies of Anomalous Diffusion.- Diffusion Measurements by Ultrasonics.- Diffusion in Membranes.- Liquids: Viscoelasticity and [NAME] in Dense Polymer Systems.- The Molecular Description of Mutual Diffusion Processes in Liquid Mixtures.- Diffusion Measurements in Fluids by Dynamic Light Scattering.- Diffusion in Colloidal and [NAME] Systems.- Field-Assisted Diffusion Studied by Electrophoretic NMR.- Theoretical Concepts and Models: Diffusion of Particles on Lattices.- Diffusion on Fractals.- Ionic Transport in Disordered Materials.- Concept of Mismatch and Relaxation for Self-Diffusion and Conductivity in Ionic Materials with Disordered Structures.- Diffusion and Conduction in Percolation Systems.- Statistical Theory and Molecular Dynamics - Diffusion in Zeolites. | This comprehensive, handbook style survey of diffusion in condensed matter gives detailed insight in diffusion as the process of particle transport due to stochastic movement which is understood and presented as a phenomenon of crucial relevance for a large variety of processes and materials. In this book all aspects of theoretical fundamentals, experimental techniques, highlights of current developments and results for solids, liquids and interfaces are presented. Students and scientists in physics, chemistry, materials science and biology will benefit from this detailed compilation, unique for its complete approach to diffusion, covering all topics, including cross-discipline approaches. New material in this edition includes: case studies in metals and binary alloys, studies interface-dominated and disordered solids, ionic transport mismatch and relaxation for self-diffusion and conduction. | <p>Complete, handbook type survey</p><p>Unique for its complete coverage of all topics in diffusion, including cross-discipline approaches </p><p>New chapters in: case studies in metals and binary alloys, quasielastic neutron scattering, NMR studies interface-dominated and disordered solids, ionic transport in disordered materials, concept of mismatch and relaxation for self-diffusion and conduction</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00626-0 | Physics | [NAME] | Cecilia [NAME] | Portrait of Gunnar Källén | A Physics Shooting Star and Poet of Early Quantum Field Theory |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 528 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 528 p. 180 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Physics | SCP23029 | [NAME], Quantum Field Theory | PHQ | SCP29000 | History and Philosophical Foundations of Physics | PDX | Physics | Biography | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Youth, [NAME], [NAME], Legacy, Family and Fatal Accident.- Part II Correspondence With Pauli, Heisenberg and Dirac; [NAME] in Action.- Part III Promotion of Science in His Honor.- Part IV On Källén`s Scientific Work.- Part V Publications, Selected Papers and Commentaries.- Selected Papers.- Additional Commentaries. | [NAME] referred to him as 'my discovery,' [NAME] described him as 'one of the most gifted theorists' and [NAME] found him enormously stimulating. Who was the man in question, [NAME] (1926-1968)?  His appearance in the physics sky was like a shooting star. His contributions to the scientific debate caused excitement among young and old. Similar to his friend and mentor, [NAME], he demanded honesty and rigor in physics - a distinct dividing line between fact and speculation.  In his obituary, [NAME] would write: '[NAME] was a proud continuer of the tradition in quantum field theory established by [NAME]. His papers on quantum electrodynamics in the period 1950-1954 carried the non-perturbative approach to quantum electrodynamics forward to a point beyond which very little essential progress has been made up to the present day.  At the time I was trying to puzzle out the grammar of the language of quantum field theory, and here was [NAME] already writing poetry in the language!'. In addition to being a remarkable scientist, Källén had a very interesting personality, well worth exploring.  In her book, physicist [NAME] traces both the personal and scientific trajectory of this unsung hero of the early days of high-energy physics and quantum field theory. A number of invited contributions by members of the [NAME] family and distinguished researchers from the field, all of them personally acquainted with Källén, combine to form an authentic portrait of the researcher and the man.   Last but not least, the reader will become acquainted with some aspects of the history of particle physics in those days, as related by [NAME] and those who corresponded with him. A commented selection of his most important and not easily accessible papers is included as an added bonus for specialists. | <p>First personal and scientific biography of [NAME] </p><p>With short invited contributions by people personally acquainted with Kallen </p><p>Includes commented reprints of some of his scientific papers</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-38654-1 | Physics | Kamal | [NAME] | Nuclear Physics |  | [NAME] in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 580 | Hard cover | Book | 580 p. 210 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Physics | [NAME] | Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons | PHM | SCP23029 | [NAME], Quantum Field Theory | PHQ | Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Passage of Charged Particles Through Matter.- Passage of Radiation Through Matter.- Radioactivity.- General Properties of Nuclei.- The Nuclear 1\vo-Body.- Nuclear Models.- Nuclear Reactions. | This textbook explains the experimental basics, effects and theory of nuclear physics. It supports learning and teaching with numerous worked examples, questions and problems with answers. Numerous tables and diagrams help to better understand the explanations. A better feeling to the subject of the book is given with sketches about the historical development of nuclear physics. The main topics of this book include the phenomena associated with passage of charged particles and radiation through matter which are related to nuclear resonance fluorescence and the Moessbauer effect., [NAME]’s theory of alpha decay, Fermi theory of beta decay, electron capture and gamma decay. The discussion of general properties of nuclei covers nuclear sizes and nuclear force, nuclear spin, magnetic dipole moment and electric quadrupole moment. Nuclear instability against various modes of decay and Yukawa theory are explained. Nuclear models such as Fermi Gas Model, Shell Model, Liquid Drop Model, Collective Model and Optical Model are outlined to explain various experimental facts related to nuclear structure. Heavy ion reactions, including nuclear fusion, are explained. Nuclear fission and fusion power production is treated elaborately. | <p>Explains the concepts in detail and in depth</p><p>Provides  step-by-step derivations</p><p>Contains numerous tables and diagrams</p><p>Supports learning and teaching with numerous worked examples, questions and problems with answers</p><p>Sketches also the historical development of the subject</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-38660-2 | Physics | Kamal | [NAME] | Particle Physics |  | [NAME] in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 520 | Hard cover | Book | 520 p. 220 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Physics | SCP23029 | [NAME], Quantum Field Theory | PHQ | [NAME] | Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons | PHM | Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Nuclear Radiation Detectors.- High Energy Accelerators.- Elementary Particles.- Conservation Laws and lnvariance Principles.- Strong Interactions.- Electromagnetic Interactions.- Weak Interactions (Charmed Quark).- Electroweak Interactions. | This textbook teaches particle physics very didactically. It supports learning and teaching with numerous worked examples, questions and problems with answers. Numerous tables and diagrams lead to a better understanding of the explanations. The content of the book covers all important topics of particle physics: Elementary particles are classified from the point of view of the four fundamental interactions. The nomenclature used in particle physics is explained. The discoveries and properties of known elementary particles and resonances are given. The particles considered are positrons, muon, pions, anti-protons, strange particles, neutrino and hadrons. The conservation laws governing the interactions of elementary particles are given. The concepts of parity, spin, charge conjugation, time reversal and gauge invariance are explained. The quark theory is introduced to explain the hadron structure and strong interactions. The solar neutrino problem is considered. Weak interactions are classified into various types, and the selection rules are stated. Non-conservation of parity and the universality of the weak interactions are discussed. Neutral and charged currents, discovery of W and Z bosons and the early universe form important topics of the electroweak interactions. The principles of high energy accelerators including colliders are elaborately explained. Additionally, in the book detectors used in nuclear and particle physics are described. This book is on the upper undergraduate level. | <p>Provides  step-by-step derivations </p><p>Contains numerous tables and diagrams </p><p>Supports learning and teaching with numerous worked examples, questions and problems with answers </p><p>Sketches also the historical development of the subject</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-38779-1 | Physics | Köhler | [NAME]; [NAME] | Micro-Segmented Flow | Applications in Chemistry and Biology | Biological and Medical Physics, Biomedical Engineering |  | 1 | 2013 | 328 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 328 p. 163 illus., 91 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP27008 | Biophysics and Biological Physics | PHVN | SCP21026 | Fluid- and Aerodynamics | PHDF | Physics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Part I Generation, manipulation and characterization of micro fluid segments.- Microfluidic droplets on rails and anchors: fluid manipulation and single cell analysis.- Part II Chemical application in micro continuous-flow synthesis of nanoparticles.- Solid particle handling in micro reaction technology - practical challenges and application of micro fluid segments for particle-based processes.- Part III Biological application: cell-free biotechnology, cell cultivation and screening systems.- Application of micro fluid segments in cell-free biotechnology. | The book is dedicated to the method and application potential of micro segmented flow. The recent state of development of this powerful technique is presented in 12 chapters by leading researchers from different countries. In the first section, the principles of generation and manipulation of micro-fluidic segments are explained. In the second section, the micro continuous-flow synthesis of different types of nanomaterials is shown as a typical example for the use of advantages of the technique in chemistry. In the third part, the particular importance of the technique in biotechnical applications is presented demonstrating the progress for miniaturized cell-free processes, for molecular biology and DNA-based diagnostics and sequencing as well as for the development of antibiotics and the evaluation of toxic effects in medicine and environment. | Introduces the most promising field of microfluidics and lab-on-a-chip technology <br><br>Explains the principle and the important application potential of micro-segmented flow <br><br>Introduces brand-new microfluidic approaches for generating high-quality nanomaterials <br><br>Presents droplet-based techniques for biological screenings | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-7207-0 | Physics | Mahoney | [NAME] | Mercury |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | XXXVI, 318 p. 15 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP22014 | Astronomy, Observations and Techniques | PG | SCP22022 | Astrophysics and Astroparticles | PHVB | Astronomy / Astrophysics | Dictionary | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | List of Maps.- Foreword.- Preface to the Series.- Preface to Volume I, Part I.- Acknowledgements.- How to Use this Gazetteer.- Pronunciation Guide.- Abbreviations Used in the Gazetteer.- Mercury: An Overview.- Glossary of Terms Used in the Gazetteer.-Gazetteer of Mercury.- Classified Index of Surface Features on Mercury.- [NAME] of Mercury.- Appendix 1: IAU Mercury Nomenclature.- [NAME] to Transcriptions of Non-roman Alphabets.- Appendix 3: Mercury Data.- Appendix 4: Mercury Transits.- Appendix 5: Mercury Timeline.- Bibliography. | The purpose of this [NAME] and [NAME] of Astronomy (GAA) is to list, define and illustrate, for the first time, every named (as opposed to merely catalogued) object in the sky within a single reference work for use by the general reader, writers and editors dealing with astronomical themes, and those astronomers concerned with any aspect of astronomical nomenclature. Each part of the GAA will contain: • An introduction to the nomenclature of the body or group of bodies in question • A glossary of terminology used • A gazetteer listing in strict alphanumerical sequence essential information defining the body or feature concerned • An alphanumerically arranged classified index of all the headwords in the gazetteer • An atlas comprising maps and images with coordinate grids and labels identifying features listed in the gazetteer [NAME] material on the IAU nomenclature system and the transcription systems used for non-roman alphabets | <p>Lists, defines and illustrates every named object and term as related to Mercury</p><p><p>Contains an atlas comprising maps and images with coordinate grids and labels identifying features listed in the gazetteer</p><p><p>Provides British and American pronunciations for the entries based on the broad phonetic principles of both systems</p><p><p>Traces names to their languages and scripts of origin </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-31065-2 | Physics | Ohtsu | Motoichi Ohtsu | Handbook of Nano-Optics and Nanophotonics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 16 | Hard cover | Book | MLXXI, 16 p. 733 illus., 120 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 499 | 533.93 | 548.9 | 449.5 | 664.5 | English | Physics | SCP24050 | Quantum Optics | PHJ | [NAME] | Nanotechnology | TBN | Physics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-05-31 00:00:00 | 2013-05-22 00:00:00 |  | From the Contents: Part 1: Principle and Theoretical Background.- Progress in Nanophotonics.- Classical Theory of Electromagnetic Near Fields.- Part 2: Elemental Tools.- Near-Field Optical Fiber Probes and the Imaging Applications.- Part 3: Sensing and Spectroscopy.- Nano-Optical Imaging and Spectroscopy of Single Semiconductor Quantum Consistuents.- Part 4: Devices, Fabrication and Relevant Materials.- Integration and Evaluations of Nanophotonic Devices Using Optical Near Field.- Part 5: SystemApplications.- Architectural Approach to Nanophotonics for Information and Communication Systems.- Part 6: Related Basic Sciences.- Modulation of an Electron Beam in Optical Near-Fields. | In the 1990s, optical technology and photonics industry developed fast, but further progress became difficult due to a fundamental limit of light known as the diffraction limit. This limit could be overcome using the novel technology of nano-optics or nanophotonics in which the size of the electromagnetic field is decreased down to the nanoscale and is used as a carrier for signal transmission, processing, and fabrication. Such a decrease beyond the diffraction limit is possible by using optical near-fields. The true nature of nano-optics and nanophotonics involves not only their abilities to meet the above requirements but also their abilities to realize qualitative innovations in photonic devices, fabrication techniques, energy conversion and information processing systems.  The objective of this work is to review the innovations of optical science and technology by nano-optics and nanophotonics. While in conventional optical science and technology, light and matter are discussed separately, in nano-optics and nanophotonics, light and matter have to be regarded as being coupled to each other, and the energy flow between nanoparticles is bidirectional. This means that nano-optics and nanophotonics have to be regarded as a technology fusing optical fields and matter.  This unique work reviews and covers the most recent topics of nano-optics, applications to device operations, fabrication techniques, energy conversion, information processing, architectures and algorithms. Each chapter is written by the leading scientists in the relevant field. Thus, this work will provide high-quality scientific and technical information to scientists, engineers, and graduate students who are and will be engaged in R&D of nano-optics and nanophotonics. Especially, the topics to be covered by this work will be popularly used by the engineers in the rapidly growing market of the optical energy conversion. | Gives a comprehensive survey of nano-optics and nanophotonics <br><br>Written by the internationally leading researchers in this field <br><br>Only existing handbook about optical near field techniques <br><br>Gives tutorial step-by-step descriptions of the principles and practices of nano-optics <br><br>Covers a wide range of applications for devices, fabrication, systems and energy conversion | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-31066-9 | Physics | Ohtsu | Motoichi Ohtsu | Handbook of Nano-Optics and Nanophotonics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 16 |  | eReference work | MLXXI, 16 p. 733 illus., 120 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 499 | 593.81 | 598.8 | 449.5 | 698 | English | Physics | SCP24050 | Quantum Optics | PHJ | [NAME] | Nanotechnology | TBN | Physics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-05-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Part 1: Principle and Theoretical Background.- Progress in Nanophotonics.- Classical Theory of Electromagnetic Near Fields.- Part 2: Elemental Tools.- Near-Field Optical Fiber Probes and the Imaging Applications.- Part 3: Sensing and Spectroscopy.- Nano-Optical Imaging and Spectroscopy of Single Semiconductor Quantum Consistuents.- Part 4: Devices, Fabrication and Relevant Materials.- Integration and Evaluations of Nanophotonic Devices Using Optical Near Field.- Part 5: SystemApplications.- Architectural Approach to Nanophotonics for Information and Communication Systems.- Part 6: Related Basic Sciences.- Modulation of an Electron Beam in Optical Near-Fields. | In the 1990s, optical technology and photonics industry developed fast, but further progress became difficult due to a fundamental limit of light known as the diffraction limit. This limit could be overcome using the novel technology of nano-optics or nanophotonics in which the size of the electromagnetic field is decreased down to the nanoscale and is used as a carrier for signal transmission, processing, and fabrication. Such a decrease beyond the diffraction limit is possible by using optical near-fields. The true nature of nano-optics and nanophotonics involves not only their abilities to meet the above requirements but also their abilities to realize qualitative innovations in photonic devices, fabrication techniques, energy conversion and information processing systems.  The objective of this work is to review the innovations of optical science and technology by nano-optics and nanophotonics. While in conventional optical science and technology, light and matter are discussed separately, in nano-optics and nanophotonics, light and matter have to be regarded as being coupled to each other, and the energy flow between nanoparticles is bidirectional. This means that nano-optics and nanophotonics have to be regarded as a technology fusing optical fields and matter.  This unique work reviews and covers the most recent topics of nano-optics, applications to device operations, fabrication techniques, energy conversion, information processing, architectures and algorithms. Each chapter is written by the leading scientists in the relevant field. Thus, this work will provide high-quality scientific and technical information to scientists, engineers, and graduate students who are and will be engaged in R&D of nano-optics and nanophotonics. Especially, the topics to be covered by this work will be popularly used by the engineers in the rapidly growing market of the optical energy conversion. | Gives a comprehensive survey of nano-optics and nanophotonics <br><br>Written by the internationally leading researchers in this field <br><br>Only existing handbook about optical near field techniques <br><br>Gives tutorial step-by-step descriptions of the principles and practices of nano-optics <br><br>Covers a wide range of applications for devices, fabrication, systems and energy conversion | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-31067-6 | Physics | Ohtsu | Motoichi Ohtsu | Handbook of Nano-Optics and Nanophotonics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 16 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | MLXXI, 16 p. 733 illus., 120 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 624 | 667.68 | 686.4 | 562 | 831 | English | Physics | SCP24050 | Quantum Optics | PHJ | [NAME] | Nanotechnology | TBN | Physics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-05-31 00:00:00 | 2013-05-22 00:00:00 |  | From the Contents: Part 1: Principle and Theoretical Background.- Progress in Nanophotonics.- Classical Theory of Electromagnetic Near Fields.- Part 2: Elemental Tools.- Near-Field Optical Fiber Probes and the Imaging Applications.- Part 3: Sensing and Spectroscopy.- Nano-Optical Imaging and Spectroscopy of Single Semiconductor Quantum Consistuents.- Part 4: Devices, Fabrication and Relevant Materials.- Integration and Evaluations of Nanophotonic Devices Using Optical Near Field.- Part 5: SystemApplications.- Architectural Approach to Nanophotonics for Information and Communication Systems.- Part 6: Related Basic Sciences.- Modulation of an Electron Beam in Optical Near-Fields. | In the 1990s, optical technology and photonics industry developed fast, but further progress became difficult due to a fundamental limit of light known as the diffraction limit. This limit could be overcome using the novel technology of nano-optics or nanophotonics in which the size of the electromagnetic field is decreased down to the nanoscale and is used as a carrier for signal transmission, processing, and fabrication. Such a decrease beyond the diffraction limit is possible by using optical near-fields. The true nature of nano-optics and nanophotonics involves not only their abilities to meet the above requirements but also their abilities to realize qualitative innovations in photonic devices, fabrication techniques, energy conversion and information processing systems.  The objective of this work is to review the innovations of optical science and technology by nano-optics and nanophotonics. While in conventional optical science and technology, light and matter are discussed separately, in nano-optics and nanophotonics, light and matter have to be regarded as being coupled to each other, and the energy flow between nanoparticles is bidirectional. This means that nano-optics and nanophotonics have to be regarded as a technology fusing optical fields and matter.  This unique work reviews and covers the most recent topics of nano-optics, applications to device operations, fabrication techniques, energy conversion, information processing, architectures and algorithms. Each chapter is written by the leading scientists in the relevant field. Thus, this work will provide high-quality scientific and technical information to scientists, engineers, and graduate students who are and will be engaged in R&D of nano-optics and nanophotonics. Especially, the topics to be covered by this work will be popularly used by the engineers in the rapidly growing market of the optical energy conversion. | Gives a comprehensive survey of nano-optics and nanophotonics <br><br>Written by the internationally leading researchers in this field <br><br>Only existing handbook about optical near field techniques <br><br>Gives tutorial step-by-step descriptions of the principles and practices of nano-optics <br><br>Covers a wide range of applications for devices, fabrication, systems and energy conversion | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00797-7 | Physics | Pade | [NAME] | Quantum Mechanics for Pedestrians 1: Fundamentals |  | Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 400 | Soft cover | Book | 400 p. 60 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Physics | [NAME] | Quantum Physics | PHQ | SCP19048 | Quantum Field Theories, [NAME] | PHS | Physics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Towards the Schrödinger Equation.- Polarization.- More on the Schrödinger Equation.- Complex Vector Spaces and Quantum Mechanics.- Two Simple Solutions of the Schrödinger Equation.- Interaction-Free Measurement.- Position Probability.- Neutrino Oscillations.- Expectation Value, Mean Value, Measured Value.- Stopover - Quantum Cryptography.- Abstract Notation.- Continuous Spectra.- Operators.- Postulates of Quantum Mechanics. | This book provides an introduction into the fundamentals of non-relativistic quantum mechanics. In Part 1, the essential principles are developed. Applications and extensions of the formalism can be found in Part 2. The book includes not only material that is presented in traditional textbooks on quantum mechanics, but also discusses in detail current issues such as interaction-free quantum measurements, neutrino oscillations, various topics in the field of quantum information as well as fundamental problems and epistemological questions, such as the measurement problem, entanglement, Bell's inequality, decoherence, and the realism debate. A chapter on current interpretations of quantum mechanics concludes the book. To develop quickly and clearly the main principles of quantum mechanics and its mathematical formulation, there is a systematic change between wave mechanics and algebraic representation in the first chapters. The required mathematical tools are introduced step by step. Moreover, the appendix collects compactly the most important mathematical tools that supplementary literature can be largely dispensed. In addition, the appendix contains advanced topics, such as Quantum- [NAME] effect, time-delay experiments, [NAME] vector and the Shor algorithm. About 250 exercises, most of them with solutions, help to deepen the understanding of the topics. Target groups of the book are student teachers and all students of physics, as minor or major, looking for a reasonably easy and modern introduction into quantum mechanics. | <p>Provides fresh access to quantum mechanics through the combination of standard topics with new understanding </p><p>Gives a reasonably easy and modern introduction into quantum mechanics </p><p>Contains many additional explanations which are not contained in other textbooks </p><p>Addresses recent developments and applications of quantum mechanics </p><p>Discusses further leading topics and additional basic knowledge in the appendix </p><p>Displays in parallel the analytic and algebraic formulation of quantum mechanics </p><p>Supports learning with exercises and problems with solutions</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00812-7 | Physics | Pade | [NAME] | Quantum Mechanics for Pedestrians 2: Applications and Extensions |  | Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 400 | Soft cover | Book | 400 p. 60 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Physics | [NAME] | Quantum Physics | PHQ | SCP19048 | Quantum Field Theories, [NAME] | PHS | Physics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | One-Dimensional Piecewise Constant Potentials.- Angular Momentum.- The Hydrogen Atom.- Harmonic Oscillator.- Perturbation Theory.- Entanglement, EPR, Bell.- Symmetries and Conservation Laws.- Density Operator.- Identical Particles.- Decoherence.- Scattering.- Quantum Information.- Is Quantum Mechanics Complete?.- Discussion and Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics. | The two-volume textbook Quantum Mechanics for Pedestrians provides an introduction to the basics of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics. Originally written as a course for students of science education, the book addresses all those science students and others who are looking for a reasonably simple, fresh and modern introduction to the field. The basic principles of quantum mechanics are presented in the first volume. This second volume discusses applications and extensions to more complex problems. In addition to topics traditionally dealt with in quantum mechanics texts, such as symmetries or many-body problems, here also issues of current interest such as entanglement, Bell's inequalities, decoherence and various aspects of quantum information are treated in detail. Furthermore, questions of the basis of quantum mechanics and epistemological issues are discussed explicitly; these are relevant e.g. to the realism debate. A chapter on the interpretations of quantum mechanics completes this volume. The necessary mathematical tools are introduced step by step; in the appendix, the most relevant mathematics is compiled in compact form. More advanced topics such as the [NAME] vector, Hardy's experiment and Shor's algorithm are treated in more detail in the appendix. As an essential aid to learning and teaching, 130 exercises are included, most of them with their solutions. | <p>Written by an experienced lecturer with a great insight into and understanding of quantum mechanics, and a gift for explaining it </p><p>Combines the standard topics with new knowledge and developments, such as quantum information and neutrino oscillation </p><p>Discusses further advanced topics in the appendix, including many exercises with solutions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00326-9 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Stochastic Processes | From Physics to Finance |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 280 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 280 p. 43 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Physics | SCP33030 | Socio- and Econophysics, Population and Evolutionary Models | JHBC | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF | Physics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A First Glimpse of Stochastic Processes.- A Brief Survey of the Mathematics of Probability Theory.- Diffusion Processes.- Beyond the Central Limit Theorem: Lévy Distributions.- Modeling the Financial Market.- Stable Distributions Revisited.- Hyperspherical Polar Coordinates.- The Weierstrass Random Walk Revisited.- The Exponentially Truncated Lévy Flight.- Put–Call Parity.- Geometric Brownian Motion. | This book introduces the theory of stochastic processes with applications taken from physics and finance. Fundamental concepts like the random walk or [NAME] motion but also [NAME]-stable distributions are discussed. Applications are selected to show the interdisciplinary character of the concepts and methods. In the second edition of the book a discussion of extreme events ranging from their mathematical definition to their importance for financial crashes was included. The exposition of basic notions of probability theory and the [NAME] motion problem as well as the relation between conservative diffusion processes and quantum mechanics is expanded. The second edition also enlarges the treatment of financial markets. Beyond a presentation of geometric [NAME] motion and the Black-Scholes approach to option pricing as well as the econophysics analysis of the stylized facts of financial markets, an introduction to agent based modeling approaches is given. | <p>Contains a careful treatment of [NAME] processes </p><p>Displays classical and modern examples for the application of stochastic processes </p><p>Introduces stochastic processes in finance for natural scientists </p><p>Presents the physicists view on financial markets </p><p>Discusses econophysics of financial crashes</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00571-3 | Physics | Pechenkin | [NAME] | [NAME] | Research, Teaching and the Other Life |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 168 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 168 p. 19 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Physics | SCP29000 | History and Philosophical Foundations of Physics | PDX | SCP21070 | Optics and Electrodynamics | PHJ | Physics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword by E.P.Velikhov.- Introduction.- Youth and Strasbourg years.- The Strasbourg years: radio engineering.- The Strasbourg years: optics.- The years of traveling (1914-1925).- Moscow State University (1925-1935).- Research in optics (Odessa – Moscow).- The [NAME] school: the early steps and results.- The Mandelstam’s school: the theory of non-linear oscillations.- Moscow State University and the Academy of Sciences.- Borovoe and the last year in Moscow.- The Mandelstam operationalism.- The [NAME] interpretation of quantum mechanics 1930-1940. | This biography of the famous Soviet physicist [NAME] (1889-1944), who became a Professor at Moscow State University in 1925, describes his contributions to both physics and technology, as well as discussing the scientific community which formed around him, usually called the [NAME] school. [NAME]’s life story is thereby placed in its proper cultural context. The following more general issues are taken under consideration: the impact of German scientific culture on Russian science; the problems and fates of Russian intellectuals during the revolutionary and post-revolutionary years; the formation of the Soviet Academy of Sciences; and transformation of the system of higher education in the USSR during the 1920's and 1930's.The author shows that [NAME]’s fundamental writings and his lectures notes allow to reconstruct his philosophy of science and his approach to the social and ethical functions of science and science education. That reconstruction is enhanced through extensive use of hitherto unpublished archival material as well as the transcripts of personal interviews conducted by the author. | <p>Presents the live and work of a most distinguished Russian scientists <br><br>Delivers interesting views of social and ethical functions of science <br><br>Discusses the foundation of the Mandelstam School, one of the two major schools of theoretical physics in the Soviet Union</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-94-007-6741-6 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME]; Do [NAME]; [NAME] | Video coding standards | AVS China, H.264/MPEG-4 PART 10, HEVC, VP6, DIRAC and VC-1 | Signals and Communication Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 487 | Hard cover | Book | XXIII, 487 p. 335 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 75 | 166 | English | Physics | SCP00002 | Physics, general | PH | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | Physics | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Abbreviations.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Video coding standards and video formats.- 3 AVS China.- 4 H.264/MPEG-4 advanced video coding.- 5 High efficiency video coding (HEVC).- 6 VP6 video coding standard.- 7 Performance analysis and comparison of the Dirac video codec with H.264/MPEG-4 Part 10.- 8 The VC-1 video coding.- Appendices.- A Investigation of image quality of Dirac, H.264, and H.265 (B. Shrestha).- B PSNR average for avsnr software (G. Sullivan).- C A universal image quality index and SSIM comparison (C. Chukka).- D Performance analysis and implementation of mode dependent DCT/DST in H.264/AVC (P. Anjanappa).- E Performance analysis and comparison of JM, Intel IPP and X264 for H.264 software ([NAME] based on I-frame only coding in H.264 and comparison with other still frame image coding standards such as JPEG, JPEG 2000, JPEG-LS, JPEG-XR (R. Veerla).- G Higher order 2-D ICTs for HD video coding (M. Krishnan).- H Comparison of H.264 codecs.- Bibliography.- Index. | The requirements for multimedia (especially video and audio) communications increase rapidly in the last two decades in broad areas such as television, entertainment, interactive services, telecommunications, conference, medicine, security, business, traffic, defense and banking. Video and audio coding standards play most important roles in multimedia communications. In order to meet these requirements, series of video and audio coding standards have been developed such as MPEG-2, [NAME], [NAME] for audio and video by ISO/IEC, H.26x for video and G.72x for audio by ITU-T, Video Coder 1 (VC-1) for video by the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) and RealVideo (RV) 9 for video by Real Networks. AVS China is the abbreviation for Audio Video Coding Standard of China. This new standard includes four main technical areas, which are systems, video, audio and digital copyright management (DRM), and some supporting documents such as consistency verification. The second part of the standard known as AVS1-P2 (Video - Jizhun) was approved as the national standard of China in 2006, and several final drafts of the standard have been completed, including AVS1-P1 (System - Broadcast), AVS1-P2 (Video - Zengqiang), AVS1-P3 (Audio - Double track), AVS1-P3 (Audio - 5.1), AVS1-P7 (Mobile Video), AVS-S-P2 (Video) and AVS-S-P3 (Audio). AVS China provides a technical solution for many applications such as digital broadcasting (SDTV and HDTV), high-density storage media, Internet streaming media, and will be used in the domestic IPTV, satellite and possibly the cable TV market. Comparing with other coding standards such as H.264 AVC, the advantages of AVS video standard include similar performance, lower complexity, lower implementation cost and licensing fees. This standard has attracted great deal of attention from industries related to television, multimedia communications and even chip manufacturing from around the world. Also many well known companies have joined the AVS Group to be Full Members or Observing Members. The 163 members of AVS Group include Texas Instruments (TI) Co., Agilent Technologies Co. Ltd., Envivio Inc., NDS, Philips Research East Asia, Aisino Corporation, LG, Alcatel Shanghai Bell Co. Ltd., Nokia (China) Investment (NCIC) Co. Ltd., Sony (China) Ltd., and Toshiba (China) Co. Ltd. as well as some high level universities in China. Thus there is a pressing need from the instructors, students, and engineers for a book dealing with the topic of AVS China and its performance comparisons with similar standards such as H.264, VC-1 and RV-9. | <p>Consolidates all the major video coding standards</p><p>Updated book reflecting various developments in video / audio codecs and their applications</p><p>References to books and review papers and, lists of applications, hardware/software, and useful websites</p><p>Includes block diagrams, figures, tables, and graphs, this book helps the reader understand the concepts, key techniques and performances of AVS China and other video coding standards readily and intuitively</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-36446-4 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Balances | Instruments, Manufacturers, History |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 640 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 640 p. 738 illus., 352 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP31040 | Measurement Science and Instrumentation | PDDM | SCZ17000 | Characterization and Evaluation of Materials | TGMT | Physics | Reference work | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Mass and gravity.- Weights.- Weighing.- Balances.- Balances for special applications.- Balance as symbol and art object.- Documentation and archiving.- Weighing scales manufacturers. | The book deals mainly with direct mass determination by means of a conventional balances. It covers the history of the balance from the beginnings in Egypt earlier than 3000 BC to recent developments. All balance types are described with emphasis on scientific balances. Methods of indirect mass determination, which are applied to very light objects like molecules and the basic particles of matter and celestial bodies, are included.  As additional guidance, today’s manufacturers are listed and the profile of important companies is reviewed.  Several hundred photographs, reproductions and drawings show instruments and their uses. This book includes commercial weighing instruments for merchandise and raw materials in workshops as well as symbolic weighing in the ancient Egyptian’s ceremony of ‘Weighing of the Heart’, the Greek fate balance, the Roman  Justitia, [NAME] and Middle Ages scenes of the Last Judgement with [NAME] or St. [NAME] and of modern balances. The photographs are selected from the slide-archives of the late [NAME] (1896-1972) (former President of the Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt, Braunschweig, Germany), of the late [NAME] (1920-1966) (former head of the Analytical Laboratory of Schott & Gen., Mainz, Germany) and of his wife [NAME] (1933-2008) and of [NAME]. | Displays measuring weight in all ways possible <br><br>Reviews the reliability of the various methods to measure weight <br><br>Gives a historical survey of the development of scales <br><br>Richly illustrated with several hundred rare photographs, reproductions and drawings of the instruments and their uses <br><br>Presents indirect mass determination <br><br>Gives advice to researchers and engineers about choosing the weight system | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00400-6 | Physics | Scherer | Philipp O.J. Scherer | Computational Physics | Simulation of Classical and Quantum Systems | [NAME] in Physics |  | 2 | 2013 | 512 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 512 p. 194 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Physics | SCP19021 | Numerical and Computational Physics | PHU | SCM13120 | Mathematical Applications in the Physical Sciences | PBWH | Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Numerical Methods.- Error Analysis.- Interpolation.- Numerical Differentiation.- Numerical Integration.- Systems of Inhomogeneous Linear Equations.- Roots and Extremal Points.- Fourier Transformation.- [NAME] and Monte-Carlo Methods.- Eigenvalue Problems.- Data Fitting.- Discretization of Differential Equations.- Equations of Motion.- Part II Simulation of Classical and Quantum Systems.- Rotational Motion.- Molecular Dynamics.- Thermodynamic Systems.- Random Walk and [NAME] Motion.- Electrostatics.- Waves.- Diffusion.- Nonlinear Systems.- Simple Quantum Systems. | This textbook presents basic and advanced computational physics in a very didactic style. It contains very-well-presented and simple mathematical descriptions of many of the most important algorithms used in computational physics. Many clear mathematical descriptions of important techniques in computational physics are given. The first part of the book discusses the basic numerical methods. A large number of exercises and computer experiments allows to study the properties of these methods. The second part concentrates on simulation of classical and quantum systems. It uses a rather general concept for the equation of motion which can be applied to ordinary and partial differential equations. Several classes of integration methods are discussed including not only the standard [NAME] and Runge Kutta method but also multistep methods and the class of Verlet methods which is introduced by studying the motion in Liouville space. Besides the classical methods, inverse interpolation is discussed, together with the popular combined methods by Dekker and Brent and a not so well known improvement by Chandrupatla. A general chapter on the numerical treatment of differential equations provides methods of finite differences, finite volumes, finite elements and boundary elements together with spectral methods and weighted residual based methods. A comparison of several methods for quantum systems is performed, containing pseudo-spectral methods, finite differences methods, rational approximation to the time evolution operator, second order differencing and split operator methods.<br />The book gives simple but non trivial examples from a broad range of physical topics trying to give the reader insight into the numerical treatment but also the simulated problems. Rotational motion is treated in much detail to describe the motion of rigid rotors which can be just a simple spinning top or a collection of molecules or planets. The behaviour of simple quantum systems is studied thoroughly. One focus is on a two level system in an external field. Solution of the Bloch equations allows the simulation of a quantum bit and to understand elementary principles from quantum optics. As an example of a thermodynamic system, the Lennard Jones liquid is simulated. The principles of molecular dynamics are shown with practical simulations. A second thermodynamic topic is the Ising model in one and two dimensions. The solution of the Poisson Boltzman equation is discussed in detail which is very important in Biophysics as well as in semiconductor physics. Besides the standard finite element methods, also modern boundary element methods are discussed. Waves and diffusion processes are simulated. Different methods are compared with regard to their stability and efficiency. Random walk models are studied with application to basic polymer physics. Nonlinear systems are discussed in detail with application to population dynamics and reaction diffusion systems. The exercises to the book are realized as computer experiments. A large number of [NAME] applets is provided. It can be tried out by the reader even without programming skills. The interested reader can modify the programs with the help of the freely available and platform independent programming environment 'netbeans'. | <p>Features numerous computer examples; no programming skills necessary </p><p>Includes separate parts on numerical methods and simulations </p><p>Gives detailed explanations without mathematical proofs </p><p>Covers many basic areas in physics </p><p>Discusses standard numerical methods and more recent developments </p><p>Contains exercises and solutions to all topics</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-7091-1615-9 | Physics | Schneider | [NAME]; [NAME] | Computer Algebra in Quantum Field Theory | Integration, Summation and Special Functions | Texts & Monographs in Symbolic Computation |  | 1 | 2013 | 402 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 402 p. 41 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Physics | SCP23029 | [NAME], Quantum Field Theory | PHQ | [NAME] | Mathematical Physics | PHU | Physics | Monograph | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Harmonic sums, polylogarithms, special numbers, and their generalizations. - Multiple Zeta values and modular forms in quantum field theory. - Computer-assisted proofs of some identities for Bessel functions of fractional order. - Conformal methods for massless Feynman integrals and large Nf methods. - The holonomic toolkit. - Orthogonal polynomials. - Creative telescoping for holonomic functions. - Renormalization and Mellin transforms. - Relativistic Coulomb integrals and [NAME]'s holonomic systems approach. - Hypergeometric functions in Mathematica. - Solving linear recurrence equations with polynomial coefficients. - Generalization of Risch's algorithms to special functions. - Multiple hypergeometric series -- Appell series and beyond. - Simplifying multiple sums in difference fields. - Potential of FORM 4.0. - Feynman graphs. | The book focuses on advanced computer algebra methods and special functions that have striking applications in the context of quantum field theory. It presents the state of the art and new methods for (infinite) multiple sums, multiple integrals, in particular Feynman integrals, difference and differential equations in the format of survey articles. The presented techniques emerge from interdisciplinary fields:  mathematics, computer science and theoretical physics; the articles are written by mathematicians and physicists with the goal that both groups can learn from the other field, including most recent developments. Besides that, the collection of articles also serves as an up-to-date handbook of available algorithms/software that are commonly used or might be useful in the fields of mathematics, physics or other sciences. | <p>Combines techniques methods from special functions and computer algebra applied to quantum field theory </p><p>Contains survey articles written by mathematicians and physicists </p><p>Describes algorithms and techniques developed by interdisciplinary teams of mathematicians, theoretical particle physicists and computer scientists</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7824-9 | Physics | Shapiro | [NAME]; [NAME] | Lecture Notes on Newtonian Mechanics | Lessons from Modern Concepts | Undergraduate Lecture Notes in Physics |  | 1 | 2013 | 250 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 250 p. 92 illus. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Physics | SCP21018 | Mechanics | PHD | SCT15001 | Theoretical and Applied Mechanics | TGMD | Physics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Content: Part I: Kinematics.- Kinematics of a Particle.- Movement of a Particle at the Moving Basis.- Polar Coordinates in the Plane, Cylindrical and [NAME] in Space.- Part II: Newton’s Laws.- Inertial Frame.- Newton’s Second Law.- Brief Classification of Forces in Mechanics.- Conservation of Momentum for the Systems of Particles.- Linear Momentum.- Problem of Two Bodies.- Work of the Force and Conservative Forces.- Energy Conservation.- Particle in the Potential Force Field.- Conservation of Mechanical Energy in Closed Systems.- Kinetic Energy in Different Frames.- Movement in Potential Field, Oscillations.- Movement in a Fixed One-Dimensional Potential.- Harmonic Oscillator.- Dynamics of Rotational Movements.- Torque and Moment of Inertia.- Angular Momentum of a System of Particles.- Conservation of Angular Momentum.- Central Forces and [NAME]’s Laws.- [NAME]’s Laws.- The Precession of Perihelion of a Planet with Nearly Circular Orbit.- Basic Hydrodynamics. | One could make the claim that all branches of physics are basically generalizations of classical mechanics. It is also often the first course which is taught to physics students. The approach of this book is to construct an intermediate discipline between general courses of physics and analytical mechanics, using more sophisticated mathematical tools.   The aim of this book is to prepare a self-consistent and compact text that is very useful for teachers as well as for independent study. | Provides a concise and compact introductory text to Newtonian Mechanics at an advanced level <br><br>Uses modern concepts such as the equivalence principle to simplify solving basic mechanics problems which makes the solutions more understandable <br><br>Fits the need for a one-semester course in Classical Mechanics, before introducing advanced concepts such as action, Lagrange and [NAME] equations | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-7677-1 | Physics | Solaro | R. [NAME]; [NAME] | Biophysics of the Failing Heart | Physics and Biology of Heart Muscle | Biological and Medical Physics, Biomedical Engineering |  | 1 | 2013 | 253 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 253 p. 9 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Physics | SCP27008 | Biophysics and Biological Physics | PHVN | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | Physics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Introduction to the Biophysics of the Failing Heart.- Chapter 2 Sarcoplasmic reticulum Ca homeostasis and Heart Failure.- Chapter 3 Ca-homeostasis and Heart Failure: Focus on the Biophysics of Surface Membrane Ca-Fluxes.- Chapter 4 Biophysics of Membrane Currents in Heart Failure.- Chapter 5 Biophysical Mechanisms for the Metabolic Component of Impaired Heart Function.- Chapter 6 Cytoskeletal Nuclear Links in the Cardiomyocyte .- Chapter 7 Biophysical Forces Modulate the Costamere and Z-Disc.- Chapter 8 Heart failure- the final frontier for biophysics in cardiovascular medicine?.- Chapter 9 Arrhythmogenesis, Heart Failure, and the Biophysics of Z-band Protein Networks.- Chapter 10 Biophysics of Titin in Cardiac Health and Disease.- Chapter 11 Sarcomeres and the Biophysics of Heart Failure.- Index. | Subjects in the monograph “Biophysics of the Failing Heart” include state of the art chapters considering major biophysical mechanisms for why hearts responding to acquired or inherited stressors enter into maladaptive processes eventually leading to an inability of the heart to respond efficiently to hemodynamic loads especially during exercise. The chapters describe biophysical techniques that have been applied to determine the triggers for the heart failure process as well as the mechanisms for sustaining the disorders. These techniques include measurements of active and passive mechanical properties and hemodynamics at levels of organization ranging from molecules to hearts beating in situ. Biophysical concepts and approaches are also applied to determination of signaling and signal transduction, energetics, ionic currents, transport processes, electro-chemical and chemo-mechanical coupling. By its emphasis on biophysical aspects of a prevalent clinical condition, the monograph is unique in its perspective and focus. The breadth of information in the chapters all in one place will be of value to clinicians and researchers at all levels. Modern research approaches and clinical understanding of heart failure demands integration of multiple aspects of the disorders. In most cases, combinations of clinician scientists and researchers author the chapters. A main benefit of the book is couched in its didactic approach together with its emphasis on how biophysical concepts and techniques aid in diagnosis and development of new therapies. | <p>Consideration of heart failure with an emphasis on biophysics</p><p>Authors are clinicians who see patients and do research</p><p>A didactic approach of use in focused courses or sections of courses for advanced students</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-94-007-7179-6 | Physics | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Essence of Turbulence as a Physical Phenomenon | With Emphasis on Issues of Paradigmatic Nature |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 146 | Hard cover | Book | X, 146 p. 17 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Engineering | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | SCP21026 | Fluid- and Aerodynamics | PHDF | Engineering | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PART 1 — INTRODUCTION - The phenomenon and the problem of turbulence.- 1 The phenomenon of turbulence.- 2 The problem of turbulence.- 3 What equations describe turbulence adequately?.- PART 2 — ISSUES OF PARADIGMATIC NATURE I - Origins and nature of turbulence.- 4 Origins of turbulence.- 5 Nature of turbulence.- 6 Additional issues of importance related to the use of statistical methods.- PART 3 — ISSUES OF PARADIGMATIC NATURE II - specific features.- 7 The N’s of turbulence.- 8 [NAME] number behavior, Symmetries, Universality.- 9 Intermittency and Structure(s) of and/in turbulence.- 10 Epiloque.- 11 Apendix - Essential quotations.- Bibliography.- Author index.- Subject index. | This book critically reexamines what turbulence really is, from a fundamental point of view and based on observations from nature, laboratories, and direct numerical simulations. It includes critical assessments and a comparative analysis of the key developments, their evolution and failures, along with key misconceptions and outdated paradigms. The main emphasis is on conceptual and problematic aspects, physical phenomena, observations, misconceptions and unresolved issues rather than on conventional formalistic aspects, models, etc. Apart from the obvious fundamental importance of turbulent flows, this emphasis stems from the basic premise that without corresponding progress in fundamental aspects there is little chance for progress in applications such as drag reduction, mixing, control and modeling of turbulence. More generally, there is also a desperate need to grasp the physical fundamentals of the technological processes in which turbulence plays a central role. | <p>First book of this kind outlining the essence of turbulence: short, clear and comprehensive<br><br>Includes critical assessments and a comparative analysis of the key developments, their evolution and failures, along with key misconceptions and outdated paradigms</p><p>Written by an Author with records in physics, mathematics and engineering</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-540-71422-4 | Physics | Vaas | [NAME] | Beyond [NAME] | Competing Scenarios for an Eternal Universe | The Frontiers Collection |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 680 p. 40 illus. | 0 | final | 69.95 | 74.85 | 76.95 | 59.99 | 100.5 | English | Physics | SCP19070 | Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory | PHDV | SCP22006 | Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology | PGC | Astronomy / Astrophysics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2014-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Beyond the Big Bang.- Cosmic Inflation: How the Universe Became Large and Plentiful.- Eternal Inflation: Past and Future.- The Big Bang Singularity: Conditions and Avoidance.- Big Bounce: Beyond the Threshold of Classical Cosmology.- The Emergent Universe: Arising from a Static State Without a Singularity.- Quantum Cosmology: Whence and Whither.- Quantum Origins: Gravitational Instability of the [NAME] and the Cosmological Problem.- Island Cosmology: The Universe from a Quantum Fluctuation.- Cosmology from the Top Down: Anthropic Reasoning and Prediction in a Quantum Universe.- Loop Quantum Gravity and Cosmology: Avoiding the Big Bang Singularity from First Principles.- Loop Quantum Cosmology: Effective Theories and Oscillating Universes.- The Holographic Universe: Space and Time in String Theory.- The Pre-Big Bang Scenario: [NAME] and [NAME] of Time.- String Gas and String Inflation: Cosmology with Extra Dimensions.- The String Landscape: Exploring the Multiverse.- Selection of Initial Conditions: The Origin of Our Universe from the Multiverse.- Cosmic Natural Selection: Status and Implications.- The Cyclic Universe: Ekpyrosis, Dark Energy and Large-Scale Structure.- The Arrow of Time: The problem of Cosmic Initial Conditions.- Self-Creating Universe: A Time Loop at the Beginning.- (Quasi)-Steady-State Scenarios: An Alternative to Big Bang Cosmology?- The Mathematical Universe: Eternal Laws and the Illusion of Time.- Eternal Existence: The Furthest Future. | The Big Bang model is now both theoretically and empirically well established, although it does not explain the mystery of the very beginning of our universe. Over recent years, however, new developments open up the exciting prospect of going 'beyond' the Big Bang and even of finding a physical explanation for it. Surprisingly, the ancient idea of a past-eternal universe is being revived, but a variety of other fascinating new approaches -- from the Holographic Universe to Cosmic Natural Selection -- are also being pursued. This book provides an up-to-date overview of each of these competing scenarios with original contributions from the world's leading researchers in cosmology, who describe their own work and results in a manner understandable even to non-specialists.'The stellar line-up of contributors to this volume are working at the cutting edge of cosmological research, and are poised to take our understanding of the universe beyond the big bang into an even stranger realm.' - Paul Davies.'This book provides a wonderful overview of current ideas on these ultimate cosmic questions, written by scientists working at the forefront of cosmological research.'-- [NAME]. | <p>The first publication to gather and compare the various scenarios proposed to explain the Big Bang</p><p>Written by the leading protagonists, many of them originators of the theories</p><p>Clear presentation accessible also to non-specialists</p><p>Carefully edited to avoid redundancy, fine tuned to bring out the parallels in the different approaches</p><p>Combines the clarity of popular science with the sophisticated argumentation of specialists</p><p>Comprehensive and detailed treatment of one of sciences biggest open questions</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-319-00520-1 | Physics | Yamanouchi | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Progress in Ultrafast Intense Laser Science | Volume X | Springer Series in Chemical Physics | 106 | 1 | 2013 | 256 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 256 p. 99 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Physics | [NAME] | Atoms and Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser Matter Interaction | PHFP | SCP31030 | Laser Technology, Photonics | TTBL | Physics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Laser-Assisted Electron Scattering and Diffraction in Ultrashort Intense Laser Fields.- Electron Localization in Hydrogen.- Observation of Vibrational Wave-Packet Dynamics in D2+ using High-order Harmonic Pulses.- Frequency Tunable Attosecond Apparatus.- Strong-Field Atomic Physics in the X-Ray Regime.- Third Harmonic Generation from Perturbed Femtosecond Filaments in Air.- Strong and Coherent Forward Emissions from Molecules Driven by [NAME] Classical and Quantum Electrodynamics with Intense Laser Fields.- Quantum Vacuum Polarization Searches with High Power Lasers Below the Pair Production Regime. | The PUILS series delivers up-to-date reviews of progress in Ultrafast Intense Laser Science, a newly emerging interdisciplinary research field spanning atomic and molecular physics, molecular science, and optical science, which has been stimulated by the recent developments in ultrafast laser technologies. Each volume compiles peer-reviewed articles authored by researchers at the forefront of each their own subfields of UILS. Every chapter opens with an overview of the topics to be discussed, so that researchers unfamiliar to the subfield, as well as graduate students, can grasp the importance and attractions of the research topic at hand; these are followed by reports of cutting-edge discoveries. This tenth volume covers a broad range of topics from this interdisciplinary research field, focusing on electron scattering by atoms in intense laser fields, atoms and molecules in ultrashort pulsed EUV and X-ray light fields, filamentation induced by intense laser fields, and physics in super-intense laser fields. | <p>Gives a state-of-the-art report of ultrafast intense laser science</p><p>Presents the applications of ultrafast laser technologies in atomic and molecular physics</p><p>Contains contributions by the leading researchers</p><p>Provides interdisciplinary information</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4471-5306-1 | Energy | Battin-Leclerc | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | Developing Detailed Chemical Kinetic Models | Green Energy and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 656 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 656 p. 245 illus. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Energy | SC111000 | Renewable and Green Energy | THX | SCC25007 | Theoretical and Computational Chemistry | PNRP | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Introduction,- PART I.- 2.Modeling combustion with detailed kinetic mechanisms.- 3.Automatic generation of detailed mechanisms.- 4.Specificities related to detailed kinetic models for the combustion of oxygenated fuel components.- 5.Multistep kinetic model of biomass pyrolysis.- PART II.- 6.Speciation in shock tubes.- 7.Rapid compression [NAME] reactors.- 9.Tubular flow reactors.- 10.Flame studies of oxygenated hydrocarbons.- PART III.- 11.Formation and characterization of polyaromatic hydrocarbons.- 12.Laser diagnostics for selective and quantitative measurement of PAHs and soot.- 13.Characterization of soot .- 14.An Advanced Multi-Sectional Method for Particulate Matter Modeling in Flames.- 15.Modelling soot formation: model of particle formation.- PART IV.- 16.Investigation and improvement of reaction mechanisms using sensitivity analysis and optimization.- 17.Mechanism reduction to skeletal form and species lumping.- 18.Time [NAME] Mechanism Reduction.- 19.Storage of chemical kinetic information.- PART V.- 20.Calculation of molecular thermochemical data and their availability in databases.- 21.Statistical rate theory in combustion: An operational approach.- 22.Primary products and branching ratios for combustion multi-channel bimolecular reactions from crossed molecular beam studies.- 23.Kinetic studies of elementary chemical steps with relevance in combustion and environmental chemistry.- 24.Shock-tube studies of combustion-relevant elementary chemical steps and sub-Mechanisms. | This overview compiles the on-going research in Europe to enlarge and deepen the understanding of the reaction mechanisms and pathways associated with the combustion of an increased range of fuels. Focus is given to the formation of a large number of hazardous minor pollutants and the inability of current combustion models to predict the  formation of minor products such as alkenes, dienes, aromatics, aldehydes and soot nano-particles which have a deleterious impact on both the environment and on human health. [NAME] describes, at a fundamental level, the reactive chemistry of minor pollutants within extensively validated detailed mechanisms for traditional fuels, but also innovative surrogates, describing the complex chemistry of new environmentally important bio-fuels.Divided into five sections, a broad yet detailed coverage of related research is provided. Beginning with the development of detailed kinetic mechanisms, chapters go on to explore techniques to obtain reliable experimental data, soot and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons,  mechanism reduction and uncertainty analysis, and elementary reactions. This comprehensive coverage of current research provides a solid foundation for researchers, managers, policy makers and industry operators working in or developing this innovative and globally relevant field. | <p>Focuses on the theory and computation of elementary reactions to match and accurately represent the chemical complexity of modern fuels</p><p>Explores chemical kinetic modeling of combustion to provide and essential tool in understanding current fuels and engine systems</p><p>Written by experienced researchers in the field of chemical kinetics of combustion to ensure detailed and accurate explanations of methods, concepts and approaches</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-3-642-36747-2 | Energy | Böer | [NAME] | Handbook of the Physics of Thin-Film Solar Cells |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1500 | Hard cover | Book | XXXII, 1500 p. 427 illus. | 0 | final | 399 | 426.93 | 438.9 | 359.5 | 531.5 | English | Energy | SC111000 | Renewable and Green Energy | THX | SCP25150 | Semiconductors | TJFD5 | Engineering | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Structure and growth of semiconductors.- Creation and motion of lattice defects.- Photochemical reactions.- Lattice defects, grain boundaries, surfaces, interfaces.- Shallow level centers.- Deep level centers.- Carrier scattering at low fields (phonons, small defects).- Carrier mobility influenced by large defects.- Highly doped semiconductors.- Drift, diffusion currents and quasi Fermi levels.- Electron statistics, Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac.-Electron generation and tunneling, quasi Fermi levels. | This handbook is a compendium giving a comprehensive description of the basics of semiconductor physics relevant to the design and analysis of thin film solar cell materials. It starts from the basics of material science, describing the material and its growth, defect and electrical properties, the basics of its interaction with photons and the involved statistics, proceeding to space charge effects in semiconductors and pn-junctions. Most attention is given to analyze homo- and hetero-junction solar cells using various models and applying the field-of-direction analysis for discussing current voltage characteristics, and helping to discover the involvement of high-field effects in solar cells. The comprehensive coverage of the main topics of - and relating to - solar cells with extensive reference to literature helps scientists and engineers at all levels to reach a better understanding and improvement of solar cell properties and their production. The author is one of the founders of thin film solar cell research. | <p>Provides an extensive physics analysis of most important types of solar cells and their operation</p><p>Written by one of the founders of thin film solar cell research and with a forward by [NAME] </p><p>Contains an extensive word index and literature citation, and tables that are helpful at many levels of research </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-1-4471-5366-5 | Energy | Galvin | [NAME]; [NAME] | A Critical Appraisal of Germany's Thermal Retrofit Policy | Turning Down the Heat | Green Energy and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | X, 160 p. 16 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Energy | SC118000 | Energy Efficiency (incl. Buildings) | TH | SCT23080 | Building Physics, HVAC | TN | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Methodology for interdisciplinary research on thermal retrofits.- German thermal retrofit policy in context.- Technical possibilities and limitations of thermal retrofits.- The economics of thermal refits.- User behavior / Part 1 Prebound and rebound effects.- User behavior / Part 2 Payback time and fuel price elasticity.- User behavior / Part 3 What is causing the reduction in heating fuel consumption in Germany?.- Discussion: a way forward.- Lessons for other countries. | Germany is seen as a leader in thermal retrofit policy and practice, but how effective is its approach? A Critical Appraisal of Germany's Thermal Retrofit Policy examines this policy in context and assesses its effectiveness. It finds that technical constraints and the costs of retrofitting reduce the rate of progress, while planning underestimates the influence of user behavior in the form of rebound and prebound effects. A key finding is that savings can be maximized within a policy that understands the actual behavior and motivation of households, the area where most energy savings are already taking place.The book suggests a new policy paradigm that would encourage a better balance of partial and comprehensive retrofits, utilizing household behavior changes based on a better understanding of fuel saving motivation and fuel price elasticity. In this approach, the thermal building regulations would be made more flexible so that policymakers would:- Promote partial, transitional and cost-optimal retrofits, which are more certain to pay back through fuel savings if they are appropriate to building typology and homeowner budgets.- Promote comprehensive retrofits for reasons other than economic gain, focusing instead on the comfort and environmental benefits of energy-efficient homes.- Invest more heavily in educating households to heat economically, learning from the prebound effect so as to maximize the utility of the homes they currently occupy, and base payback time calculations on actual consumption.The results and findings of this book would be of interest to policymakers, researchers and graduate students alike. | Discusses improving thermal performance of the European housing stock <br>Based on recent research on the interplay of householder behavior and the technical characteristics of residential buildings, in the context of German thermal retrofit policy <br>Proposes a new paradigm for domestic fuel savings | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-0-387-09735-0 | Energy | Ilic | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Engineering IT-Enabled Sustainable Electricity Services | The Tale of Two Low-Cost Green Azores Islands | Power Electronics and Power Systems | 30 | 1 | 2013 | 562 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 562 p. 363 illus., 275 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Energy | SC115000 | Energy Systems | TH | SCT24070 | Power Electronics, Electrical Machines and Networks | THRD | Engineering | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The Case for Engineering Next-Generation IT-Enabled Electricity Services at Value.- The Tale of Two Green Islands in the Azores Archipelago.- Electrical Networks of the Azores Archipelago.- Generation and Demand Characteristics of the Islands of Flores and Sao Miguel.- Conventional Generation Dispatch Methods in Systems with Intermittent Resources.- Multi-Scale Models for Decomposing Uncertainties in Load and Wind Power.- Look-Ahead Model-Predictive Generation Dispatch Methods.- Assessing the Ability of Different Types of Loads to Participate in Adaptive Load Management.- Look-ahead Model-Predictive Generation and Demand Dispatch for Managing Uncertainties.- Counterexamples to Commonly Held Assumptions on Unit Commitment and Market Power Assessment.- The Role of Electric Vehicles in Making Azores Islands Green.- Optimal Placement of Wind Power Plants for Delivery Loss Minimization.- Toward an Extended AC OPF-Based Approach to Wind Power Integration and Pricing.- Modeling and Control Framework to Ensure Intra-Dispatch Regulation Reserves.- Stabilization and Regulation of Small Frequency Fluctuations by Means of Governor and Flywheel Control.- The Role of Enhanced Voltage Control in Stabilizing Dynamics of Electric Energy Systems.- Small Signal Stability of Electric Power Systems on the Azores Archipelago.- Toward Reconfigurable Smart Distribution Systems for Differentiated Reliability of Service.- Transient Stabilization in Systems with Wind Power.- Generation Planning under Uncertainty with Variable Resources. | Sustainable energy services to customers - a balanced choice and coordination of energy generated by traditional and alternative sources - are the subject of this new innovative book. The myriad factors involved in modeling an effective sustainable power system are overwhelming. The “Green Islands” project represents a decade of work by over a dozen researchers who have developed a model designed to utilize the potential of distributed clean resources. The key is the proper use of Information Technology (IT). Sited on two islands in the [NAME], the project developed the model of careful forecasting of demand and supply, down to the minute, coordinating the output of conventional power plants, wind energy, fly wheels, hydroelectricity, demand reduction, and even plug-in electric vehicles to take full advantage of the clean resources available. The energy contingencies of the remote islands are not unique. The issues of integrating promising clean technologies, such as wind, into a complex power grid are challenging in geographically far-flung, island-scale, power systems.   Model-based sensing, communications, and decision-making algorithms to coordinate adaptive load management (ALM) could enable customers to utilize just-in-time (JIT), just-in-place (JIP), and just-in-context (JIC) energy resources. The distribution of flexible and efficient energy to customers is the goal. The model the authors have developed could change the way power portfolios are built. A new perspective for optimization of green energy is presented in this book. Additional data provided online via Springer represents a repository of real-world electric energy systems and its IT-enabled smarts. | <P>Approaches the problem of electric power system architecture evolution. </P> <P>Helps readers develop dedicated systems-engineering based modeling and simulation tools.</P> <P>Discusses the dynamic and distributed risk management under various uncertainties, such as physical (reliability-related) and financial.</P> <P>Describes the inherent features of several possible future architectures.</P> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-5288-0 | Energy | Medina | Alejandro Medina; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Quasi-Dimensional Simulation of Spark Ignition Engines | From Thermodynamic Optimization to Cyclic Variability |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 282 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 282 p. 86 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Energy | SC117000 | Energy Harvesting | THRB | SCT17047 | Automotive Engineering | TRC | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Introduction.- 2.Physical laws and model structure of simulations.- 3.Validating and comparing with experiments and other models.- 4.Thermodynamic engine optimization.- 5.Cycle-to-cycle [NAME].A.Derivation of the basic differential thermodynamic [NAME].B.Flow rates and valve geometry.- App.C.Flame front area calculations.- App.[NAME] transfer areas.- App.E.Combustion chemistry.- App.F.Alternative fuels.- App.G.Reference geometric and configuration parameters for numerical computations. | Based on the simulations developed in research groups over the past years, Introduction to Quasi-dimensional Simulation of Spark Ignition Engines provides a compilation of the main ingredients necessary to build up a quasi-dimensional computer simulation scheme. Quasi-dimensional computer simulation of spark ignition engines is a powerful but affordable tool which obtains realistic estimations of a wide variety of variables for a simulated engine keeping insight the basic physical and chemical processes involved in the real evolution of an automotive engine. With low computational costs, it can optimize the design and operation of spark ignition engines as well as it allows to analyze cycle-to-cycle fluctuations.Including  details about the structure of a complete simulation scheme, information about what kind of information can be obtained, and comparisons of the simulation results with experiments, Introduction to Quasi-dimensional Simulation of Spark Ignition Engines offers a thorough guide of this technique. Advanced undergraduates and postgraduates as well as researchers in government and industry in all areas related to applied physics and mechanical and automotive engineering can apply these tools to simulate cyclic variability, potentially leading to new design and control alternatives for lowering emissions and expanding the actual operation limits of spark ignition engines | <p>Presents the main ingredients for a quasi-dimensional computer simulation scheme</p><p>Compares simulation results with experiments and estimates from other models</p><p>Aimed at the introductory student</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4614-3715-4 | Energy | Moddel | [NAME]; [NAME] | Rectenna Solar Cells |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 363 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 363 p. 228 illus., 96 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Energy | SC115000 | Energy Systems | TH | [NAME] | Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering | TJFN | Engineering | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Are rectenna solar cells viable?.- Optical frequency rectification.- Efficiency limits for solar spectrum rectification.- Solar and thermal aperture antenna performance limits.- Metal insulator and multi-insulator diodes for rectenna solar cells.- Impact of Tunnel Barrier Dielectric and Roughness on [NAME] and MIIM Diodes.- Nanoscale Rectenna with Sharp Tips for Absorption and Rectification of Optical Radiation.- A Mid-IR Antenna Integrated with a Geometrically Asymmetrical Metal-Insulator-Metal Rectifying Diode.- Investigation of the infrared radiation detection mechanism for antenna-coupled metal-(oxide)-metal structures.- Geometric diodes for optical rectennas.- Overview of Nano-Antennas for Solar Rectennas.- On the solar energy harvesting efficiency of nano-antennes.- Optical antennas and enhanced nonlinear effects.- Large-Area Fabrication of Antennas and Nanodiodes.- Point-Contact Based MIM Diode Fabrication: A Facile Route for Materials Screening.- Techniques for Roll-to-Roll Manufacturing of Flexible Rectenna Solar Cells.- Thermophotovoltaics: An alternative to and potential partner with rectenna energy harvesters. | Rectenna Solar Cells discusses antenna-coupled diode solar cells, an emerging technology that has the potential to provide ultra-high efficiency, low-cost solar energy conversion. This book will provide an overview of solar rectennas, and provide thorough descriptions of the two main components: the diode, and the optical antenna. The editors discuss the science, design, modeling, and manufacturing of the antennas coupled with the diodes. The book will provide concepts to understanding the challenges, fabrication technologies, and materials required to develop rectenna structures. Written by experts in their specialized fields. | <p>Covers higher level concepts and understanding the challenges, equipment, and skills required to develop rectenna structures </p><p>Discusses concepts applicable for light to electron conversion circuitry </p><p>Examines thermophotovoltaics, which deals specifically with IR frequencies</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-1-4614-7590-3 | Energy | Morrell | [NAME]; [NAME] | Uranium Processing and Properties |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 405 | Hard cover | Book | X, 405 p. 205 illus., 78 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Energy | SC113000 | Nuclear Energy | THK | SCT25040 | Nuclear Engineering | THK | Engineering | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Uranium.- Melting and Casting of Uranium.- Machining of Uranium and Uranium Alloys with Coated Cutting Tools.- Grinding of Uranium and Uranium Alloys.- Uranium Processing.- The Uranium-Hydrogen Binary System.- Uranium-Corrosion near Ambient Temperature.-             Nondestructive Evaluation of Uranium: Fundamentals and Future.- High-Density, Low-Enriched Uranium Based Target for Radioisotope Production. | Uranium Processing and Properties describes developments in uranium science, engineering and processing and covers a broad spectrum of topics and applications in which these technologies are harnessed. This book offers the most up-to-date knowledge on emerging nuclear technologies and applications while also covering new and established practices for working with uranium supplies. The book also aims to provide insights into current research and processing technology developments in order to stimulate and motivate innovation among readers. Topics covered include casting technology, plate and sheet rolling, machining of uranium and uranium alloys, forming and fabrication techniques, corrosion kinetics, nondestructive evaluation and thermal modeling. | <p>Covers a broad spectrum of topics and applications that deal with uranium processing and the properties of uranium</p><p>Offers extensive coverage of both new and established practices for dealing with uranium supplies in nuclear engineering</p><p>Promotes the documentation of the state-of-the-art processing techniques utilized for uranium and other specialty metals</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-1-4471-5272-9 | Energy | Wang | [NAME] | Dynamic Thermal Analysis of Machines in Running State |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 124 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 124 p. 54 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Energy | SC118000 | Energy Efficiency (incl. Buildings) | TH | SCT22024 | Manufacturing, Machines, Tools | TGXT | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Data Representation of Machine Models.- Modeling Systems for Machine Design.- Dynamic FEM Mesh Generation.- Dynamic Thermal Analysis.- Future Research Directions. | With the increasing complexity and dynamism in today’s machine design and development, more precise, robust and practical approaches and systems are needed to support machine design. Existing design methods treat the targeted machine as stationery. Analysis and simulation are mostly performed at the component level. Although there are some computer-aided engineering tools capable of motion analysis and vibration simulation etc., the machine itself is in the dry-run state. For effective machine design, understanding its thermal behaviours is crucial in achieving the desired performance in real situation.Dynamic Thermal Analysis of Machines in Running State presents a set of innovative solutions to dynamic thermal analysis of machines when they are put under actual working conditions. The objective is to better understand the thermal behaviours of a machine in real situation while at the design stage. The book has two major sections, with the first section presenting a broad-based review of the key areas of research in dynamic thermal analysis and simulation, and the second section presents an in-depth treatment of relevant methodology and algorithms, leading to better understanding of a machine in real situation.The book is a collection of novel ideas, taking into account the need for presenting intellectual challenges while appealing to a broad readership, including academic researchers, practicing engineers and managers, and graduate students. Given the essential role of modern machines in factory automation and quality assurance, a book dedicated to the topic of dynamic thermal analysis, and its practical applications to machine design would be beneficial to readers of all design and manufacturing sectors, from machine design to automotive engineering, in better understanding the present challenges and solutions, as well as future research directions in this important area. | <p>Provides in-depth treatments on how to derive solutions in a dynamic environment where machines are engaged in real operations</p><p>Explores the topic of dynamic thermal analysis, and its practical applications to machine design</p><p>Enables the reader to better understand the thermal behaviours of a machine in real situation while at the design stage</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01152-3 | Energy | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Bo Wang | [NAME] in China |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 260 p. 66 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Energy | SC111000 | Renewable and Green Energy | THX | SCW12230 | Environmental Economics | KCN | Engineering | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-09-18 00:00:00 |  |  |  | ​The book provides an in depth analyses of the experience and lessons in Chinese energy and emissions reductions policies in a climate change constrained scenario. As China emerges as the world second largest economy and first largest carbon emitter, the country is moving onto a low-carbon development path. Projections of medium and long term energy supply and demand scenarios are presented, based on variations on the energy supply structure, key energy consumption sectors and energy conservation policy innovation. Energy efficiency policies are evaluated based on lessons and experiences from case studies in different sectors, and policy innovations in terms of financial, legal and regulatory approaches to improve energy efficiency and reduce carbon emissions are proposed. The book includes the latest research findings of leading experts in energy policy and low-carbon economy from researchers, key think tanks and government officials in both China and the world. | ​Latest research findings from energy experts in China and abroad<p><p>Analyzes experiences from Chinese energy and emissions reductions policies</p><p><p>Projects medium and long term energy supply and demand scenarios</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-1-4471-5235-4 | Energy | [NAME] | Filipe [NAME]; [NAME] | Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables |  | Power Systems |  | 1 | 2013 | 228 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XIII, 228 p. 126 illus. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Energy | SC115000 | Energy Systems | TH | SCT24070 | Power Electronics, Electrical Machines and Networks | THRD | Engineering | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Components Description.- 2.Simple Switching Transients.- 3.Travelling Waves.- 4.Transient Phenomena.- 5.System modelling and harmonics. | From the more basic concepts to the most advanced ones where long and laborious simulation models are required, Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables provides a thorough insight into the study of electromagnetic transients and underground power cables. Explanations and demonstrations of different electromagnetic transient phenomena are provided, from simple lumped-parameter circuits to complex cable-based high voltage networks, as well as instructions on how to model the cables.Supported throughout by illustrations, circuit diagrams and simulation results, each chapter contains exercises, solutions and examples in order to develop a practical understanding of the topics. Harmonic analysis of cable-based networks and instructions on how to accurately model a cable-based network are also covered, including several “tricks” and workarounds to help less experienced engineers perform simulations and analyses more efficiently.Electromagnetic Transients in Power Cables is an invaluable resource for students and engineers new to the field, but also as a point of reference for more experienced industry professionals. | Features thorough explanations of different cable electromagnetic transient phenomena, from the simplest lumped parameters circuits to the complex cable-based high voltage networks <br><br>Explains and demonstrates the importance of modelling and indications on how to model a cable-based network <br><br>Includes a large number of solved exercises which can be replicated by the reader, real life examples and real network data supplemented with online cases and examples | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy